V.'A. , Pipeline EnviMIseat Plan Indigen t IeopIes D Ian September- 1 997 ..DAMES & MOORE A DAMLS & MOORE GROUP COMPANY E DAMES & MOORE 1 -IIM :{|A DAMES & MOORE GROUP COMPANY FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AND INDIGENOUS PEOPLES DEVELOPMENT PLAN BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE (BOLIVIAN PORTION) SEPTEMBER, 1997 . PREFACE This document presents the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and the Indigenous Peoples Development Plan (IPDP) for the Bolivia to Brazil Gas Pipeline Project (Bolivian Portion). The Environmental Management Plan describes the detailed integrated environmental strategies that the Sponsors have set forth to minimize and mitigate all project impacts. The Indigenous Peoples Development Plan will contribute significantly to the consolidation of the territories of the indigenous peoples in the area of influence of the project. This will be accomplished by assisting them in the land titling procedures, the sustainable management of their natural resources, and the management of the Gran Chaco National Park. These documents reflect the philosophy, values, and commitment of the Project Sponsors to construct the project to high environmental and public safety standards while advancing quality of life. The plans are the result of two years of extensive study, field assessments, and public consultation and are designed to satisfy the environmental concerns and aspirations of multiple persons and groups. The Project Sponsors are proud to present this document to the World Bank, The Inter-American Development Bank (IDB), and the Corporaci6n Andina de Fomento (CAF) as part of the loan application process for the project. 0 . BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT X .............. (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER I - INTRODUCTION 1.0 BACKGROUND .I-1 2.0 OBJECTIVES .-4 3.0 ORGANIZATION .1-6 CHAPTER II - PROGRAM No. 1: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 1.0 OBJECTIVES AND ORGANIZATION OF THE PROGRAM... II-1 2.0 SUB-PROGRAM 1.1-ENVIRONMENTAL COORDINATION PLAN ....... 11-3 2.1 Objectives ..-3 2.2 Parties Involved in the Coordination Plan ....... ............... II-3 2.2.1 Project Sponsors . ................................ II-3 2.2.2 Regulatory Agencies ............ .................. 11-4 2.2.3 International Lending Institutions ......................1 -4 2.2.4 Governmental Organizations ........ ................. 11-4 2.2.5 Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) ..... ........... II-5 2.2.6 Indigenous Peoples Organizations ....... ............... 11-6 2.3 Coordination Scope, Mechanism, and Schedule ...... ............ 11-6 2.3.1 Regulatory Agencies ............ .................. 11-7 2.3.2 International Lending Institutions ....... ............... 11-8 2.3.3 Govermnental Organizations ........ ................. 11-8 2.3.4 Non-Governmental Organizations ....... ............... II-8 2.3.5 Indigenous Peoples Organizations ....... ............... II-9 2.4 Mechanism and Organization ............ .................. II-9 3.0 SUB-PROGRAM 1.2 - ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION. II-10 3.1 Project Sponsors . II-10 3.2 Environmental Project Supervisor . 11-10 3.3 Environmental Auditor . II-12 3.4 EPC Contractor . II-12 3.5 Environmental Inspection and Management Contractor . II-13 4.0 SUB-PROGRAM 1.3-COMMUNITY INTERACTION . II-14 5.0 SUB-PROGRAM 1.4 - ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING, INSPECTION, AND AUDITING . H-15 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i 5.1 Envirommental Monitoring .................... 11-15 5.2 Environmental Inspection .....................1.......... II-15 5.2.1 Project Environmental Supervisor ..................... 11-16 5.2.2 Environmental Inspectors ... ....................... 11-17 5.4 Environmental Auditing.. I11-24 CHAPTER III - PROGRAM No. 2: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND MITIGATION DURING CONSTRUCTION 1.0 OBJECTIVES AND ORGANIZATION OF THE PROGRAM ............. I m-I 1.1 Objective .......................................... IH-1 1.2 Organization ........................................ Ill-1 2.0 PROJECT COMPONENTS ................................... HI-3 2.1 Overview of the Project ................................. m-3 2.2 Procurement of Pipe ................................... IH-3 2.3 Storage Yards ....... .......... HI-3 2.4 Borrow Areas ................. 111-4 2.5 Access Roads .................. II-5 2.6 Camps ................. I1-6 2.7 Right-Of-Way Description ................... -7 3.0 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES .. . III-8 3.1 Right-Of-Way and Extra Work Space Preparation .. I-8 3.1.1 Clearing ................................. ..... III-8 3.1.2 Grading ........... .......................... HI-10 3.2 Erosion and Sedimentation Control and Water Quality Protection ..... HI-15 3.2.1 Areas Prone to Erosion ............................ III-16 3.2.2 Standard Erosion Control Techniques .................. DI-16 3.2.3 Specialized Erosion Control Techniques ................. IH-17 3.2.4 Sedimentation Control ............................ I1I-17 3.2.5 Slope Stabilization ............................... 111-17 3.2.6 Responsibilities, Monitoring, and Schedule ............... 111-18 3.2.7 Reporting .................................... II-18 3.3 Pipe Preparation ................. .................... IH-18 3.3.1 Transportation ............1.........1........... 1. -18 3.3.2 Stringing. HI-19 3.3.3 Bending .Il -19 3.3.4 Welding and Weld Inspection .. 111-20 3.4 Ditching .. III-20 3.4.1 Topsoil Segregation .............................. 111-21 3.4.2 Temporary Ditch Plugs ... II-21 3.5 Lowering-in/backfilling .. 111-22 3.5.1 Trench Dewatering .... I-23 3.5.2 Trench Breakers ................................ IE-24 0 -ii 3.5.3 Padding ..................................... III-25 3.5.4 Backfilling .................................... IH-25 3.5.5 Use or Disposal of Blast Rock ....................... I-26 3.6 Hydrostatic Testing ....... ..... I-26 3.7 Cathodic Protection of the Pipe ................. III-29 3.8 Final Clean-up ..................... III-29 4.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.1: SPECIAL AREAS AND SPECIALIZED CONSTRUCTION .... -30 4.1 Objectives and Responsibilities ............... 111-30 4.2 Special Areas ....................... III-30 4.2.1 Baiiados de Izozog (Rio Parapeti) ..................... I-31 4.2.2 Gran Chaco National Park and Integrated Management Area ... III-32 4.2.3 Rio San Miguel Floodplain and Aeolic Plains ..... ........ III-33 4.2.4 Baiiado de Taquaral ............. ................. III-34 4.2.5 El Carmen Outcrops ............ ................. II-34 4.3 Specialized Construction Methods .......... ............... III-35 4.3.1 Blasting ..................................... III-35 4.3.2 Two-Tone Approach ............ ................. II-36 4.3.3 Drag Sections .................................. II-37 4.3.4 Stovepipe .................................... I-37 4.3.5 Residential Area Construction ........ ............... 111-37 4.3.6 Boring ...................... i II-38 4.3.7 Jacking .................... E-38 4.3.8 Directional Drilling .............................. 111-39 4.3.9 Equipment Crossovers ........ ............ III-39 4.3.10 Agricultural Area Construction .............11-......... I40 4.4 Wetland Crossings ............. .............. III-42 4.4.1 General Measures ........................ ... III-42 4.4.2 Additional Work Space Areas . ...................... III-43 4.4.3 Spoil Pile Placement/Control ........................ II-44 4.4.4 Wetland Crossing Procedures ........................ III-44 4.5 Waterbody Crossings .................... .III-54 4.5.1 General Measures ................. III-55 4.5.2 General Procedures ........... ................... II-56 4.5.3 Waterbody Crossing Procedures ...................... III-57 4.5.4 Combined Wetland/Waterbody Crossings ................ IH-60 5.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.2: WASTE MANAGEMENT ........ ...1........ I-62 5.1 Objectives ....................... II-62 5.2 Organization ...........1........... I1-62 5.3 Solid Waste Management ........ .. ........... III-63 5.3.1 Introduction ..................... III-63 5.3.2 Objectives ...................... III-64 5.3.3 Sources of Solid Wastes ...................... III-64 iii 5.3.4 Solid Waste Classification Procedures ................. 111-66 5.3.5 Solid Waste Management Principles .................. III-66 5.3.6 Solid Waste Training ............................ II-67 5.3.7 Solid Waste Receptacles ............................ III-67 5.3.8 Solid Waste Generation Minimization Procedures .... ..... II-68 5.3.9 Solid Waste Recycling Procedures .................... III-68 5.3.10 Guidelines for Onsite Landfill Design .......11........... E-69 5.3.11 Guidelines on Solid Waste Transportation Procedures ....... 111-74 5.3.12 Solid Waste Final Disposal Procedures . .............. III-74 5.4 Domestic and Sanitary Waste ............... 111-76 5.4.1 Introduction .......... ......................... III-76 5.4.2 Objectives ................................... I-76 5.4.3 Sources of Sanitary Wastes ........................ HII-77 5.4.4 Sanitary Waste Treatment Procedures ................. III-78 5.4.5 Wastewater Treatment and Effluent Discharge Laws and Regulations ................................... III-78 5.5 Hazardous Waste ................1.................... I-83 5.5.1 Objectives .......... ......................... 111-83 5.5.2 Sources of Hazardous Wastes During Construction .... ..... E11-83 5.5.3 Hazardous Waste Classification Procedures .... .......... III-85 5.5.4 Hazardous Waste Management Procedures ............... 111-86 5.5.5 Hazardous Waste Storage Areas and Containers .... ....... III-88 5.5.6 Hazardous Waste Transportation ..................... III-90 5.5.7 Hazardous Waste Training ........................ IH-91 6.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.3: RESTORATION AND REVEGETATION ... II-94 6.1 Objectives .. 111-94 6.2 Organization and Responsibilities .. HI-94 6.3 Description .. HI-94 7.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.4: PROTECTION OF FLORA AND FAUNA ... 111-97 7.1 Objectives .. III-97 7.2 Protection of Flora and Fauna ... II-97 8.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.5: SPILL PREVENTION, CONTROL AND CONTAINMENT PLAN (SPCCP) ..................1........... I-99 8.1 Objectives ..1. II-99 8.2 Organization .... 1-99 8.3 Spill Prevention and Containment Measures .... II-100 8.3.1 Materials Inventory ... 111-100 8.3.2 Storage Areas and Storage Tanks ... III-101 8.3.3 Refueling Operations .. . III-102 8.4 Preparedness and Prevention Measures .. .. III-104 8.4.1 Design and Operation of Work Camps .1.1.1..... III-105 8.4.2 Fire Equipment ... III-105 8.4.3 Loading and Unloading Facilities ... III-105 0 iv 8.4.4 Aboveground Storage Tank Inspections ................ III-106 8.4.5 Spill Control Equipment .......................... III-106 8.4.6 Communication and Alarm Systems ..... ............. HI-106 8.4.7 Miscellaneous Equipment ........ ................. H1-106 8.4.8 Testing and Maintenance of Equipment ................ III-107 8.4.9 Access to Communications or Alarm Systems .... ........ III-107 8.4.10 Required Aisle Spacing ..1............... II-107 8.4.11 Arrangements with Local Authorities .................. IH-107 8.4.12 Emergency Equipment ............ ............... III-108 8.5 Emergency Response Measures .......................... IH-110 8.5.1 Emergency Measures ............................ 111-110 8.5.2 Emergency Coordinators Duties .................... III-111 8.5.3 Evacuation Procedures ......... .................. 11-11 1 8.6 Spill Incident Response Procedures ........................ IH-112 8.6.1 Procedures ...................................1 III-112 8.6.2 Spill Reporting Procedures ....... ................. III-116 8.6.3 Arrangements with Police, Fire Departments, and Hospitals . . . IH-117 8.7 SPCCP Security Provisions ..........1111.... HI-117 8.8 SPCCP Employee Training Program. ......1................ HI-118 8.9 Controlled SPCCP Document Distribution List ................ I-118 9.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.6: PROTECTION OF HISTORICAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCES ............ ............... III-120 9.1 Objectives ...................................... II-120 9.2 Pre-Construction Archaeological Prospection ................. 111-120 9.3 Accidental Discovery Plan During Construction ..... .......... II-122 9.4 Reporting and Coordination ............................ IH-125 10.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.7: AIR QUALITY PROTECTION AND NOISE CONTROL ........................ 111-127 10.1 Air Quality ........... ............................ IIII-127 10.2 Noise Control ..................................... 111-127 11.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.8: WORKERS ACTIVITIES ........ ........... III-129 11.1 Objectives ................................. ...... III-129 11.2 Code of Conduct ... 111-129 11.3 Penalties .. . 111-130 11.4 Monitoring and Reporting .11. . I-131 12.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.9: WORKERS ENVIRONMENTAL TRAINING ... III-132 12.1 Objectives.. . 111-132 12.2 Organization and Responsibilities .. . HI-133 12.3 Scope of Environmental Training .. . 111-133 12.3.1 Right-of-Way .111-134 12.3.2 Community Relations.. I-134 12.3.3 Erosion Control .111-134 12.3.4 Wetlands. III-135 0 v 12.3.5 Creeks and Waterbodies .......................... III-135 12.3.6 Water Withdrawal and Discharge Procedures .... ........ III-136 12.3.7 Spill Prevention, Containment and Control Plan .... ....... III-136 12.3.8 Protected Flora and Fauna .......................... 111-136 12.3.9 Cultural resources .............................. III-137 12.3.10 Air Quality ............... .................. III-137 12.4 Schedule ....... .......... III-137 12.5 Monitoring and Reporting ...... .. ......... III-138 13.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.10: WORKER'S HEALTH AND SAFETY ......... III-139 13.1 Objectives ..................11...................... I-139 13.2 Health Plan ....................................... II-139 13.3 Health Advisory: Tropical Diseases ....................... I11-141 13.3.1 Diseases Transmitted by Insects ..................... 111-141 13.3.2 Diseases Transmitted through Food and Water .... ........ III-144 13.3.3 Sexually Transmitted Diseases ...................... II-146 13.4 Construction Safety Plan ............. ................. I I-146 13.4.1 Safety Policy ................................. III-148 13.4.2 General Instructions ............................. II-148 13.4.3 Responsibilities ................................ III-149 13.4.4 Construction Safety Program For Contractors And Subcontractors I11-151 13.4.5 Accident Prevention ............................. II-153 13.4.6 Hazard Communication .......................... III-154 13.4.7 Safety Training And Education ...................... I11-155 13.4.8 Personal Protective Equipment ...................... III-156 13.4.9 First Aid ................................... I1-158 13.4.10 Good Housekeeping .......... .. ............... III-159 13.4.11 Drinking Water .. 111-160 13.4.12 Sanitation ................ ................... III-161 13.4.13 Occupational Noise Exposure ..................... HI-161 13.4.14 Ionizing Radiation ............................. 111-162 13.4.15 Illumination ............... .................. III-162 13.4.16 Gases, Vapors, Fumes, Dusts and Mists .....1......... II-163 13.4.17 Ventilation .................... 111-163 13.4.18 Respiratory Protection ............... 111-165 13.4.19 Fire Protection and Prevention ....... ..1............ I-167 13.4.20 Flammable and Combustible Liquids . .111-170 13.4.21 Signs, Signals, and Barricades .. III-171 13.4.22 Tools - Hand and Power Operated . . III-172 13.4.23 Blasting and the Use of Explosives ....... ........... III-175 13.4.24 Welding ................ ................... III-185 13.4.25 Rigging Equipment for Material Handling ..... ........ III-196 13.4.26 Automotive Equipment ...... .................... 111-199 13.4.27 Material Handling Equipment ....... .. ............ III-202 * vi 13.4.28 Working Over or Near Water ..................... III-212 13.4.29 Construction Guidelines ......................... II-214 13.4.30 Spill Response ............................... II-225 CHAPTER IV - PROGRAM No. 3: ENVIRONMENTAL OPERATIONS PLAN 1.0 OBJECTIVES AND ORGANIZATION ................................... IV-1 2.0 RIGHT-OF-WAY MONITORING, CONSERVATION, AND CONTROL ....... IV-2 2.1 Allowable Uses of the Right-of-Way .............. .................. IV-2 2.2 Access Restrictions and Control ............... .................... IV-2 2.3 Monitoring Scope and Schedule ............... .................... IV-3 2.3.1 Right-of-Way Overflights ........ ....................... IV-3 2.3.2 Satellite Image Analysis .......... ......................... IV-3 3.0 COMPRESSOR STATION .. . IV-4 CHAPTER V - PROGRAM No. 4: COMPENSATION PLAN 1.0 OBJECTIVES AND ORGANIZATION OF THE PROGRAM . . V-1 2.0 SUB-PROGRAM 4.1 - INDEMNIFICATION TO AFFECTED POPULATIONS AND ECONOMIC UNITS ....................................... V-2 2.1 Objectives and Organization ...................................... V-2 2.2 Right-of-Way Acquisition ....................................... V-2 2.3 Other Affected Parties ....................................... V-4 2.4 Compensation for Non-Indigenous Communities ........ .............. V-4 CHAPTER VI - ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN COST LIST OF TABLES Table III. 1 Summary of Roads to Be Upgraded in Bolivia Table III.2 Environmental Description, Construction Methodology, and Protection Measures along the Pipeline Alignment Table III.3 Wastewater Treatment Plant - Sewage Estimation Design Aid (Metric Units) Table III.4 Commercial Sources of Package Wastewater Treatment Plants Table III.5 Proposed Permissible Discharge Limits for Treated Wastewater Effluent Parameters as per Bolivian Regulations Table VI. 1 Summary of Costs - Enviromnental and Social Programs (in $US) Table VI.2 Summary of Costs - Environmental Management Plan - EMP ($US) Table VI.3 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) Table VI.4 Sponsors' Environmental Manager and Auditor vii . LIST OF FIGURES Figure I. 1 Components of the Environmental Management Plan Figure 1. 1 Environmental Management Organization Figure 1I. 1 Typical Cross-Section of 30 M Wide Right-of -Way Figure 11.2 Permanent Barrier Bars or Terraces Figure f. 3 Filter Fence Construction Design Figure 111.4 Typical Erosion Control Fabric Configuration Figure 111.5 Typical Trench Breakers Figure 111.6 Typical Plan View of Extra Work Space Required at Four Major Rivers Crossed by the Pipeline Figure 11.7 Conventional Wetland Construction Procedure (Method 11) Figure 111.8 Push/Pull Wetland Construction (Method III) Figure 111.9 Open-cut Water Body Procedure (Method I) Figure III.10 Landfilling Methods Figure II. 111 Location of Proposed Waste Management Facilities At Camp Sites Figure 1I. 12 Sub-base and Final Cover Design Elements Figure II. 13 Leachate Collection System Figure II. 14 Gas Collection System Components Figure 11I.15 Typical Arragement of the Purestream Brand Package Wastewater Treatment Plant Figure 11.16 Typical Arragement of the TEII Brand Package Wastewater Treatment Plant * Figure IV.1 Typical Pipeline Right-of-Way Barrier Gate viii FINAL REPORT IfrRODUCrION CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION 1.0 BACKGROUND The Bolivia-Brazil Gas Pipeline project is one of the priority programs of the Bolivian and Brazilian governments. This project, which is now in its initial implementation phase, is a major undertaking that will help to integrate economically both countries. It has the broad support of both governments, a significant amount of participation by the private sector and the public, and may receive partial financing from the World Bank, the Inter-American Development Bank (IDB), and the Corporacion Andina de Fomento (CAF). The pipeline will extend approximately 3,100 km from the Rio Grande Natural Gas Plant, located approximately 40 km southeast of the city of Santa Cruz de la Sierra in Bolivia, through Sao .: Paulo, turning south and terminating near the city of Porto Alegre in Brazil. The 555-km Bolivian sector of the pipeline will follow a relatively straight line, running in a east-southeast direction. The pipeline will be installed at a minimum of one meter below grade. In Bolivia, the pipeline right-of-way will be 30 meters wide during construction and 17 meters wide during operation. The right-of-way will run approximately parallel to, and south of the Santa Cruz to Puerto Quijarro railway and, for approximately 120 km, will represent the boundary between the Gran Chaco National Park to the south and the Integrated Management Area of the Park to the north. An Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the pipeline project was prepared by Dames & Moore (1996). The EIS was based on a comprehensive review of existing information, field work, and community workshops which were completed to evaluate the biophysical and socioeconomic environment and the potential impacts in the area of influence of the project. The EIS integrated technical and environmental concepts in the analysis to ensure that the project is constructed, operated, and managed with consideration for the conditions presented by the project's natural and social surroundings. The EIS was directed at maximizing the project's BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAs PIPELINE PROJECr (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 I- 1 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT IVTRODUC7ION benefits in the area of influence, while preventing, minimizing and mitigating its potential negative effects. The EIS (Dames & Moore, 1996) is the fundamental reference document for the EMP and the IPDP and is cited repeatedly throughout these documents. The area of influence of the project was defmed in the EIS as the area included within imaginary lines located 10 lkm to the north of the Santa Cruz to Puerto Suarez railroad and 10 km to the south of the proposed pipeline alignment. This area lies on the drainage divide between the Amazon river basin to the north and the Paraguay river basin to the south. The pipeline will cross the predominantly dry forest of the Bolivian Chaco region in the Departament of Santa Cruz, in the southeastern portion of Bolivia. The proposed pipeline route lies within the Llanura Chaquefia, which is generally very flat, with little relief, except where the plain is cut by occasional small streams and creeks. On its western portion, the Llanura Chaquenia is drained by the Rio Grande and the Parapeti river, which flow northward to the Amazon basin. The central portion is drained by the Rio San Miguel, which flows southward. On the eastern portion, the Sierras Chiquitanas are drained by the San Rafael/Aguas Calientes, Tucavaca, and Otuquis rivers, which flow south and east to the Paraguay river. The gas pipeline will also traverse two wetland regions: the Bafnados de Izozog, associated with the Rio Parapeti; and the Bafiados de Otuquis, associated with the Otuquis river. Administratively, the pipeline right-of-way is located within the Provinces of Cordillera and German Bush. However, the project's area of influence also includes portions of the Province of Chiquitos, where the main towns are located along the Santa Cruz-Puerto Suarez railroad system. The urban centers located within the area of influence of the project include the towns of Pail6n, San Jose de Chiquitos, Robore, El Carmen, Puerto Suarez, and Puerto Quijarro. An additional community considered in the EIS is the Capitania del Alto y Bajo Izozog (CABI). The CABI community is settled outside and to the south of the project's direct area of influence. CABI has a direct relationship with the creation and administration of the Gran Chaco National Park and its Integrated Management Areas. The Gran Chaco National Park is considered the most BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 1- 2 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT INTRODUCTION sensitive area within the project's area of influence due to its protected status, large biological resources, indigenous populations, and biogeographic status. The project sponsors have carried out an extensive public consultation program (Dames & Moore, 1996; Indigenous Peoples Development Plan, attached), including the indigenous groups present in the area, the Izoceino/Guarani, the Chiquitanos and the Ayoreos. The environmental and compensation measures described in this plan and in the Indigenous Peoples Development Plan largely reflect and thoroughly address the concerns of the affected communities in the study area, as well as those of other commenting parties. 0 BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAs PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 1- 3 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT INRODUCTION 2.0 OBJECTIVES The Environmental Management Plan for the Bolivia to Brazil Gas Pipeline presents a comprehensive strategy for environmental protection by requiring that environmental impacts be avoided, minimized, and mitigated. The project sponsors have defmed a philosophy of environmental protection which reflects their commitment to follow the programs and sub- programs designed and described within this document. The project sponsors recognize and promote the need for sustainable development through natural resource protection while also placing a high priority on human health and prosperity. The plan requires that all project activities, from construction design and practices through operational standards, are performed in compliance with all applicable environmental, health, and safety laws. In order to accomplish the goals of environmental protection established for the project, the EMP places emphasis on a comprehensive system of environmental supervision, which includes three . levels of review: 1. The Construction Contractor is responsible for conducting environmental monitoring on their own work. 2. An Environmental Inspection and Management Contractor, independent from the Construction Contractor, will oversee all activities and report any non-compliance to the Project Sponsors' Environmental Committee. 3. A third-party Environmental Auditor, who will report directly to the international lending institutions, will audit all activities related to the environment, from field activities to the reporting activities of the Environmental Inspection Contractor. This multi-layered environmental review procedure reflects the commitment of the project sponsors to environmental protection. This document provides guidance to the construction BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 I-4 DAMES & MOORE . FINAL REPORT INTRODUCrioN contractor, the environmental inspection contractor, and the environmental auditor to ensure project compliance with all programs. Along with the natural environment, this document addresses the social and economic conditions of the indigenous peoples. A specific compensation plan has been developed to mitigate environmental impacts to non-indigenous communities and to promote opportunities for the indigenous peoples that inhabit the project's area of influence. The Indigenous Peoples Development Plan is a significant component of the environmental approach of the project, and is attached as a stand-alone document. Together, these documents represent a comprehensive environmental strategy for this important regional project. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAs PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 1- 5 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT LITRODUCTION 3.0 ORGANIZATION The Environmental Management Plan is divided into four programs, as follows (Figure I. 1): Program No. 1 - Environmental Management System. This program describes the management structure, the relationship among the parties, and the reporting procedures to ensure that the environmental aspects of the project are managed effectively. * Program No. 2 - Environmental Protection and Mitigation During Construction. This program establishes the environmental protection guidelines that the Construction Contractor must meet or exceed to ensure that the construction work proceeds in compliance with all applicable regulations and requirements. Program No. 3 - Environmental Operation. This program describes the environmental follow-up procedures to ensure that the project remains in compliance with applicable regulations and requirements during its operations phase. Program No. 4 - Compensation. This program describes compensation measures for non- indigenous communities in the area of influence the project. The Indigenous Peoples Development Plan, while considered part of the compensation structure of the project, is attached as a stand-alone document. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAs PIPELINE PROJECr (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 1- 6 DAMES & MOORE Figure 1. 1. Components of the Environmental Management Plan for the Bolivia-Brazil Gas Pipeline Project (Bolivian Portion). ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN PROGRAM NO. I PROGRAM NO. 2 PROGRAM NO. 3 PROGRAM NO. 4 ENVIRONMENTAL ENVIRONMENTAL ENVIRONMENTAL COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS PROGRAM SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAM ......~~~ . - - - . _ . . .... ....... ~~~I__ ___ _____ISUPRRAJ |SUB-PROGRAiMS: |SUB-PROGRAMS: SUB-PROGRAiMS: SU-RGAS -Coordination -Specialized Construction *Right-of-Way *Right-of-Way Acquisition -Env. Management during -Waste Management -Compressor Station *Assistance to Non- Construction -Restoration and Indigenous Communities *Community Relations Revegetation -Monitoring, Inspection -Flora and Fauna and Auditing -Spill Prevention and Control *Archaeological Resources *Air Quality and Noise Control *Workers Activities *Workers Env. Training -Health & Safety . FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEmENT SYsTEM CHAPTER II PROGRAM No. 1: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 1.0 OBJECTIVES AND ORGANIZATION OF THE PROGRAM The Environmental Management System (EMS) for the Bolivia to Brazil Gas Pipeline Project (Bolivian Portion) establishes the organization, responsibilities, mechanisms, and procedures to ensure that the project is executed in compliance with all applicable environmental regulations and requirements. The EMS comprises four sub-programs (Figure 1. 1): * Sub-Program 1.1 - Environmental Coordination. The Environmental Coordination sub- program identifies all the parties involved in the environmental components of the project, and establishes the following: a. The nature of the relationships among the parties. b. The type of coordination necessary among the parties. c. The mechanism and schedule of coordination activities. d. The organization established to carry out the coordination activities. * Sub-Program 1.2 - Environmental Management During Construction. This sub-program describes the environmental management structure during construction (Figure 11.1), indicating the relationship between the project sponsors, the Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contractor (EPC), the construction contractor, the environmental inspection contractor, the environmental auditor, and the lending institutions. * Sub-Program 1.3 - Community Interaction. This sub-program establishes the mechanisms for maintaining good relations with the communities in the area of influence of the project. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECr (BOLIVIAN PORTON) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 11-1 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONmENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Sub-Program 1.4 - Monitoring, Inspection and Auditing. This sub-program describes the system of checks and balances to ensure that the environmental protection measures are applied in compliance with all applicable enviromnental regulations and requirements. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECr (BOLIVIAN PORTiON) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 11- 2 DAMEs & MOORE . FiNAL REPORT ENvrRoNMEN7AL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 2.0 SUB-PROGRAM 1.1 - ENVIRONMENTAL COORDINATION PLAN 2.1 Objectives The objectives of the Environmental Coordination Plan are: 1. To identify the parties involved in the environmental aspects of the project. 2. To describe the nature of their involvement in the project. 3. To determine the type of coordination required with each party. 4. To establish the mechanism and schedule of the coordination activities. 2.2 Parties Involved in the Coordination Plan The parties or entities involved in the envirdnmental aspects of the project can be divided into the following groups: @ 1. Project sponsors. 2. Regulatory agencies. 3. International lending institutions. 4. Governmental organizations. 5. Non-governmental organizations. 6. Indigenous peoples organizations. 2.2.1 Project Sponsors The project sponsors are the group of private firms which are promoting the project. These include: * Transredes, S.A., a consortium formed by ENRON and Shell, and the people of Bolivia, who are included as a result of the capitalization structure which makes them shareholders of 50% of the firm. BOLIvIA-BRAzIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 II - 3 DAMES & MOORE O FINAL REPORT ENVIRONmENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM * Petrobras, the Brazilian national oil and gas company. * The BTB Group, formed by Broken Hill Proprietary Company, El Paso Energy (formerly Tenneco Energy), and British Gas. 2.2.2 Regulatory Agencies The Ministry of Environment and Sustainable Development in Bolivia is the main regulatory agency with jurisdiction over the project. On February 19, 1997, the Ministry issued the Environmental License for the project, which is the main environmental permit required to execute the project. Specific permits for the project, such as hazardous waste transport and effluent discharges, are also within the jurisdiction of the Ministry and are part of the Environmental License. However, this activities should be presented to the authorities for their concurrence. @ 2.2.3 International Lending Institutions The Brazilian portion of the project will be partially financed by the World Bank, the Inter- American Development Bank (IDB), and the Corporaci6n Andina de Fomento (CAF). The international lending institutions view this project as one; therefore, while the Bolivian portion of the project will not receive funding from the international lending institutions, it will have to comply with the environmental requirements of these institutions, which are reflected in this EMP. 2.2.4 Governmental Organizations Several governmental organizations at the national level have an interest in the project. These include: BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORIION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 Il-4 DAMES & MOORE . FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM * The National Directorate for Archaeological Resources affiliated with the Ministry of Culture. The Institute will oversee the archaeological prospection and accidental discovery measures that will be implemented for the project. The Instituto Nacional de Reforma Agraria (1NRA), which will oversee land titling issues regarding indigenous populations. * The Secretaria Nacional de Asuntos Etnicos, which will cooperate with the Land Demarcation and Titling Program of the Indigenous Peoples Development Plan (IPDP) attached. At the municipal level, the project has involved the local governments of the main towns located within the project's area of influence: Pail6n, San Jose de Chiquitos, Robore, El Carmen, Puerto Quijarro and Puerto Suarez. 2.2.5 Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) The main NGOs active in environmental and socio-economic issues in the area of influence of the projects are: Wildife Conservation Society (WCS), which is working with the Capitania del Alto y Bajo Izozog (CABI, see below) in projects related to the protection of biodiversity and the sustainable management of the Gran Chaco National Park. * The Centro de Estudios Juridicos e Investigaci6n Social (CEJIS), which provides legal assistance to indigenous communities in the area of influence of the project. * Apoyo al Campesino-Indigena del Oriente Boliviano (APCOB), which functions as a center for training, information and social research in the area of influence of the project. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAs PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 II- 5 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONmEArvAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM * The Centro de Investigaci6n y Promoci6n al Campesinado (CIPCA) is a group devoted to community development, run by Jesuits. 2.2.6 Indigenous Peoples Organizations The project has coordinated with two main organizations that represent the three indigenous peoples represented in the area of influence of the project (Izocefno/Guaranies, Chiquitanos and Ayoreos): * The Confederaci6n Indigena del Oriente Boliviano (CIDOB), which represents the three indigenous groups listed above. * The Capitania del Alto y Bajo Izozog (CABI), which represents the Izocenio/Guarani people and is responsible for the administration of the Gran Chaco National Park. Other indigenous organizations in the area are the Centro Ayoreo Nativo del Oriente Boliviano (CANOB), which represents the Ayoreos, and the Coordinadora de Pueblos Etnicos de Santa Cruz (CPESC). Finally, the Fundaci6n Iwi-Iyambae serves as the technical arm of CABI and has collaborated in aspects of this EMP. 2.3 Coordination Scope, Mechanism, and Schedule Coordination activities are aimed at maintaining a positive relationship between the project and all the parties involved. The scope of the coordination includes the following (specific coordination requirements are described within individual programs of this EMP and the IPDP): 1. Keep the different parties informed of the progress of the project. This involves submitting required reports to local authorities or the international lending institutions, or conducting periodic meetings with indigenous and non-indigenous groups to gather their perception about the project as it develops. BBoLIVI-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 11 - 6 DAMES & MooRE . FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENIT SYSTEm 2. Activate the provisions to achieve conflict resolution as needed. 3. Coordinate with local authorities for scheduled visits, if any, by pipeline workers to the towns. The mechanism of coordination will vary, depending which party is involved, as follows: 2.3.1 Regulatory Agencies The main mechanism of coordination with the Ministry of Environment and Sustainable Development will be the monthly reports required by the Environmental License issued for the project issued by the Ministry on February 19, 1997. The Enviromnental License requires that the project sponsors file monthly environmental monitoring reports throughout the construction period. * According to the Subsecretariat of Environment (letter MDSP-DGMA-C-No. 1280/97, dated September 19, 1997, in lit.), the monthly reports on the implementation of environmental measures must be detailed and include graphical information as needed. They must include: * Progress report on inspection and control activities, indicating the percentage of progress of the works and the implementation of environmental measures. * Monitoring reports, indicating which parameters have been monitored, methods and equipment used. * Environmental audits done on the project. * A narrative describing community interaction. Engineering reports must also be presented. Additionally, the following documentation must be presented to the Ministry: * Documents advising of start of activities. _ BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 II - 7 DAmS & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM * A schedule of the implementation of environmental measures, which should be tied to the engineering schedule. 2.3.2 International Lending Institutions There will be two main mechanisms of coordination with the international lending institutions: 1. The project sponsors' Environmental Committee will report monthly to the banks on the progress of the project and the compliance with environmental measures. 2. The environmental auditor will report directly to the banks on the level of compliance of the project as well as the adequacy of the environmental documentation and monitoring for the project. 2.3.3 Governmental Organizations O The main type of coordination with governmental organizations will be as follows: 1. The National Directorate for Archaeological Resources will approve the archaeological prospection activities and will inspect the prospection work. 2. The Instituto Nacional de Reforma Agraria (INRA) and the Sub-Secretariat of Ethnic Affairs will perform the land titling activities under their jurisdiction within the Indigenous Peoples Development Plan (IPDP). A formal operating agreement will be sought with these agencies to execute the land titling activities. 2.3.4 Non-Governmental Organizations NGOs will be informed about the progress of the project in a transparent and timely manner. The Wildlife Conservation Society, in its role as technical advisor to CABI, is expected to participate in the implementation of programs within the IPDP. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAs PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPrEMBER, 1997 11- 8 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYEM 2.3.5 Indigenous Peoples Organizations Both CABI and CIDOB will actively participate in the programs contemplated within the Indigenous Peoples Development Plan, under agreements to be executed with each organization. CABI will also participate in the right-of-way revegetation sub-program and the update of the biodiversity baseline for the Gran Chaco National Park area. 2.4 Mechanism and Organization Coordination activities will be carried out continuously with all parties involved. Reporting requirements with the Ministry of Environment and Sustainable Development, as well as coordination with the National Directorate for Archaeological Resources and local government will be the responsibility of the Project Environmental Supervisor. Coordination with the Sub- secretariat of Ethnic Affairs within the Land Titling Program of the Indigenous Peoples Development Plan will be the responsibility of the Manager of the IPDP. 0 BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 II - 9 DAMEs & MOORE . FiNAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMEIT SYSTEM 3.0 SUB-PROGRAM 1.2 - ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION Compliance with enviromnental regulations and requirements involves the Lending Institutions, the Project Sponsors; the Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) Contractor; the Environmental Inspection and Management Contractor; and the Environmental Auditor (Figure 11.1). The functions and interrelationships for each of the parties is as follows: 3.1 Project Sponsors The project sponsors are accountable for the project to the local authorities and lending institutions. A project sponsors' Environmental Committee will be formed to facilitate the coordination of all environmental issues among multiple sponsors. The Environmental Committee will include one representative from each of the project sponsors, who will have equal voice and vote on decisions made by the committee. The sponsors will name a coordinator for Bolivia and a coordinator for Brazil from the Environmental Committee. The coordinators will be able to O make decisions on environmental matters, which will hold until the entire committee reviews them. 3.2 Environmental Project Supervisor The Environmental Project Supervisor, acting on behalf of the project sponsors, will ensure environmental compliance of the project by working and coordinating with the Environmental Inspection Contractor, Environmental Management Unit, the Project Management Contractor; the project sponsors' Environmental Committee; community representatives; and environmental representatives of the Bolivian and Brazilian Governments. If efforts to resolve environmental compliance matters can not be quickly and satisfactorily resolved at various levels of the functional organization, the Environmental Supervisor will immnediately report unresolved issues to the project sponsors' Project Manager and Environmental Committee, who have stop work authority through the Project Management Contractor. The Environmental Project Supervisor will formally document environmental compliance matters in the form of written reports which will BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 11- 10 DAMES & MOORE . FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEmENT SYSTEM be presented to the project sponsors' Environmental Committee on a weekly basis. The Environmental Project Supervisor's specific responsibilities will be to: 1. Assure compliance with the environmental requirements of the plans and procedures and all license and permit conditions imposed on the project by Bolivian and Brazilian regulatory agencies. 2. Ensure that environmental agreements, mitigation plans and the project-specific EMP are properly implemented and monitored. 3. Monitor and evaluate the activities of a technical staff (Environmental Inspection Contractor) responsible for monitoring, and directing compliance with the EMP. 4. Review and evaluate reports prepared by the Environmental Inspection Contractor. 5. Prepare and present weekly environmental compliance reports for the entire pipeline to the project sponsors' Environmental Committee. 6. Provide briefings to the Environmental Committee and the Lending Institutions as requested. 7. Periodically inspect construction areas of the pipeline corridor for compliance with the non-compensatory items of EMP's, inspection and monitoring programs. 8. Coordinate with the Environmental Inspectors, the Environmental Management Unit, the project sponsors' Environmental Committee, the Project Management Contractor as necessary to promote and ensure environmental compliance. 9. Cooperate with and provide information as requested by the Project Environmental Auditor who will audit the project on behalf of the lending institutions (see below). BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 II- 11 DAME & MooRE O FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 10. Implement actions and establish policies to avoid, minimize, control, or mitigate potential impacts from project construction on the physical, biological, and socioeconomic environment. 11. Receive, investigate and resolve complaints from communities regarding abuses, violations, or conflicts derived from work behavior and other related construction activities (traffic, road kills, hunting and fishing, dust, property damage, and conflicts with communities, among others). The EPS should make this location and availability known to communities along the right-of-way. 12. Perform other duties and functions assigned by the project sponsors' Environmental Committee. 13. The Project Environmental Supervisor will stay with the project after construction, until environmental provisions during the pre-operations phase are implemented. . 3.3 Environmental Auditor The Environmental Auditor will report directly to the lending institutions. He or she will audit the environmental compliance activities of the Project Sponsors, the EPC Contractor, the Environmental Project Supervisor, and the Environmental Inspection Contractor (see Section 5.3). The Environmental Auditor will be able to request information and expect cooperation from the entire functional organization. 3.4 EPC Contractor The EPC Contractor and his Construction Contractor will be responsible for constructing the pipeline in compliance with all environmental regulations and requirements as specified in this Environmental Management Plan and the contract and is fully accountable, on environmental matters, to the project sponsors' Project Manager and Environmental Committee. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 II - 12 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 3.5 Environmental Inspection and Management Contractor The Environmental Inspection Contractor will be a third party firm specialized in environmental issues, which represents the Project Sponsors in the field and determines if all environmental protection provisions are met. The Environmental Inspection Contractor will have a Spread Chief and an inspector for the Bolivian portion of the project. Environmental inspection is a continuous oversight function to ensure that the EPC contractor adheres to environmental protection requirements. The Environmental Inspection Contractor will work with the EPC Contractor directly to assure environmental compliance. The findings of the environmental monitoring program will be reported directly to the Environmental Project Supervisor. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 II- 13 DAMES & MOoRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 4.0 SUB-PROGRAM 1.3 - COMMUNITY INTERACTION The project will establish offices in Santa Cruz, La Brecha and San Jose de Chiquitos, which will manage the IPDP. These offices will serve as the main point of contact between the project and affected communities. Their phone numbers and the name of the contact persons will be widely distributed in the communities. The IPDP Manager and the Project Environmental Supervisor will work together to establish a relationship with both the indigenous and non-indigenous communities. For the towns of Pailon, San Jos6 de Chiquitos, Robore, El Carmen, Puerto Suarez and Puerto Quijarro, local authorities will be informed of the progress of the project, particularly regarding activities that may affect them most, such as: Periods of intense traffic. . 0 Scheduled visits by the pipeline workers to the towns. Need for increase availability of goods and services to accommodate the needs of the incoming work force. While it is anticipated that the likelihood of conflict with the communities is low, the Environmental Project Supervisor will try and resolve any conflict or dispute that may arise. Should the Environmental Project Supervisor be unable to resolve the conflict, a mediator, chosen by both parties will be involved. Only in cases where a mediator is unable to resolve a conflict, will standard legal channels be invoked. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 11- 14 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENviRoNmENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 5.0 SUB-PROGRAM 1.4 - ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING, INSPECTION, AND AUDITING 5.1 Environmental Monitoring Environmental monitoring is the responsibility of the EPC Contractor, through his Environmental Manager. Monitoring activities are an internal function of the EPC Contractor to verify the day- to-day compliance with environmental requirements on the part of the Construction Contractor. 5.2 Environmental Inspection The objective of the environmental inspection is to provide third party review of the implementation of the EMP measures by the EPC contractor. The primary function of the Environmental Inspection Contractor will be to monitor construction activities such that recommendations outlined in the EMP are implemented in an appropriate manner. Specifically, the Environmental Inspection Contractor (EIC) shall: 1 Develop a Work Plan for the implementation of the Environmental Inspection Program. The Work Plan shall establish the personnel identification, personnel responsibilities, field logistics, schedules, training, monitoring requirements, monitoring report forms, and communication and reporting with the project sponsors and the EPC Contractor. 2 Inspect the technical environmental specifications established in the EMP covering construction procedures, installation and operation of campsites, the standard of conduct of the construction workers with respect to the environment, the quality of environmental work performed by the contractors, the compensation measures (including the IPDP), and other factors as deemed necessary by the environmental inspection contractor. The contractor shall observe and report all activities during the construction phase of the project as related to the following issues: a. Erosion control measures. b. Vegetation and wildlife protection measures. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 II - 15 DAMES & MOORE O FINAL REPORT ENviRoNmENTAL MANAGEMENT SYnEm c. Solid and sanitary waste management practices. d. Hazardous materials management and disposal practices e. Air quality protection and noise control. f. Spill prevention, containment, and control measures. g. Trench construction practices in standard/specialized areas. h. Accidental discovery of cultural resources and human remains. i. Work camps and right-of-way abandonment/closure. j. Compensation measures, including the Indigenous Peoples Development Plan. 3. Inspect compliance with the EMP technical requirements, as well as specifications established in the Bolivian and Brazilian environmental legislation and the requirements by the international lending institutions. 4. If necessary, make recommendations regarding adjustments to the management system to ensure that the environmental protection process proceeds smoothly and efficiently during the construction phase of the project. The project sponsors and the EPC contractor will provide access to all construction documents and environmental agency licensing documents/correspondence. They will also facilitate contact with their respective engineering and monitoring teams to ensure that the work activities comply with the requirements of the EMP. The environmental inspection staff will have the following responsibilities: 5.2.1 Project Environmental Supervisor The Project Environmental Supervisor will supervise all inspecting activities performed by the Environmental Inspection Contractor, set overall inspection priorities, maintain a project database of licensing/compliance issues, follow up on compliance sections, and compile all field data and prepare weekly reports to the Project Sponsors Environmental Committee. He/she will communicate any non-compliance to the Project Sponsor's Environmental Committee within 24 hours of BOLIVA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 II - 16 DAMEs & MOORE . FINAL REPORT ENvRoNMEmENAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM occurrence. The Project Sponsor's will then communicate with PETROBRAS regarding any reported non-compliance. The Environmental Management Plan's Community Relations program is aimed at promoting good relations with the communities in the project's area of influence and increasing communication about the Project Sponsor's environmental awareness. Petrobras' Community Relation Department administers this program. The community relations program includes the following components: * Maintaining a Public Liaison during construction. * Developing an environmental education program. * Developing a public information program about the project. * Educating the construction labor force regarding proper relations with the host communities. The Project Environmental Supervisor will oversee the implementation of these programs, and furnishing interested parties with information regarding the project's environmental issues and the steps involved in the mitigation of environmental impacts. The Project Environmental Supervisor will also interact the affected land owners and local residents to minimize potential negative perceptions regarding the project. The Project Environmental Supervisor will receive and address community complaints regarding non-compliance and other social conflicts that may arise during construction. 5.2.2 Environmental Inspectors The Environmental Inspectors will be stationed at the work camps to oversee all field activities. The Environmental Inspector's responsibilities will include, but not limited to, inspecting erosion control, water quality, protected wildlife species, cultural resources, water resources, vegetation, and protected areas. They will observe and record all activities related to the following elements: 1. Identifying areas that require stabilization. 2. Ensuring all erosion and sedimentation control devices are installed and maintained properly. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAs PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 II - 17 DAMES & MOORE . FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL MA4NAGEMENT SYSTEM 3. Inspecting restoration of upland areas, water bodies and wetlands. 4. Ensuring that all construction activities occur within authorized work areas and only approved access roads are used. 5. Ensuring that the requirements set forth in the Spill Prevention Containment and Control Plan are met. 6. Inspecting waste collection and disposal practices. 7. Inspecting construction activities daily to verify and document that contractors are complying with the requirements of this EMP and EIA, the environmental provisions included in the construction drawings and the environmental conditions of the license. 8. Photo-documenting the condition of sensitive areas and work spaces prior to, throughout, and after construction. 9. Documenting (including photos/videos) construction activities. 10. Identifying potential problems and advising the Project Management Contractor (EPC Contractor) of appropriate actions prior to occurrence. 11. Inspecting that the soil profile is restored as required. 12. Communication and education with the Project Management Contractor (EPC Contractor) on project specific environmental concerns. 13. Inspecting the repair of all ineffective temporary erosion control measures. 14. Recording the locations of surface drainage and irrigation systems. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 II - 18 DAMEs & MooRE . FiNAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 15. Inspecting tests of subsoil and topsoil where appropriate to detennine the extent of compaction across the disturbed ROW in agricultural areas. 16. Evaluating imported soils used as fill and/or additional cover material in sensitive areas (i.e., agricultural, residential, and wetland areas). 17. Inspecting hydrostatic test fill, discharge activities, and required sampling of the test water. 18. Inspecting that Water Body and Wetland Crossing Plans are properly implemented. 19. Observing dewatering structures and slope breakers such that they will not direct water into known cultural resource sites or locations of sensitive species. 20. Observing that trench dewatering activities do not result in the deposition of sand, silt, and/or sediment near the point of discharge into a wetland or water body. @ 21. Advising the Project Management Contractor when conditions (such as wet weather) make it advisable to restrict construction activities in agricultural or wetland areas. 22. Inspect construction activities related to social compensatory programs, including road rehabilitation, borrow pit restoration, landfill siting and construction, and others. 23. Supervise worker behavior and adherence to the Environmental Code of Conduct. 24. Record any violations of the Worker Code of Conduct, as specified in the EMP and Environmental Construction Plan, along with the penalty of punishment imposed for each violation. The Environmental Inspectors will be required to use best judgment in the field at all times to ensure that violations, audits, and other environmental related documentation are transmitted to appropriate project personnel. Each Environmental Inspector will have peer status with the other project BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 11- 19 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM inspectors in the field. The Environmental Inspectors will report compliance problems to the Project Management Contractor and the Project Environmental Supervisor who in turn, will report all issues to the project sponsors' Environmental Committee. The Environmental Inspectors will also evaluate the success of revegetation and stabilization of the right-of-way (ROW) and temporary work areas following construction. The inspection will also include visual inspection and documentation of temporary vegetation for sediment and substrate stabilization techniques. If deficiencies in the establishment of temporary vegetation cover are discovered, the Environmental Inspectors will report these to the Project Management Contractor. All erosion control devices are to remain in place an in a functional condition until stabilization is achieved. Once stabilization is achieved, all temporary erosion and sedimentation control devices will be removed. All such materials removed will be disposed in compliance with applicable regulations and conditions of licenses or perrmits for the project. The Environmental Inspector will oversee that these activities are performed in the designed manner. * @ During routine inspections of the ROW, the Environmental Inspector will also make visual observations of the re-establishment of native vegetation within disturbed areas. The amount of native vegetation cover returniing within areas disturbed by construction will be documented by the EIC. The Environmental Inspection staff shall monitor the work being performed in the following work stations: 1 . Right-of-Way (ROW) Trench Construction. The EMP differentiates between areas where standard construction techniques or where special techniques are required along the pipeline route. The EIC staff shall observe that those areas where special techniques need to be applied are correctly chosen. 2. Right-of-way Erosion Control and Slope Stabilization. There are two situations in which the question of soil stability and conservation appears: a) "Normal" areas, without major BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAs PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 11 - 20 DAMES & MOORE * FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM restrictions, requiring standard procedures in construction, earth movement, and water control; b) "Critical" areas, such as those with clearly defined topography, greater susceptibility to erosion, riparian areas, sandy soils, and others which require special procedures. The EMP and EIA identify these areas and describes specific techniques to control erosion and sedimentation during construction. The Environmental Inspectors will verify that erosion control measures are implemented in areas with the following conditions: a. Areas that are most susceptible to erosion. b. In the aeolic plains, and river and wetland crossings. c. Areas requiring special materials such as hay bales and filter fabric fences. d. Areas requiring revegetation or mulching. The Environmental Inspection staff will prepare reports on the effectiveness of the erosion control and remedial actions performed. The Inspectors must certify in the report that the EPC Contractor has met the following objectives while performing erosion control measures: (1) safety of the work and (2) the avoidance of environmental damage to surrounding areas. 3. Waste and Hazardous Materials Management and Disposal Areas. The EMP and the ELA present procedures and minimum standards for the supply, storage, management, and disposal of waste and hazardous materials. The EIC staff will monitor the following elements: * Record overall quantities and types of waste being generated at each work location along the route, work camps, and other support facilities. * Observe construction at landfills to determine whether onsite location and minimum design specifications meet the objectives required by the EMP. * Observe that, at least, EMP storage, handling, and transporting standards for safe disposal of all wastes in all support facilities and along the right of way are being implemented. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 11 - 21 DAMES & MOORE . FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Observe that closure of all landfills are performed in accordance to EMP standards. 4. Sanitary Waste Treatment Areas. The EMP presents standard methods and regulations that must be adhered to in treatment of sanitary wastes and the proper disposal of treated effluent. The EIC staff will monitor the following elements: * Assessment of package wastewater treatment plant physical requirements including system capacities, pipe connections, effluent discharge points. * Review all regulations and compliance requirements on the treated effluent. * Review water quality test data on the treated effluent. 5. Camp Sites: Central and Mobile Camps. Ensure camps are sited in accordance with approved locations and constructed in accordance with approved design criteria. Inspect and control waste water treatment procedures, worker conduct, flora and fauna protection, and waste management practices including landfill construction. 6. Access Roads. Restrict movement of personnel and supplies to approved access roads. Ensure recommended road improvements are implemented as designed. Ensure any fill material is procured from approved borrow areas. 7. Pipe Storage Sites. Monitor loading and off-loading to ensure worker safety. Ensure compliance with established spill prevention and control practices. 8. Special Construction Sites, i.e. Larger River Crossings, Compression Stations, City Gates. The EMP describes construction procedures for special areas. The role of the Environmental Inspector is to inspect all work in these area for compliance with these plans, specific restrictions, and adherence to extra work space requirements. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 II - 22 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 5.3 Environmental Management Unit The members of the Environmental Management Unit has the responsibility of the entire distance and construction period of the pipeline project within a given area of expertise. Compensation Manager and Management Unit Coordinator. This is a full time engagement for the entire distance and construction period of the pipeline. The position's responsibility is to monitor that all packages are administered as the compensation packages of the Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Impact Assessment dictate. This position will also be the coordinator for this unit. This position will report directly to the Project Sponsors' Environmental Committee through the Project Environmental Supervisor. Socioeconomist. Administer the socioeconomic compensation programs on a local and regional level. Biological Scientist. The position's responsibility is to implement all compensation measures in regard to flora and fauna. Communication, Educational and Public Relations. This position's responsibility is to inform, educate, and make aware the local public in the area of the pipeline construction and inform the international community of the pipeline progress. Social Scientist. This is a full time engagement for the entire distance and construction period of the pipeline. The position's responsibility is to monitor, assist and direct the compensation plan for the Indigenous Peoples Development Plan. The role of the Social Scientist is to serve as liaison with indigenous organizations and executing agencies. Additionally, he will work closely with the Manager of the IPDP to monitor the proper execution of the program. Environmental or Civil Engineer. The position's responsibility is to address all issues in the environmental sector from an engineering technical aspect (waste, water treatment, soil and bank stabilization, and others). BOLIVA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECr (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 II - 23 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONmENTAL MANA GEMENT SYSTEM 5.4 Environmental Auditing The Environmental Auditor will audit environmental compliance of the pipeline project by coordinating with the Environmental Inspectors; the EPC Contractor; the Project Environmental Supervisor, Project Manager and Environmental Committee; and representatives of the Bolivian and Brazilian Governments. The Environmental Auditor may require a professional staff to fulfill his duties. It will be the responsibility of the Enviromnental Auditor to design and implement an effective random audit plan. The Environmental Auditor will have the authority to investigate matters at all levels of the functional organization at any time or place. Deficiencies in environmental compliance will immediately be brought to the attention of the appropriate parties by the Environmental Auditor. The Environmental Auditor will write and file concise audit reports with the lending institutions and the Environmental Committee on a monthly basis. The auditor will be paid by the project spolisors and report to the lending institutions The Environmental Auditor specific responsibilities will be to: . 1. Develop and implement an environmental audit plan designed to determine the level of compliance with environmental requirements of plans and procedures and all license and permit conditions imposed on the project by Bolivian and Brazilian regulatory agencies. 2. Determine if environmental agreements, compensatory mitigation plans and the project specific EMP are properly implemented and observed by the project sponsors and EPC Contractor, and determine the effectiveness of the environmental inspection program. 3. Investigate and evaluate the activities of the technical staff (Environmental Inspection and Management Contractor) responsible for inspecting, monitoring, and directing compliance with the project EMP. 4. Review and evaluate environmental compliance reports prepared by the Environmental Inspectors, the Environmental Project Supervisor, and the Project Sponsor's Environmental Committee. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 11 - 24 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 5. Prepare and present written monthly environmental compliance audit reports for the entire pipeline to the lending institutions. 6. Periodically and randomly inspect construction areas of the pipeline corridor for compliance with the EMP, monitoring and inspection programs. 7. Investigate and coordinate with the Environmental Inspectors, the EPC Contractor and the Project Environmental Supervisor, Project Manager and Environmental Committee as necessary to determine the level of environmental compliance that is being achieved by the project. 8. Suggest actions and policies to avoid, minimize, control or mitigate potential impacts from project construction on the physical, biological and socioeconomic environment. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 11- 25 DAMES & MOoRE Figure 11. 1. Environmental Management Organization INTERNATIONAL LENDING INSTITUTIONS PROJECT SPONSORS' ENVIRONMENTAL COMMITTEE EPC CONTRACTOR PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL _ ~~~~~~~SUPERVISOR ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTORS ENVIRONMENTAL (1 PER FRONT) MANAGEMENT UNIT FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CON.STRUCION CHAPTER III PROGRAM No. 2: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND MITIGATION DURING CONSTRUCTION 1.0 OBJECTIVES AND ORGANIZATION OF THE PROGRAM . 1.1 Objective The objective of the environmental protection and mitigation program is to prevent, minimize, control and mitigate the potential and actual impacts from the construction and operation of the pipeline on the physical, biological and socioeconomic environments. Since the conception of the pipeline, the route and the location of associated facilities have been selected, reviewed, and modified to minimize these impacts while maintaining economic feasibility of the pipeline. Some unavoidable impacts will occur as a result of construction and, to a much lesser extent, during operation. A large proportion of the impacts to soil, water and air, and vegetation and wildlife, will be localized and temporary. All temporary and permanent impacts resulting from the project are minimized and controlled to the extent possible and are fully mitigated. 1.2 Organization The program will be executed through the organizational structure described in Chapter II (Figure 1. 1). In addition, a protocol has been established for the chain of command and information flow during project construction. The organization will be in effect for all construction activities including project kick-off, construction, monitoring, reporting, auditing and job closure. This program describes the environmental standards that must be met or exceeded by the Construction Contractor in order to minimize environmental impacts during construction. It is the Construction Contractor's responsibility to apply environmental measures which are as effective or more effective than those described herein. It is understood that the Construction BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -1 DAmES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENARONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CONSRUCTON Contractor will perform a construction survey and will make practical decisions on the implementation of the construction protocol. Should the contractor propose measures different from those described in this program, it is his responsibility to obtain approval from the Environmental Committee and local authorities, as needed, for the new measure. The program includes the following sub-programs: Sub-Program No. 2.1 - Special Areas and Specialized Construction. Sub-Program No. 2.2 - Waste Management. Sub-Program No. 2.3 - Restoration and Revegetation. Sub-Program No. 2.4 - Protection of Flora and Fauna. Sub-Program No. 2.5 - Spill Prevention, Control and Containment. Sub-Program No. 2.6 - Protection of Historical and Archaeological Resources. Sub-Program No. 2.7 - Air Quality and Noise Control. Sub-Program No. 2.8 - Workers Activities. Sub-Program No. 2.9 - Workers Environmental Training. Sub-Program No. 2.10 - Health and Safety. Section 2 briefly describes the project components, and Section 3 describes standard construction techniques. Subsequent sections describe the sub-programs. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN S SEPTEMBER. 1997 III -2 DAMES & MOORE FiNAL REPORT ENVRONMENTAL PROTIECONDURiNG CoNsTRucrIoN S 2.0 PROJECT COMPONENTS 2.1 Overview of the Project The standard construction of a natural gas pipeline consists of distinct phases each with specific procedures, requirements, monitoring, tests and reports. The standard construction process (Figure 11H.1) includes right-of-way clearing, grading, ditching, pipeline stringing, bending, welding, x-raying, lowering-in, backfilling, hydrostatic testing, and right-of-way restoration. The construction methods described herein will be used unless site-specific conditions warrant special methods. Figure 111.1 shows a right-of-way configuration depicting the typical sequence of construction activities that will take place. 2.2 Procurement of Pipe The 555 kilometers of pipe segments in Bolivia will be purchased from private manufacturers in Japan and the United States and shipped by ocean freight to the Port of St Nicholas, 90 kilometers downriver on the Rio Paraguay in Argentina. At the port, the pipe will be unloaded and then anti- corrosion coated. The pipe sections will then be loaded on barges and transported upriver on the Rio Paraguay to the area of Puerto Suarez (Gravetal) at the Bolivia-Brazil border. From this location, the pipe will be transported by train to the storage yards in Bolivia. Some imnprovement and extension of railroad spurs, described in Section 2.3, will be necessary. Transport of the pipe segments from the storage yards to the right-of-way for stringing will be accomplished by truck. This process will comply with all applicable environmental regulations and safeguards, including the Port of St. Nicholas. 2.3 Storage Yards A total of six storage yards are proposed along the pipeline route including Pailon, San Jose de Chiquitos, Robore, El Carmen, Puerto Suarez, and possibly Tres Cruces. Each of these areas is located along the railroad tracks between Santa Cruz de la Sierra and Puerto Suarez where the pipe segments will be delivered by train and unloaded. Some improvements to these facilities will BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -3 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVZRONMENrAL PROTECTioNDURING CONSTRUCTION be necessary including the extension of railroad spurs and installation of gates for ingress and egress. No substantial work will be necessary for these activities. Distribution of pipe segments from these storage yards and the subsequent clean-up and closure of these facilities will not have significant impacts on the community or environment. A detailed description of the proposed storage yards including location, design, extent and type of improvement is provided in Section 3.5 of the Environmental Impact Statement (Dames & Moore, 1996). Any alternate storage yard locations selected by the construction contractor may be utilized with approval of the EPC Contractor's Environmental Manager, the Project Environmental Supervisor, and the Ministry of Sustainable Development and Environment. 2.4 Borrow Areas Borrow areas will not be necessary to construct the pipeline or for improvements associated with the establishment of the camp sites and storage yards. These areas will require some site grading, but no actual fill is required. Some areas of the access roads may require fill to shape the road either for elevation or width to accomplish useable and safe travel lanes to and from the pipeline right-of-way. If borrow areas become necessary, the selection of the site will be determined by the type, extent and location of the fill needed. The Construction Contractor will be responsible for obtaining any local permit necessary to operate the borrow site. Typically, the choice will be made by the contractor based on the type and volume of material required. These requirements are expected to be small amounts of gravel and will be located close to the roadway area requiring the fill. Potential borrow area sites will be proximal to the roadway and will be areas previously cleared of vegetation whenever possible. The proposed site will be evaluated by the construction manager and reviewed by the environmental inspector to ensure that all appropriate environmental protection measures are implemented before excavation. Following excavation, the contractor will ensure that close-out of the facility is performed in an environmentally sound and safe manner. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -4 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION The environmental monitor will complete an environmental report for the proposed site before, during and following excavation to ensure environmental compliance with water quality and stabilization standards. 2.5 Access Roads All access roads to be used to construct the pipeline are already in place. Some roads will require upgrading to handle the increased weight and size of equipment, the higher frequency of use, and the necessity for proper drainage during construction. The improvements will require a bulldozer, motorgrader, front-end loader and dump trucks to draw fill material from adjacent roadside ditches, restore road washouts and low spots, and crown the road surface for drainage. These improvements are expected to use only fill within the road right-of-way and only infrequently require borrow areas for off-site fill acquisition. In a few areas, secondary growth vegetation has encroached on the roadway and will be cleared off the width of the roadway. No additional vegetation will be cleared for the road improvements. Following pipeline construction all road improvements will be reshaped to the newly established design to remove construction equipment * impacts. Proper measures will be taken along the length of these road improvements to maintain drainage patterns and natural habitat areas to the best extent possible. No drainage impoundment or dewatering will result from this work. Properly sized and placed culverts will be used to maintain natural drainage patterns and waterway flow rates. Existing road washouts and low spots will be evaluated and redesigned to prevent these events from occurring in the future. Sharp curves and narrow road segments will be widened to increase safety and improve the overall capacity of the road. Where this is required in the mountains, any side hill cuts will be evaluated to ensure whether slope stabilization measures are necessary. Some bridges will be upgraded with additional pilings or new decking to support the increased use and weight of the construction vehicles. Other inadequate or disabled bridges will be replaced by culverts and fill to stabilize the roadway and waterway interface. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -5 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECr7ONDURING CONSTRUCT7ON * A detailed description of the road improvements including location, extent and type of upgrade is provided in Table III. 1. 2.6 Camps There are eight proposed camp sites along the pipeline route to serve the pipeline construction workers. The camp sites are scheduled to serve 120 or 700 workers, but only one site at the Rio Grande Gas Plant is planned to handle 120 workers. All camps are located adjacent to the pipeline route to minimize travel requirements and vehicle traffic. All sites will require various types of upgrading from simple improvements such as clearing, fencing and clean-up to more complex installations of drinking water and wastewater facilities, power generation equipment, drinking water wells, and small road improvements. A detailed description of the camp improvements including location, size, and extent of upgrades is provided in Section 3.5 of the EIS. The Construction Contractor will develop detailed site-specific programs. Alternate campsites selected by the Construction Contractor may be utilized with approval from .* the EPC Contractors, the Environmental Committee, and the Minister of Sustainable Development and Environment. For example, the location of the El Carmen camp, may have to be modified to place the camp farther from the town and minimize potential negative effects on the local community. The Construction Contractor must secure agreements with the local authorities for the location and placement of the camps. Benefits and potential risks for the community should be informed and discussed. Once the location of a camp has been defined, the host community should be informed of the code of conduct that workers are required to follow. Procedures for submitting complaints regarding violations to the code of conduct should be explained to the community. Similarly, procedures for claiming compensation should be explained to the community. Before constructing Camp No. 4, Spread 1, which may be located near the Integrated Management Area, the Construction Contractor must obtain a written statement of no-objection from the park administration and local authorities (CABI). BoLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-6 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIoNDURING CONSrRUC7ION @ 2.7 Right-Of-Way Description The pipeline right-of-way runs east-southeast from the Rio Grande Gas Plant, south of Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Bolivia to El Carmen de la Frontera, Bolivia at the border with Brazil. The total pipeline length is 555 kilometers and land elevations range from approximately 340 meters above sea level at Santa Cruz to as low as 90 meters near Puerto Suarez. The terrain is relatively level with occasional hills and rivers which are typically dry during most of the year. The pipeline will have a 32-inch diameter, 0.406-inch to 0.649-inch wall thickness with external coating, cathodic protection and automatic reduced pressure shutdown valves. One compressor station will be built during pipeline construction with an additional three compressor stations placed along the route as demand increases. Also, two metering stations, a Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) System and a fiber optic cable communication system may be part of the pipeline project. The construction right-of-way will be 30 meters wide (Figure 11.1). Additional temporary work space will be required at river crossings and road crossings. The construction activities will be 0 coordinated with land owners, tenants or administrators along the pipeline route. The pipeline will be buried at a minimum of one meter below the surface. Compressor stations, metering stations and line valve operators will be above ground. Following construction, the right-of-way will be restored and the northern 13-meters or right-of-way will be allowed to revegetate to a natural state. The southern 17-meters over the pipeline will be the permanent right-of-way and will be regularly maintained following construction. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -7 DAMEs & MooRE FiNAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECrioNDURING CONSTRUCrioN O 3.0 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES Preconstruction surveys and assessments of terrain and environmental features by pipeline construction experts and environmental scientists have produced specific construction guidelines for designated pipeline segments. These guidelines are shown in Table m.2, which describes existing conditions, proposed construction methodologies, and special precautions for the different physical and environmental features of the project route. The route segments are indicated by the distance along the pipeline centerline from the project start in Santa Cruz de la Sierra at kilometer marker 0+000. The methods suggested in the table are described in this section and in Section 4.0. 3.1 Right-Of-Way and Extra Work Space Preparation 3.1.1 Clearing Clearing involves the removal of trees, brush and other vegetation from the right-of-way. The * following standard procedures will be followed during clearing. 1. The right-of-way boundaries are the limits of work and they will be delineated by land survey and clearly staked or flagged. In environmentally sensitive areas, the right-of-way boundary will be protected by plastic barriers or silt screens, as necessary. The Environmental Inspector will ensure that no clearing occurs beyond the right-of-way boundaries. Any exceedance of the right-of-way boundary must be assessed, stabilized, reported and repaired within three days. 2. Trees to be saved along the right-of-way shall be marked by flagging, fencing or some other method before clearing begins. 3. Brush and shrubs shall be cut or scraped at/or near the ground level thereby leaving the vegetative root systems and subsurface soils intact to the greatest extent practical. This will assist in stabilization of the right-of-way throughout the construction process. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -8 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMEENTAL PROTECToNDUPING CONSTRUCTION @ 4. Tree stumps will be removed from the entire right-of-way and normally will be buried within the right-of-way in upland areas. 5. All fences, whether they be for livestock or security, shall be maintained by the use of a temporary or permanent fence section or gap. Prior to the fence being cut, the fence will be properly braced and similar material used to construct the new fence gap. At no time should an opening be left unattended. The fence gap will be replaced after cleanup with a permanent fence of the same material and will be left in a condition similar to that before construction. 6. When tree pruning is necessary to clear the right-of-way edge, pruning cuts shall be made as follows: a. Cuts will be smooth and made with proper tools; b. Branch collars shall not be cut (i.e., cuts should be made immediately in front of the branch collar); 0 c. Large, heavy branches shall be precut on the underside to prevent splitting or peeling of bark; d. Climbing spurs will not be used to prevent tree damage; e. Trees shall be felled into the right-of-way; f. Trees which have fallen into waterbodies or beyond the edge of the right-of-way shall be removed immediately; g. Trees located outside of the right-of-way will not be cut to obtain timber for use elsewhere along the right-of-way; and h. Trees removed from the edge of the right-of-way which are entangled by vines with adjacent trees off of the right-of-way will be felled without pulling the adjacent tree into the right-of-way or breaking large limbs. Damaged tree limbs will be treated in accordance with the above requirements. _BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -9 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION O Useable Timber Timber not specifically designated for other uses will be left in tree lengths and stacked along the edge of the right-of-way, used for rip-rap, or to control erosion. Rip-rap must be removed from the right-of-way after construction is complete. Timber shall not be stacked in drainage ways or left within wetlands unless site specific conditions warrant and procedures are approved by the Chief Environmental Monitor. 3.1.2 Grading Grading shall be required when existing topography does not permit equipment to operate safely and does not provide access or an efficient work area. Sharp topographic irregularities shall be graded to ensure efficient and safe passage of equipment and work crews. Rock outcrops, ridges, boulders and tree stumps shall be removed from the work area during grading. Grading shall be performed by bulldozers equipped with ripper and grading blades. The following general construction methods will be employed during grading: BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -10 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENViRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURiNG CONSTRUCTiON * Removal and Disposal of Tree Stumps Cut and removed trees and brush shall be disposed of in one of the following ways as approved by the Chief Environmental Inspector: * Brush Piles a. Brush shall be piled along the inside of the right-of-way edge to provide filter strips, wildlife habitat, or sediment barriers. b. All wood trimmings will be removed from wetland areas. * Chipping Slash and brush may be chipped. Chips can be left on the right-of-way in a layer no thicker than 5 cm, to prevent inhibiting revegetation. * . Burying Cleared materials may not be buried in wetlands or agricultural lands. Stumps removed on the right-of-way will be buried in upland areas. * Burning Burning of brush should be avoided (Secretariat of the Environment, letter of 19 Sept. 1997, in lit.), and alternative methods of disposal should be used. * Off-Site Disposal a. Shall be done only when brush piles, chipping or burying are not permitted. b. An attempt will be made to find a market for any useable materials. c. Woody materials will be restricted to the edge of the right-of-way. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPT-EMBER, 1997 III -11 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIoNDUPING CONSTRuCTIoN Tree stumps are normally removed along the entire width of the right-of-way to allow adequate clearance for the safe operation of the vehicles and equipment. Exceptions include: 1. Stumps may be evenly distributed along the right-of-way except in wetlands and cultivated agricultural lands, in accordance with license or permit conditions. 2. Stumps may be removed from the site and disposed of in a pre-approved site. 3. Stumps may be chipped in upland areas. 4. Stumps may be burned. Rock Disposal Rock, including blast rock, shall be used or disposed in one or more of the following ways: 1. Rock can be buried on the right-of-way, however, rock can only be buried to the original rock horizon in wetlands, agricultural lands and residential areas. 2. Rock can be left on the right-of-way in a density and pattern similar to the surrounding terrain or wind-rowed with the landowner's permission. 3. Rock can be used to stabilize side hill cuts and cross right-of-way drainage areas. 4. Rock can be removed from the right-of-way and hauled away to a proper disposal site. 5. Rock can be used as rip-rap for stream bank stabilization where available and warranted by field conditions and approved by the Environmental Inspector. 6. Rock can be used to construct or repair stonewalls or stone fences. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -12 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION * Water Bars/Terraces (Slope Breakers) Water bars are small berms (Figure 11I.2) constructed across sloping right-of-way segments to provide for the short and long term stabilization of the right-of-way. The bars are angled across the right-of-way to direct runoff from the right-of-way thereby preventing erosion development within the right-of-way. 1. Water bars/terraces shall be installed diagonally across the right-of-way on slopes to control erosion by reducing and shortening the length of concentration of runoff. 2. Soil will be slightly excavated and compacted to form a temporary channel with an adjacent down slope berm or ridge of compacted soil. 3. The degree of slope, soil characteristics, runoff area and location of suitable outlets will determine the number and shape of water bars required, however, the minimum guidelines for spacing within the right-of-way are as follows: Slope % Spacing 5 - 15 100 meter intervals 16 - 30 65 meter intervals > 30 30 meter intervals 4. The bar/terrace shall be broad and gradual to permit traffic to move over it safely and without risk of damaging equipment or creating a safety hazard. 5. Water bars/terraces shall be maintained and repaired as necessary during construction and during the post-construction period until they are no longer necessary to ensure slope stability and prevent erosion. _BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -13 DAMES & MOORE FiNAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECrI7oNDURING CONSrRUC70ON 6. Water bars/terraces shall divert water to a well-vegetated area adjacent to the right-of-way. If a vegetated area is not available, erosion control barriers shall be installed to filter the runoff at the outlet of the water bar from the right-of-way. 7. Filter fabric fences or brush piles may be used in place of water bars/terraces at the discretion of the environmental inspector. Erosion Control Barriers/Structures Erosion control barriers/structures consist of filter fabric fences (silt screens) (Figure 11.3), brush piles or rock rip-rap. Erosion control barriers/structures are required in the following locations: 1. At the outlet of a water bar when vegetation is not adequate to control erosion. 2. Along banks of waterbodies between the graded right-of-way and waterbody after clearing. 3. Down slope of any spoil stockpile in the immediate vicinity of waterbodies and wetlands. 4. At the base of slopes adjacent to road crossings where vegetation has been disturbed. 5. Along the right-of-way edges within active wetland construction areas. Erosion control barriers/structures must be maintained throughout construction and shall remain in place until permanent revegetation measures have been judged successful. They must be inspected periodically throughout construction, and as soon as possible following a significant rainfall. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -14 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMEArAL PROTEC7-ONDURING CONsrRUcTION . Filter Fabric Fence Installation 1. The ground edge of filter fabric fences shall be trenched and imbedded a minimnum of approximately 10 centimeters or anchored as site conditions require. 2. The fence shall be installed in compliance with manufacturer's specifications. 3. Accumulated sediment shall be removed regularly and the fence inspected to ensure that the ground edge remains imbedded. 4. A sufficient stockpile of silt fence shall be maintained on site for emergency use. 3.2 Erosion and Sedimentation Control and Water Quality Protection The objective of the project is to minimize the potential for erosion and sedimentation during pipeline construction and to effectively restore the right-of-way and other disturbed areas. Erosion and sediment control measures utilized by the Construction Contractor during construction must meet or exceed the standards contained in this section. The following general measures will be implemented to avoid, minimize, monitor and mitigate for potential impacts of the project construction on the physical envirornent. 1. Minimize the quantity and duration of soil exposure. 2. Protect critical areas during construction by reducing the velocity of water and redirecting runoff. 3. Install and maintain erosion and sediment control measures during construction. 4. Establish vegetation as soon as possible following final grading. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -15 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTEC77ONDURING CONSTRUCTION 5. Inspect the right-of-way and maintain erosion and sediment controls as necessary until final stabilization is achieved. 3.2.1 Areas Prone to Erosion An important component of the standard pipeline construction is the prevention and control of erosion and sedimentation on and off of the right-of-way during and after construction. The water quality degradation which may occur as a result of these events is a secondary impact which can have locally-important adverse effects on aquatic life and wetland functions. Over the length of the pipeline right-of-way there are minimal areas where erosion potential ranges from medium to high as a result of steep grades, sandy soils, seasonally flowing water, and prevailing strong winds. Elsewhere, the majority of the pipeline right-of-way has low erosion potential, primarily because of level topography. Erosion potential for each pipeline construction segment is listed in Table III.2. Areas prone to erosion are labeled as medium or high erosion potential in the Constraints column of the table. These areas correspond to the steep land grades, sandy soils, flowing water or strong wind areas. Each area has specific erosion control methods designed to meet conditions expected at the time of construction and following construction. These erosion control methods are discussed below. 3.2.2 Standard Erosion Control Techniques Standard erosion control techniques will be used over the length of the project to protect the right- of-way and adjacent wetland and upland habitat areas from water quality degradation, siltation, filling and disruption of biological processes. These standard measures are described as part of the standard construction methodology in this section. Other erosion control methods are described in Sub-Program 2.3: Restoration and Revegetation where these measures are implemented to stabilize the right-of-way and minimize erosion potential. Figure A.4 depicts the standard erosion control design placed along a waterbody, wetland or transportation artery with an adjoining upland slope. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -16 DAMES & MOoRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTioNDURING CONmSmrUCmoN @ 3.2.3 Specialized Erosion Control Techniques Specialized erosion control techniques will be used in areas of the pipeline right-of-way where unusual, adverse, or difficult to control erosion conditions occur. The wetland construction methodologies described in Section 4.4 Wetland Crossings, are depicted on the wetland and waterbody crossing Figures III.5-9. Section 4.0 describes special erosion control methods described to protect the right-of-way in areas of sensitive habitat such as in the Gran Chaco National Park, high wind potential such as at the Rfo San Miguel, and steep rocky slopes such as at the El Carmen rock outcrops area. Each of these areas has a special application for erosion control including extensive silt screens, pipeline trench protection measures and jute fabric mats. 3.2.4 Sedimentation Control Sedimentation control is first accomplished by erosion control in the pipeline right-of-way and immediately adjacent areas that have been disrupted by construction. All appropriate actions will be taken by the contractor to control and limit erosion and thereby preclude the occurrence of 0 sedimentation over adjacent wetlands including waterbodies and uplands. Particular attention will be given to sloped areas of the right-of-way where erosion and sedimentation are more likely to occur in rainfall events or in the natural flow of waterways such as rivers and creeks. 3.2.5 Slope Stabilization The stabilization of slopes within the right-of-way will be primarily accomplished by revegetation and mulching as determined by the Contractor. Elsewhere, slopes of different degrees will be treated following the guidelines shown in the standard construction methods in Section 3.1. In these areas the existing slope of the right-of-way is used to determine the frequency of water bars or slope breakers. Along streams and other waterways, slopes will be stabilized by placing a biodegradable jute fabric, rip-rap, mulch or stone as determined necessary by the Contractor and approved by the Environmental Inspector. These areas are expected to experience flowing water and erosive. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -17 DAMES & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION forces along the restored embankments. These factors will be evaluated before the implementation of slope stabilization measures by the Contractor and Environmental Inspector. 3.2.6 Responsibilities, Monitoring, and Schedule The Environmental Inspector will perform a regular review of all areas of the right-of-way under construction or restoration. These inspections will be performed regularly during all phases of construction and following restoration and revegetation of the right-of-way. 3.2.7 Reporting Necessary corrective actions will be evaluated, recorded and reported to the Contractor's Environmental Supervisor for work crew assignments and job priority ranking. All reports will be submitted to the appropriate individuals and will be tracked by the Environmental Inspector to confirm completion of corrective measures and follow-up evaluation of the suitability of measures. 3.3 Pipe Preparation Pipe preparation involves pipeline assembly activities beginning with the delivery of the pipe segments from the storage yards up to the point of lowering the assembled pipeline into the excavated trench. This process involves the handling, delivery, placement, stringing, bending, welding, welding inspection and weld coating. 3.3.1 Transportation Pipe segments will be delivered by barge to Puerto Suarez and distributed to the respective storage yards along the right-of-way. The pipe segments will be transported from the storage yards to the right-of-way after the process of double-jointing and concrete-coating. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -18 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENviRONMENTAL PROTECi7ONDUPJNG CONSTRUCriON 1. Pairs of pipe segments will have been welded together or double jointed, and concrete- coated as necessary at the storage yards prior to transport to the right-of-way. 2. Transportation will be performed by flatbed trucks with the pipe segments properly chained to the trucks. 3. The trucks will use only designated access roads to reach the pipeline right-of-way and will travel at a safe speed for other traffic and road conditions. The pipeline right-of-way may also be used for transportation of pipe. 4. Unloading of the pipe segments will be performed with proper attention to worker safety and environmental sensitivity to the adjacent habitat areas. 3.3.2 Stringing At the right-of-way, the pipe segments are unloaded from the trucks and distributed along the * alignment. This process is accomplished using cranes and slings to lift the double-jointed pipe segments from the tractor trailer and distribute the segments in a line along the working side of the trench. Stringing occurs within the previously cleared and graded right-of-way so no additional environmental protection measures are required for this process. 3.3.3 Bending Following the distribution of the pipeline segments to the right-of-way and trench excavation a separate work crew is responsible for bending pipe segments to conform to significant terrain contour changes or turns in the alignment direction. This work is contained within the right-of- way. No additional environmental protection measures are required for this process. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -19 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT EAVIRONMENTAL PROTECTON DURING CoNSTRuCTioN * 3.3.4 Welding and Weld Inspection Pipe segment welding is performed in conjunction with the pipe gang-line up crew which aligns, rounds and secures the pipe segment ends together in preparation for welding. This operation is accomplished in succession for each weld With the use of a line clamp and sideboom tractors . The pipe segments are then welded together into one continuous pipeline using manual, semi- automatic or automatic welding procedures. Welding inspection is accomplished by x-ray machines or radioisotopes to confirm that the pipe joints have been properly welded. The film negative from the x-ray is developed in the field in portable darkrooms. Unacceptable welds or flawed welds will be cut out, re-welded and re-inspected. This process is contained within the right-of-way and no additional environmental protection measures are required. 3.4 Ditching Ditching or excavation of the pipeline trench follows the right-of-way clearing and grading process. The majority of the excavation will be accomplished by machinery such as a ditch wheel that cuts a 1.2m-wide, vertically-sided trench, approximately two meters deep. In areas where topsoil segregation is recommended, topsoil and subsoil are sidecast to the same side of the trench in a two-stage or two-pass excavation process. The first cut is a shallow excavation that removes the topsoil and spoils it to the far edge of the non-work side of the trench. The second cut is the deeper excavation to two meters that removes the subsoil and also spoils it to the non-work side but immediately adjacent to the trench. This ditching process will be used in all upland areas and seasonally dry wetlands with a low water table such that the trench sides remain stable. Elsewhere, particularly in wetlands, waterbodies and other seasonally high groundwater table areas, ditching will be accomplished by other trenching equipment such as a trackhoe moving on the substrates or on timber mats or rip-rap. This excavation process may also be necessary in dry sandy soil areas where the trench sides are not stable. The decision for equipment and excavation technique will be made by the contractor with approval by the Chief Environmental Inspector. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -20 DAMES & MOORE FINAL. REPORT ENVIRONMEKTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION * 3.4.1 Topsoil Segregation The Contractor will be required to segregate the topsoil in some wetlands and cultivated agricultural lands. Topsoil is segregated as part of the ditching procedure for wetlands. In agricultural lands topsoil is segregated prior to ditching. 1. Topsoil and subsoil will be segregated during ditching and stockpiled separately (Figures 111.7 and f11.8). In the environmentally sensitive areas of the Gran Chaco National Park and the Bafiados de Izozog, special topsoil protection measures have been designed and will be implemented during construction despite the absence of organic matter in the soil. 2. If present, topsoil will be removed to its actual depth or to a maximum depth of 30 centimeters as determined by the Environmental Inspector. 3. Topsoil shall not be used for padding, backfill or trench breakers under any circumstances. * 4. Topsoil stripping shall be accomplished as follows: a. Cultivated Agricultural areas - topsoil will be stripped over ditch line. b. Wetland areas - topsoil will be stripped over ditch line. c. Forest and other areas - topsoil stripping is not required. d. Aeolic Plain area - topsoil is not present, but the top layer of soil will be stripped over the ditch line to maintain the vegetative matter (seeds, rhizomes, and other propagules) at the soil surface. 3.4.2 Temporary Ditch Plugs Ditch plugs are segments of the ditch which break the continuous open trench. Soft plugs consist of compacted subsoil or sandbags placed across the ditch following excavation. Hard plugs consist of unexcavated portions of the ditch. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -21 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTEC7iONDURING CONSTRUCTION On steep slopes plugs serve to reduce water movement within the trench and thereby minimize erosion and sedimentation in the trenchline. This also minimizes dewatering problems at the base of the slope where sensitive environments such as waterbodies and wetlands are frequently located. Plugs located adjacent to wetlands and waterbodies prevent diversion of water into upland portions of the pipeline trench during construction. In addition, plugs also provide access across and out of the ditch for wildlife and livestock. The following guidelines will apply to trench plugs: 1. To guard against failure, soft plugs will be longer along the trenchline than they are tall, constructed of compacted layers and inspected regularly by the contractor to prevent breaching. 2. Installation of plugs will be coordinated with installation of temporary water bars in order to more effectively divert water off the right-of-way. 3. Topsoil will not be used for plugs. 4. When removing plugs located above waterbodies or wetlands, water accumulated behind the plugs will be pumped out onto a well-vegetated area or filtered before the plug is removed (see Section 3.5.1). 5. Plugs may be used for wildlife to escape from the trench and livestock access across the fence. They shall be placed at an interval no greater than 600 m. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -22 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT7ONDURING CONSIRUC7IoN @ 3.5 Lowering-in/backfilling Following the trench excavation, pipe stringing and welding, the pipeline will be lowered into the trench and backfilled. During this process the following standard techniques will be used: 3.5.1 Trench Dewatering Removal of water from the trench, collected due to either rainfall or a high groundwater table, is a potential cause of water quality degradation, erosion and siltation, and erosion of adjacent wetland areas during pipeline construction. The following procedures will be used to minimize the risk of water quality degradation: 1. Hose intakes used to withdraw water from the trench will be floated above the trench bottom to prevent pumping sediments. 2. Hose intakes used to withdraw the water will be screened. 3. The hose discharge point will be equipped with a device to dissipate the water velocity and prevent erosion and scouring. 4. The location of all areas which are to receive water discharged from trenches will be approved by the Environmental Inspector. The discharged water will be filtered by one of the following methods: a. If greater than approximately 30 meters from a wetland or stream bank, the discharge should be directed into a well vegetated area off the right-of-way; or b. If no well-vegetated area is available or the discharge point is less than approximately 30 meters from a wetland or stream bank then the discharge will be directed through a filter bag and/or into areas contained by erosion control barriers. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -23 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENvTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCION 0 5. Under no circumstances will trench water or other forms of turbid water be directly discharged onto exposed soil or into any wetland or waterbody. 3.5.2 Trench Breakers Trench breakers (Figure III.5) are used to control open trench areas on slopes after the pipeline has been lowered into the ditch. These areas are primarily located at the eastern extent of the project in the region of El Carmen. In these areas, water accumulation from runoff or a high groundwater table may start water flowing within the ditch and cause erosion. The trench breakers act to stop the movement of water and thereby contain it in stable cells precluding erosion. The following procedures will be implemented in the construction of the trench breakers. 1. Installed in ditch as a permanent measure up to the time of backfilling. 2. Constructed on sloping terrain to control runoff from channeling along the buried pipeline. 3. Consists of sandbags, earth-filled sacks or other approved materials. 4. Topsoil shall not be used to fill the sacks. 5. Must be a minimum of two-sacks wide and should be embedded in the sides of the ditch to create a seal. 6. Installed on slopes including the base of slopes, adjacent to waterbodies and/or wetlands and in agricultural fields and residential areas. 7. Installed at the same spacing as permanent water bars unless otherwise determined necessary. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN * SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -24 DAMES & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUC7ION 3.5.3 Padding Placement of a suitable fill material immediately around the pipeline will be used to pad and protect the pipeline during backfilling of the trench. Padding is necessary where abrasive spoil materials may contact the pipeline. The following criteria will be used for padding: 1. Will be used in specific locations where rock, gravel or other materials are expected from the trench so that they will not damage the pipe coating during backfill. 2. Consists of a layer of rock free (less than approximately 4 cm thick) subsoil or sand placed around the pipe. 3. Topsoil will not be used as padding. 4. Use of a borrow site for suitable soil material is not expected, however, if necessary topsoil from a borrow site will be stripped and stockpiled prior to excavation of suitable padding material. All borrow sites will be restored following construction. 5. Rocks up to 15 centimeters in diameter may be placed adjacent to the pipeline outside of the pad areas where a specified rock shield is used to protect the pipe. 3.5.4 Backfilling Replacement of spoil back into the trench to cover the pipeline will use all of the sidecast material. The segregated topsoil will be placed over the subsoil in order to reestablish the soil profile and vegetative groundcover. 1. Subsoil shall be placed directly onto the padding material. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 Ill -25 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION 2. Excavated and blasted rock may be used as backfill above the layer of padding in agricultural, wetland and residential areas, up to the level of bedrock. The size and quantity of stones in the top 30 cm of subsoil backfill in agricultural lands shall be consistent with undisturbed soils adjacent to the right-of-way. 3. Heavy, rubber tired equipment may be used to compact the backfilled ditch to minimize settling. A crown of soil may be placed over the pipeline to compensate for any future soil settling which may occur. Openings shall be left in the trenchline crown to allow for lateral surface drainage. 4. Excess or unsuitable material shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable regulations. 3.5.5 Use or Disposal of Blast Rock 1. Excess blast rock will be used as rock walls to prevent unauthorized access to the right-of- way or wind-rowed, as approved by the Environmental Inspector and in accordance with landowner agreements and license requirements. 2. Blast rock which cannot be used shall be removed from the right-of-way and disposed of at an approved location or buried along the right-of-way at locations approved by the Environmental Inspector. 3.6 Hydrostatic Testing Hydrostatic testing will be conducted to verify the integrity of the pipeline. Integrity is tested by capping pipeline segments with test manifolds and filling the capped segments with water. The water is then pressurized and held for approximately eight hours (four hours for pre-tested, fabricated units and short, visible sections). Any significant loss of pressure indicates that a leak may have occurred and will require further inspection. Once the pipe is installed, hydrostatic testing will be performed in segments, each approximately 32 km long, unless ground elevation BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -26 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDuRiNG CONsTRUcION changes require shorter distances. Up to three segments may be tested at one time if necessary and if sufficient water volume is available from the Rio Grande. The primary source of the water used for the hydrostatic testing will be the Rio Grande. This river is the only waterway which flows year-round and can be expected to supply an adequate volume of water to test the pipeline. It is the Construction Contractor responsibility to perform the necessary studies to determine the appropriate volume and rate of intake of water in order to avoid undue impacts to the hydrology and biology of the river. Prior to filling the pipeline with water, a test pig will be pushed with air through the proposed test segment to clear the pipeline of any debris. The volume of water used to test each pipeline segment will be pushed by air through the pipeline to each successive pipeline segment. No adverse impacts to the base flow of the Rio Grande River will be allowed. Water will not be withdrawn or the pumping rate from the river will be slowed if such action will adversely impact the biotic systems of the river. This will be partly dependent on seasonal conditions present at the time of the pipeline construction and will be evaluated by the Environmental Inspector. A possible second option for a supplemental water source is the Rio Otuquis. This river often has a low or non-existent base flow during the dry season and may not provide an adequate volume of water. The potential for environmental impacts from withdrawal and discharge of test water shall be minimized by utilizing the following procedures: 1. Pipeline sections will be hydrotested before installation under major waterbodies. 2. Hydrostatic test manifolds shall be located outside of wetlands and riparian areas to the maximum extent practicable. 3. Withdrawal from and discharge to all water sources will first consider the protection of fisheries and aquatic resources on a case-by-case basis. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -27 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENvIRoNMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CONSTRUCTION @ 4. Dredge and fill activities will be in compliance with any license or environmental requirements. 5. The intake shall be screened to avoid entrainment of fish. 6. Adequate flow rates in the Rio Grande and Rio Otuquis will be maintained to protect aquatic life and provide for downstream water withdrawals by existing users. 7. The discharge pipe shall be secured in place. 8. Test water will be discharged to a suitable receiving body of water, across a well-vegetated upland area or through a filter bag or erosion control barriers. Water quality standards will be maintained. 9. Water discharge into water bodies and cultivated lands will be avoided where possible. 10. Test water will be discharged against a splash plate or other dispersive device in order to aerate, slow and disperse the flow. 11. The rate of discharge shall be controlled in order to prevent flooding or erosion. 12. The Environmental Inspector will take samples of the discharge waters and the receiving waters before and after discharge to ensure no adverse degradation of water quality occurs. 13. The Environmental Inspector will coordinate all hydrostatic test water withdrawal and discharge activities with the Chief Enviromnental Inspector. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -28 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENviRONMENTAL PROTECION DURING CONSTRuCuIoN @ 3.7 Cathodic Protection of the Pipe A cathodic protection system will be installed at various points along the pipeline to protect against corrosion and any undetected or subsequent damage to the coal tar enamel and epoxy coatings on the pipeline. The system used for this pipeline will be a miixed type because of the remoteness of areas of the pipeline away from power supplies. One system will consist of anodic beds made of magnesium and installed at various points along the pipeline. These anodes beds prevent pipeline corrosion by taking the harnful electric current from the pipeline and discharging it to the ground at the magnesium anodes. This will cause corrosion of the sacrificial anode bed instead of the pipeline. This system is expected to be located and designed based on soil chemistry along the pipeline and the unavailability of power. The second system uses a power source to pass an electrical current through the pipeline equal in strength to the harmful current already occurring in the pipeline. In this manner, the harmful current is negated by the introduction of this second current. @ 3.8 Final Clean-up The final clean-up of the right-of-way occurs after the pipeline has been lowered-in, all tie-in and fabrication connections have been completed and the trench is covered with the stockpiled fill material. The filling of the trench is accomplished to the level of the surrounding ground and the right-of-way is cleared and graded as closely as possible to original condition. Following this operation, the right-of-way is reseeded and restored and fences are repaired as necessary to their previous condition. These actions lead up to and progress into the restoration and revegetation of the right-of-way described in Section 6.0. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -29 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTIoN 4.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.1: SPECIAL AREAS AND SPECIALIZED CONSTRUCTION 4.1 Objectives and Responsibilities The objective of this Special Areas and Specialized Construction Program is to set forth methodologies, requirements, guidelines and monitoring programs for the construction of the pipeline in sensitive wetland areas and problematic upland habitat areas. These special areas have been identified based on the route terrain and environmental surveys, and communication with governmental and lending institution representatives. Each area presents unique physical, climatic or habitat protection requirements that necessitate modification of the standard construction methodologies. These areas are distinguished from the upland segments of the pipeline route which will be constructed with the standard construction methodology described in Section 3.0. Environmental inspection and monitoring during and after construction will be increased and broadened in scope to meet the additional and more stringent requirements for habitat protection in these areas during construction and restoration following pipeline installation. The responsibility of the pipeline contractor will be to implement and perform the restricted or additional construction techniques in the designated areas. The environmental inspection contractor will be responsible to monitor and advise the contractor of necessary corrective actions in order to accomplish the requirements of the modified construction methodologies and the post- construction restoration of the right-of-way. 4.2 Special Areas The pipeline route crosses five areas designated as sensitive natural habitats or difficult terrain which require specialized or modified construction techniques. These techniques will be used to minimize environmental impacts to wetland and upland vegetative communities and wildlife populations. After the pre-construction survey, the Construction Contractor may choose to employ a construction method different than that identified here for a given alignment segment. These BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -30 DAMES & MooRE FINAL REPORT EAVIR ONMENTAL PRoTEcTioN DURING CoNsrRnucrIoN modifications should be approved by the Environmental Project Supervisor and local authorities as applicable. Every effort should be made, supported by appropriate documentation, to reduce the width of the right-of-way to the minimum strictly necessary for construction in the special areas described below. 4.2.1 Baniados de Izozog (Rio Parapeti) This expansive system of intermittently flooded lands covers the largest area of the pipeline route and overlaps with the Gran Chaco National Park and the Integrated Management Area for the Gran Chaco National Park. The Bafiados de Izozog begins at approximately kilometer marker (KM) 90 and extends eastward to approximately KM 200. In between, at the western and particularly the eastern extent of the wetland system, areas of inundation are variable and frequently transition to uplands as a result of slight increases in elevation. The primary sources of flood waters are rainfall and the Rio Parapeti. The western margin of the system is often dry in the winter but the river flows outside its banks producing shallow inundation over the expansive Bafiados de Izozog during the rainy season. Construction is scheduled for the dry season to take advantage of lowered wetland water and groundwater levels. This construction timing will minimize, as weather permits, earthwork difficulties such as right-of-way clearing, trench cutting and backfill, erosion and water quality control, topsoil and vegetation maintenance, and vehicle travel. Standard Construction or Conventional Wetland Construction techniques will be used dependent on conditions within the wetland at the time of construction. The areas and methods of construction are listed in Table III.2. Reestablishment of the right-of-way vegetation will be accomplished by replacing the wetland topsoil over the pipeline trench to recruit hydrophytic vegetation. The seasonal inundation that follows the construction process will facilitate the reestablishment of the native vegetation. These measures will be monitored regularly to evaluate progress of revegetation and guide the performance of corrective actions as necessary. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -31 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION @ 4.2.2 Gran Chaco National Park and Integrated Management Area The pipeline right-of-way marks the northern boundary of the Gran Chaco National Park from approximately KM 119 to approximately KM 238.5. Surrounding the National Park to the west, north and east are the Integrated Management Areas of the Gran Chaco National Park. This protection area extends to the west on the pipeline to approximate KM 106, well to the north of the pipeline, and to the east to approximately kilometer marker 269. This entire area of the pipeline right-of-way includes wetlands and uplands which will be impacted by construction. The wetland areas are described above as part of the Baniados de Izozog. Upland areas are predominately characterized as medium and low dry forest of the Chaco. The woody vegetation is tall, moderately to very dense, and the ground supports little or no topsoil. The pipeline centerline survey and narrow clearing swath performed in 1993 shows slow vegetative regrowth with about 50% of the ground cover having reestablished four years later. This area supports a number of protected wildlife species and two sensitive and unique upland vegetative habitats. It is also utilized by the three indigenous peoples. The objective of the construction process is to minimize the impacts to the vegetative component of the habitat and in that manner limit effects on the human populations and wildlife species. This will best be accomplished by utilizing a specialized construction methodology throughout the park area and implementing restoration methods that will accomplish revegetation as rapidly as possible. The limiting factors on this revegetation effort are the low nutrient soils including the absence of any organic matter, low annual rainfall, slow vegetative growth rates, and vehicle and human use of the right-of-way. Special construction methods will be implemented in this area because of the sensitivity of this habitat for wildlife and the overall protected National Park environment. In particular, measures to limit the extent and area of vegetative clearing will be used. These measures include the following techniques. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN is SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -32 DAMES & MOoRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUcTioN 1. In upland areas, trees on the right-of-way will be cut at ground level. Ground cover vegetation will not be cut or removed from the right-of-way. Stumps located within the right-of-way will not be removed from the ground except in the ditch line. 2. In order to preserve the existing soil and seed bank, the top layer of soil over the pipeline trench in the uplands will be segregated during excavation, stockpiled on the off-side of the trench and replaced over the trench following construction. Some subsoil will be stockpiled on the non-working-side edge of the trench. Other portions of the subsoil will be used for temporary fill placement over the working side of the right-of-way. 3. The right-of-way will be restored by redistributing the subsoil and the top layer of soils to prior locations in the right-of-way. The revegetation process will rely on the groundwater table, rainfall and occasional inundation to continue the natural revegetation processes within the right-of-way. 4.2.3 Rio San Miguel Floodplain and Aeolic Plains Where the pipeline crosses the Rio San Miguel, there is an expansive aeolic plain which extends to the west to approximately KM 251 and to the east to approximately KM 350. This broad area totaling approximately 99 kilometers of pipeline right-of-way supports a limited cover of grasses, and scrubby vegetation to the east, which have been previously established and managed for cattle ranching. The plains are seasonally subjected to persistent strong winds which create a substantial erosive force on the ground cover. A standard upland construction method will be used in this area; however, it will be modified to help maintain the ground cover vegetation and thereby allow for a more rapid vegetation recovery. Only the rooted vegetation over the pipeline trench will be removed. This excavated topsoil with grasses will be stockpiled on the off-side of the right-of-way. The remaining ground cover vegetation will be maintained except for placement of spoil as necessary to level and stabilize the vehicle and equipment travel lanes within the right-of-way. The vehicles, equipment and fill will temporarily displace the vegetation, but most of these rooted grasses are expected to survive the BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -33 DAMES & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTEC77ONDUPJNG CONSTRUC7ON construction process. They will begin to reestablish following completion of construction and restoration of the right-of-way. 4.2.4 Baiiado de Taquaral The pipeline crosses a narrow portion of the Bahiado Taquaral at approximate KM 525 at the eastern portion of the route. The wetland area impacted lies at the northern extension of the Bahiado Taquaral and is approximately two to three kilometers wide draining northward toward the Cahon de la Victoria. This creek and wetland system is part of the larger Pantanal wetland which lies predominately in southwestern Brazil and northeastern Paraguay. This area is expected to be dry at the time of construction and should require a standard construction method. If the area is inundated at the time of construction a conventional wetland construction method will be used. The narrow and level grade of this wetland will preclude any substantial construction limitations or erosion potential. The top layer of soil over the pipeline trench in the uplands and wetlands will be segregated during excavation, stockpiled and replaced 3 over the trench following construction. 4.2.5 El Carmen Outcrops The El Carmen Outcrops area lies from approximate KM 526 to approximate KM 555 at the Bolivia-Brazil border. In this area, rock outcroppings are present on the mountains and hillsides. These areas are characterized by occasionally steep side hills with loose gravel and sand at the hilltops and limited vegetation. The rock outcroppings have required evaluation of the potential need for blasting to excavate the pipeline trench. At present, these surveys and terrain assessments have concluded that blasting will not be necessary. In the event that blasting does become necessary, techniques will follow those described for blasting in Section 4.3. 1. This process will be followed by special pipeline covering and finish grading processes to restore land contour and vegetation, and minimize wind erosion potential. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -34 DAMES & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCON This area of the project will use a standard construction methodology, unless otherwise required. As a result of the steep land contours, side cuts and limited vegetation there is a potential for erosion. In addition, following construction the right-of-way will be subjected to wind and some settlement of substrates. Stabilization of these areas is necessary to prevent habitat degradation and initiation of large erosional processes that may compromise the integrity of the right-of-way area. A heavy biodegradable jute fabric will be anchored on the hillsides as determined necessary by the Environmental Inspector to hold the substrate and rock in place. During trench excavation, fme and coarse sands will be placed at the bottom of the trench to pad and protect the pipeline. The larger material such as stone, gravel and rock will be placed above the pipe to the ground level, which will help stabilize the right-of-way surface. 4.3 Specialized Construction Methods Specialized construction techniques will be used in certain areas along the pipeline route. These methods will be used as required based on terrain, environmental conditions, weather or other physical features of the right-of-way. Not all of the described techniques are expected to be used for the pipeline construction but are included in case of unforeseen events or conditions. These various methods are described below. 4.3.1 Blasting Installing the pipe is not expected to require blasting but, in some areas, particularly those with rock outcrops, it may become necessary. During blasting, contractors will take full precautions to preclude damage to adjacent areas and structures. These precautions include: 1 . Installing blasting mats in congested areas, in shallow waterbodies or near structures that could be damaged by discharged rock. 2. Posting warning signals, flags and barricades. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -35 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT7oNDuRiNG CONS7rRuC7oN 3. Following procedures for safe storage, handling, loading, firing and disposal of explosive materials in accordance with applicable regulations. 4. Manning adjacent pipelines or other utilities at valves and control points for emergency response. Blasting standards will meet or exceed all applicable governmental requirements covering the use of explosives. Excessive vibration can be controlled by limiting the size of charges and by using charge delays which stagger each charge in a series of explosions. If the contractor must blast near buildings, a qualified independent contractor will inspect potentially affected structures prior to blasting, either at the construction contractor's request or at the request of the affected landowner. Post-blast inspections by the company's representative will also be performed as warranted. This condition is not expected in Bolivia. All blasting will be performed by registered blasters. During blasting, the contractor will monitor ground vibrations at the nearest structure (or well) that is within 60 meters of the blast site or in accordance with regulations. If the Contractor has to blast near wells, all wells in potentially affected areas will be inventoried prior to construction. In addition, all wells will be inspected both before and after blasting. If blasting occurs in wetlands, topsoil along the ditchline will be segregated prior to blasting. Rock removed from the trench will be stored with subsoil material. In order to limit the equipment operating in wetlands and avoid the need to import replacement fill, rock will not be removed from the wetland but will be returned to the trench as subsoil. Surface rock should not exceed pre-construction conditions as directed by the environmental inspector. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -36 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCr7ON O 4.3.2 Two-Tone Approach When working in areas with homogeneous topography the surface of the working side of the right- of-way is usually leveled at a grade equal to the elevation of the top of the ditch. This facilitates the safe passage of equipment and installation of the pipe. Where the pipeline crosses rugged topography, however, such as steep side slopes, contractors often construct the working side of the right-of-way such that it has two levels or tones that parallel the ditch. The tone closest to the ditch is used for construction while the tone farthest from the ditch is used for travel. The height of the construction tone is usually as close to the height of the ditch as possible. The elevation of the travel tone will be higher or lower than the height of the construction tone depending on the area's natural grade. The two-tone approach reduces the amount of dirt and rock that must be moved. 4.3.3 Drag Sections Drag sections are used when reducing space is necessary to work in a given location. Drag sections are multiple joint sections of pipe which have been pre-assembled (bent, welded, x-rayed, and coated) in a staging area near but not adjacent to the ditch where it will eventually be placed. Drag sections are used for road crossings, waterbody and wetland crossings, residential areas and other locations. This technique is used when there is insufficient room to assemble the pipe in place or where the obstruction of having the pipe sitting along the ditch for a long period of time, such as a road crossing, is unacceptable. This technique is limited to a length of several joints which can be picked up and carried as one piece into place by the available equipment. 4.3.4 Stovepipe Stovepipe construction is used in congested areas where there is extremely limited work space. This method entails welding together sections of pipe, lowering-in and immediately backfilling the ditch. Simultaneously, the pipeline ditch ahead is being excavated. Only tie-in points will be left excavated during non-working hours and will be fenced and secured. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -37 DAMES & MOoRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTEC7iONDURiNG CoNSmRUcTIoN Stovepipe construction significantly reduces the amount of land disturbed while reducing the length of time -the ditch is left open. However, this method typically progresses more slowly than normal construction methods. 4.3.5 Residential Area Construction The pipeline route in Bolivia does not encounter residential areas, although the following guidelines are provided for informational purposes. The care exercised by construction crews and the quality of cleanup following construction are paramount concerns of homeowners. The contractor will make every effort to ensure that all construction activities minimize any adverse impacts to residences and that cleanup is quick and thorough. Throughout construction, access to homes will be maintained except for the brief periods essential for laying the new pipeline. Temporary safety fences may be erected by the contractor in the vicinity of streets and homes to keep the public away from the construction zone. Techniques such as stovepipe and drag section construction may be used in order to minimize the impacts of construction in residential areas on a site-specific basis. Homeowners will be notified in advance of any scheduled disruption of household utilities and the duration of the interruption will be kept as brief as possible. Representatives of local utility companies will be on-site during construction when necessary. In addition, the contractor should strive to accommodate any special concerns regarding shrubs, trees or structures by avoiding them as long as such avoidances will not unduly interfere with construction and operation of the pipeline. Immediately after backfilling residential areas will be cleaned up and all construction debris will be removed. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -38 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PRoTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION * 4.3.6 Boring Boring entails drilling a hole below travel arteries such as highways and railroads through which the pipe will pass. This method may be used in sensitive areas where the artery cannot be crossed by conventional open cut methods. Tunneling may be acceptable in some areas. 4.3.7 Jacking Jacking is similar to boring except that an open-ended casing is forced or jacked through the earth below the artery. The soils are then removed from the casing and the remainder of the installation procedure is identical to that described for boring. 4.3.8 Directional Drilling Directional drilling requires the drilling of a small diameter hole or pilot hole along a pre- determined design path. The pilot hole is then enlarged sufficiently by a larger diameter drill to accommodate the pipeline to be installed. The pipeline may or may not be installed concurrently with the hole enlargement depending upon the final diameter of the enlarged hole and the soil conditions encountered. This technique is not expected to be used for the pipeline construction but may be used if circumstances or conditions warrant. The following conditions also apply to directional drilling: 1 . Excavation of the drill entry and exit locations will be necessary to contain drilling fluids during all phases of the drilling and installation. These fluids and cuttings must be disposed of in an approved manner periodically or at the completion of the crossing installation. 2. The crossing length and cross sectional geometry is dependent upon the pipeline design parameters, the obstacle to be crossed and the subsurface conditions. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -39 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCI7ON 3. Additional temporary work space including pipe staging areas and storage areas for drilling mud and borehole cuttings will be located in upland areas outside of wetlands and riparian zones wherever practicable. This method requires a large amount of additional temporary work space and is only used in areas where boring and conventional open cut methods are not suitable. 4.3.9 Equipment Crossovers In an equipment crossover the working side of the right-of-way is temporarily shifted to the other side of the right-of-way. Equipment crossovers are used to reduce impacts to sensitive areas such as residential, wetlands and archaeological sites. The use of equipment crossovers will be reserved for extreme circumstances because of the requirements for the construction equipment to work backwards. This technique is not expected to be used for the pipeline construction. 4.3.10 Agricultural Area Construction Agricultural areas include crops, orchards and vineyards. Prior to construction, landowners will be contacted to locate any existing and future drainage tiles and irrigation systems. Water flow in crop irrigation systems will be maintained unless shutoff is coordinated with the affected parties. Wetlands and waterbodies in agricultural areas shall be crossed as specified in Section 4.4 and Section 4.5 of this EMP, respectively. This construction methodology is expected to be used in the agricultural areas crossed by the pipeline. At a minimum, the following measures will be adopted in actively farmed areas affected by project construction: BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -40 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECrIoN DURING CoNsTrRUr1oN O Grading 1. Prior to grading, the environmental inspector will determine the depth of topsoil to be stripped and segregated, and will enter the information into a field book for future reference. The depth to which the topsoil will be stripped will be its actual depth or a maximum depth of approximately 30 centimeters. 2. Natural flow patterns of fields will be maintained by providing breaks in topsoil and subsoil stockpiles. 3. In all actively cultivated agricultural lands including permnanent or rotated cropland, hayfields or improved pastures, topsoil stripping over the ditch line shall be used. Additional temporary work space will be used for topsoil storage in agricultural areas. Ditching\Lowering\Backfilling 1 . It is necessary to maintain flow in drainage systems during construction. 2. All drainage systems shall be inspected to determine if damage has occurred. Any drainage system damaged during construction shall be flagged by the trench inspector and then repaired to its original or better condition. 3. Records of drainage system repairs shall be kept and upon request given to the landowner for future reference upon request. Restoration and Revegetation 1. Final grading shall be completed as soon as possible after the ditch is backfilled, weather permitting. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 11 -41 DAMES & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION 2. Construction debris shall be removed from the right-of-way. 3. Any rutting or compaction shall be repaired prior to revegetating disturbed areas. 4. The right-of-way shall be graded to pre-construction contours except where original contours were irregular and more uniform contours are acceptable. 5. Subsoil compaction shall be relieved using a harrow, para-plow, para-till or other equipment. All stones greater than those in adjacent undisturbed soils which are brought to the surface during the decompaction process shall be removed. Decompaction activities shall be conducted only during periods of relatively low soil moisture to ensure the desired mitigation and prevent additional subsurface compaction. The subsoil shall be decompacted prior to replacement of the segregated topsoil. 6. Topsoil shall be replaced last. Soils shall be crowned along the ditchline to allow for settling unless otherwise directed by the environmental inspector. Openings shall be left in the ditch line crown to allow lateral surface drainage. 7. Size and quantity of stones in the top 30 cm of subsoil backfill shall be consistent with undisturbed soils adjacent to the right-of-way. 4.4 Wetland Crossings Specialized construction techniques will be required at all wetland crossings along the pipeline route. These areas are expected to present saturated or inundated soil conditions at the time of construction which will require special right-of-way stabilization, equipment work techniques, and ground restoration and stabilization methodologies. These wetland construction segments are described in Table III.2 with a brief description of the terrain, soils, vegetation, wetlands and construction constraints. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -42 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT7ON DURING CONSTRUCrioN * The selection of wetland construction techniques has been performed based on pipeline right-of- way surveys and the terrain and environmental surveys previously completed. This process has determined which construction methodologies will be used in the field and what specialized techniques may be necessary at different areas (Table 111.2). It is expected that the specialized construction techniques will be limited to the Standard Pipeline Construction Method, Conventional Wetland Construction Method, Push/Pull Wetland Construction Method, Open-Cut Waterbody Construction Method, and Directionally Controlled Horizontal Boring Method or Other Site-Specific Crossing Techniques. 4.4.1 General Measures Potential adverse impacts to wetlands will be minimized by: 1. Expediting construction in and around wetlands, and limiting the amount of equipment and mainline construction activities within wetlands to reduce disturbance of wetland soils. 2. Restoring wetlands to their original configuration and contour; 3. Stabilizing upland areas near wetlands as required to prevent erosion using control measures and vegetative cover as soon as possible after backfilling. 4. Inspecting the right-of-way periodically during and after construction, and repairing any erosion control or restoration features as needed in a timely manner. 4.4.2 Additional Work Space Areas The size of staging areas at wetland crossings will be limited to the space necessary for fabricating only those pipe segments required for the crossing. Other additional work spaces, such as for spoil storage, at wetland crossings will also be limited to the size necessary to perform their function. All additional work space areas will be located at least 10 meters from the edge of the BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN * SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -43 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENVTAL PROTECrioNDURING CONSTRUCrioN wetland where topographic conditions permit. The wetlands and setbacks will be clearly marked prior to the start of construction. Extra work space is required at the crossing of the Rio Grande, Rio Parapeti, Rio San Miguel, and Rio Otuquis because of the size of the wetland crossing (Figure III.6). The following table shows the requirements at each waterway. West Side East Side Rio Grande 60m x 60m 30m x 60m Rio Parapeti 30m x 30m 30m x 30m Rio San Miguel 30m x 60m 60m x 60m Rio Otuquis 60m x 60m 30m x 30m In addition, there are at least 27 creeks which will be crossed by the pipeline. These areas are characterized as dry wash ravines with steep embankments which range from four to ten feet in depth and variable width. They will necessitate additional excavation to place the pipeline properly and safely below final land grade. Additional work space may also be necessary at some of these crossings to allow spoil stockpiling and facilitate construction equipment travel and manipulation. This extra work space requirement will be minimized as much as possible and will be accomplished with the appropriate environmental protection measures. To avoid contaminants entering the wetland, the Contractor will follow the spill prevention measures described in Section 8.0 of this EMP. Hazardous materials, chemicals, fuels or lubricating oils will not be stored nor will concrete coating activities (excluding field joints) be performed within 15 meters of any water body. If field joints are concrete coated within 15 meters of a wetland, protective ground coverings will be used in the area of coating operation. In addition, construction equipment will not be refueled or serviced within 15 meters of all wetlands. If the equipment cannot be reasonably moved 15 meters or more away from the BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -44 DAMES & MOORE FiNAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCrON wetland without unnecessarily harming the environment, or the equipment being fueled or serviced is mounted on a barge, Contractors will complete such activities in accordance with the measures specified in Section 8.0 of this EMP and supervised by an on-site environmental inspector. 4.4.3 Spoil Pile Placement/Control Spoil placed up-gradient of wetlands will be contained with sediment control devices as necessary to prevent spoil materials from flowing into wetlands or off of the right-of-way. 4.4.4 Wetland Crossing Procedures Unless a site-specific method is called out as part of the specialized construction areas, one of the following three methods will be used for crossing wetlands during construction. The three wetland crossing methods are listed and described below. METHOD I: Standard Pipeline Construction METHOD II: Conventional Wetland Construction METHOD III: Push/Pull Wetland Construction This section discusses the objectives and requirements of Methods I, II, and III. The proposed method of crossing each wetland may be modified in the field based on the site conditions at the time of construction. METHOD I: Standard Pipeline Construction Standard Pipeline Construction will be used in wetlands where soils are dry enough at the time of construction to support the weight of heavy equipment. This method will be used when rainfall is at a minimum and the water table is lowest. Most of the pipeline route will be constructed in the dry season and this method is expected to be used in most wetland crossings. This crossing method requires the segregation of topsoil from subsoil and other special techniques as discussed elsewhere in the EMP. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -45 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CoNSTRuCTION * The following mitigative measures will be used for this method: Clearing 1. This method requires no special stabilization techniques because conditions can support construction equipment. 2. No equipment with rubber tires will be allowed to work in wetlands unless the equipment will not damage existing root systems and its use is approved by the environmental inspector. Hydro-axes and bulldozers will be used to remove timber, trees or brush. 3. All timber and brush will be removed from the wetland. 4. Contractors will not cut trees located outside of the right-of-way. 5. The environmental inspector will photo-document areas before and after clearing for use in later revegetation/restoration monitoring programs. Grading 1. Extensive grading will normally be unnecessary because the topography of most wetlands is level. Grading will be limited to the areas directly over the trenchline, except where topography such as side slopes requires additional grading for safety reasons. Where grading is required, topsoil will be segregated and returned as an even layer to all graded areas. 2. Grading along waterbodies within wetlands will be done according to requirements specified in Section 4.5. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 46 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCriON O Trenching 1. The wetland topsoil, to a depth determined by the environmental inspector up to a maximum of 30 cm, will be stripped from over the ditchline and stockpiled separately from subsoil. 2. Following segregation of the topsoil, the remainder of the ditch will be excavated so that the pipe will have a minimum of approximately 1 meter of cover unless otherwise specified. 3. If rock has been removed from the ditch, it will be stored with subsoil material. 4. Spoil will be contained with filter fabric fences or other sediment barriers to prevent the spoil from flowing off of the right-of-way or into waterbodies. Lowering-in\Backfilling 1. The trench will be backfilled with subsoil first. After the subsoil has been rough graded, topsoil will be replaced in an even layer. The topsoil contains seeds, rhizomes and other plant propagules which will aid rapid recolonization by pre- existing wetland species. 2. Pipeline padding is usually unnecessary because wetland soils are generally soft and the pipe is concrete coated to provide negative buoyancy. 3. The trench will be dewatered as needed and in accordance with erosion and sediment control specifications detailed in Section 3.5.1 4. Any additional spoil material imported from off the right-of-way must be approved by the environmental inspector. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPFEMBER, 1997 III -47 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVRONMEATAL PROYECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION 5. Rock excavated from the trench will not be removed from the wetland but will be returned to the trench with the subsoil in order to limit the equipment operating in wetlands and avoid the need to import replacement fill. 6. Where rock was part of the surface features prior to construction of the pipeline it will be placed back in the wetland in approximately the same configuration as the pre-construction situation. 7. Permnanent trench plugs shall be installed at both ends of the wetland where drainage of the wetland along the pipeline trench may occur. Cleanup/Restoration 1. All work mats, timber rip-rap and other construction debris shall be removed following backfilling of the pipeline. 2. Once backfilling is complete, the affected areas will be restored to their original contours and flow regimes to the extent practicable with the exception of unnatural features and unstable grades. METHOD II: Conventional Wetland Construction Conventional Wetland Construction (Figure 11I.7) will be used for crossing wetlands with saturated soils or soils unable to support mainline construction equipment. Because the soils are saturated, there is a need to stabilize the right-of-way during construction. Method H addresses this need for stabilization. This method will be the selected construction technique for all wetland areas which have saturated soil conditions. The following mitigation measures will be used for this method: BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -48 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECI7ONDURING CONSTRUCTION 0 Clearing 1. The right-of-way will be stabilized by the use of timber rip-rap (corduroy roads), fabricated timber mats or gravel over geo-textile fabric. 2. Contractors will not use soil, rockfill, pulled tree stumps or slash rip-rap to stabilize the travel lane. 3. No equipment with rubber tires will be allowed to work in wetlands unless the equipment will not damage existing root systems and the equipment use is approved by the environmental inspector. 4. All timber and brush will be removed from the wetland. 5. Debris and stumps will not be buried within wetlands but may be buried in the right-of-way outside of wetlands. 6. Contractors will not cut trees located outside of the right-of-way. Grading 1. Grading will most likely not be performed because of the construction constraints associated with saturated wetland soils and because of the level ground of these wetlands. Should grading be necessary, it will be limited to the areas directly over the trenchline except where topography requires additional grading for safety reasons. Where grading is required the topsoil will be segregated and returned as an even layer to all graded areas. 2. Grading along waterbodies within wetlands will be done according to requirements specified in Section 4.5 of this EMP. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -49 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECrIONDURING CONSTRUC17ON * Trenching, Lowering-in/Backfilling, Clean-up, and Restoration METHOD 1: 1. The wetland topsoil will be stripped from over the ditchline to a depth determined by the Environmental Inspector of up to a maximum of 30 centimeters. The topsoil will be stockpiled separately from subsoil removed during trenching except where standing water is present. 2. Following removal and segregation of the topsoil the remainder of the ditch will be excavated so that the pipe will have a mininum of 1 meter of cover unless otherwise specified. 3. Where rock has been removed from the ditch it will be stored with subsoil material. 4. Spoil will be contained with filter fabric fences or other sediment barriers to prevent the spoil from flowing off of the right-of-way or into waterbodies. Lowering-in\Backfilling 1. The trench will be backfilled with subsoil first. After the subsoil has been rough graded the topsoil will be replaced in an even layer. The topsoil contains seeds, rhizomes and other plant propagules which will aid in the rapid recolonization by pre-existing wetland species. 2. Pipeline padding is usually unnecessary because wetland soils are generally soft and the pipe is concrete-coated to provide negative buoyancy. 3. The trench will be dewatered as needed and in accordance with erosion and sediment control specifications detailed in Section 3.2. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -50 DAMEs & MOoRE FINAL REPORT ENviRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURiNG CoNsmRUC7ON 4. Any additional spoil material imported from off the right-of-way must be approved by the Environmental Inspector. 5. Rock excavated from the trench will not be removed from the wetland but will be returned to the trench with the subsoil in order to limit the equipment operating in wetlands and avoid the need to import replacement fill. 6. Where rock was part of the surface features prior to construction of the pipeline it will be placed back in the wetland in approximately the same configuration as had been the pre-construction situation. 7. Permanent trench plugs shall be installed at both ends of the wetland where drainage of the wetland along the pipeline trench may occur. Cleanup/Restoration 1. All work mats, timber rip-rap and other construction debris shall be removed following backfilling of the pipeline. 2. Once backfilling is complete the affected areas will berestored to their original contours and flow regimes to the extent practicable with the exception of unnatural features and unstable grades. METHOD III: Push/Pull Wetland Construction Push/Pull Wetland Construction (Figure 11I.8) entails pushing or pulling a floating section of pre- assembled pipe into position over an inundated trench. The floats are removed and the concrete- coated pipe sinks into the trench. The section of pipeline to be floated into place must be straight or nearly straight to be able to float within the confines of the excavated ditch. This method should be used in large wetland areas where water levels are high enough at the time of construction to float the pipeline into the trench and where such levels can be maintained without damming. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -51 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURiNG CONSTRUCTION * Impacts to the wetland are minimized through the use of this crossing method. The Push/Pull Method requires less clearing than Methods I and II because construction space is only required to allow the backhoe to traverse the wetland and to stockpile excavated soil. All equipment will be allowed to pass through wetlands as necessary but only equipment needed to clear, excavate, and backfill will be permitted to work in the wetland area. This technique will not require work space adjacent to the trench to operate sidebooms because the pipe will be assembled outside the wetland. Additional work space may be needed adjacent to the wetland boundaries for pipe fabrication. The following impact minimization measures will be followed when using the Push/Pull Method of construction: Clearing 1. Clearing within the wetland will be limited to only that necessary to install the pipeline. 2. Trees and brush will be cleared using low ground pressure or pontoon mounted equipment or with equipment supported by timber work mats. 3. No rubber tired equipment will be allowed to work in wetlands. 4. All timber and brush will be removed from the wetland. 5. Debris and stumps will not be buried within wetlands but may be distributed within the right-of-way outside of wetlands. 6. Trees located outside of the right-of-way shall not be cut. 7. The environmental inspector will photo-document areas before and after clearing. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -52 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT - ENVIRONMENTAL PROYECTIONDURING CONSYRUCTION * Grading 1. Grading in inundated wetlands will be held to a minimum and generally will not be necessary because of the typically level topography and the absence of rock outcrops. Trenching 1. Amphibious excavators (pontoon-mounted backhoes) or tracked backhoes (supported on fabricated timber work mats or floats) will be used to dig trenches. 2. If fabricated timber work mats are used for stabilization, the backhoe will gradually move across the wetland by removing the mat from immediately behind the backhoe to the front of the backhoe's path. This "leap frog" process minimizes impact to the wetland by distributing the weight of the backhoe, reducing the number of passes through the wetland and minimizing the area covered by timber mats at any given time. Amphibious excavators and float-supported backhoes are self-supporting and do not require the use of timber mats. 3. The wetland topsoil will be stripped from over the ditchline and stockpiled separately from the subsoil removed during trenching, if possible. The depth of this excavation, up to a maximum of 30 cm, will be determined by the environmental inspector. This process will not be used in submerged areas unless the environmental inspector determines that segregation is feasible. 4. Following segregation of the topsoil, the remainder of the ditch will be excavated so that the pipe will have a minimum of approximately 1 meter of cover unless otherwise specified. 5. Where rock is removed from the ditch, it will be stored with the subsoil material. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -53 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUC7ION Lowering-in 1. Each pipeline section will be floated and pushed or pulled through the trench in the wetland. Once the appropriate location is reached the floats will be released and the concrete-coated pipe will sink to the bottom of the trench. Backfilling 1. Backfilling will be performed with a tracked backhoe or amphibious excavator and obtaining finish grade elevations will be done in one pass. Mats will be required. The previously excavated material will be used to backfill the trench. 2. The trench will be backfilled with subsoil first wherever topsoil and subsoil have been segregated. Topsoil will be replaced in an even layer after the subsoil has been rough graded. The topsoil contains seeds, rhizomes and other plant propagules which will aid in the rapid recolonization by pre-existing wetland species. 3. Pipeline padding is usually unnecessary because wetland soils are generally soft and the pipe is concrete-coated to provide negative buoyancy. 4. The trench will be dewatered as needed and in accordance with erosion and sediment control specifications detailed in Section 3.5.1. 5. Permanent trench plugs shall be installed at both ends of the wetland where drainage of the wetland along the pipeline trench may occur. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -54 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONmENTAL PROTECrI7oN DURING CONSTRUCTION Cleanup/Restoration 1. All work mats, timber rip-rap and other construction debris shall be removed following backfilling of the pipeline. 2. Once backfilling is complete the affected area's original contours and flow regimes will be restored to the extent practicable with the exceptions of unnatural features and unstable grades. 4.5 Waterbody Crossings Construction techniques for waterbody crossings are generally open cut methods, particularly for the rivers, creeks, ponds and small lakes that will be encountered by the pipeline. These methods may be modified as site conditions require and include a combination of methods previously described and those described below. 4.5.1 General Measures The contractor shall protect and minimize potential adverse impacts to waterbodies, namely creeks and small lakes or ponds, by implementing a number of protection and procedural measures during construction. These contractor measures include: 1. Expediting construction and limiting the amount of equipment and mainline construction activities within waterbodies (this will minimize disturbance to streambeds and adjacent soils thereby miniimizing the amount of suspended sediments in the water column and the extent of revegetation necessary following construction.). 2. Reducing the area of clearing as much as possible and leaving in place as many trees and as much shoreline vegetation as possible on stream banks. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -55 DAMEES & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECrioNDURING CONSTRUCTioN 3. Constructing waterbody crossings as perpendicular to the axis of the waterbody channel as engineering and routing conditions allow in order to minimize the area of wetland impact. 4. Maintaining ambient downstream flow rates throughout the construction process as much as possible to preclude adverse effects to fauna and flora. 5. Removing all materials and structures used for construction from the waterbody and substrate after construction. 6. Restoring stream channels and bottoms to their original configurations and depths following construction. 7. Stabilizing stream banks and adjacent upland areas permanently using erosion control measures and vegetative cover as soon as possible after construction. * 8. Inspecting right-of-way periodically during and after construction, repairing erosion control measures and performing restoration, as needed, in a timely manner. 4.5.2 General Procedures The following general conditions apply to all waterbody crossings: Schedule Construction across waterbodies should be completed in the shortest amount of time possible to minimize the duration of potential adverse impacts. If site-specific physical conditions make these time restrictions impractical, then a site-specific plan will be developed before work is initiated. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER. 1997 111 -56 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENviRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCON * Additional Work Space Areas Construction staging areas for waterbody crossings will be as small as possible while still allowing for safe working conditions and prefabrication of pipeline segments that will be installed in the waterbody. Other additional work spaces such as additional spoil storage areas at waterbody crossings will also be limited to the size necessary to perform the required function. All additional work space areas will be located approximately 10 meters from the stream banks where topographic conditions permit. Four river crossings require extra work space for spoil storage including the Rio Grande, Rio Parapeti, Rio San Miguel and Rio Otuquis. Dimensions of these work spaces on each side of the rivers range from 30 to 60 meters (see Section 4.4.2). To minimize the potential for contaminants entering the waterbody contractors will follow the spill prevention measures described in Section 8.0. Hazardous materials, chemicals, fuels, or lubricating oils will not be stored nor will concrete coating activities be performed within 15 meters of stream banks. In addition, construction equipment will not be refueled or serviced within 15 meters of stream banks except in absolutely necessary circumstances. Such activities will be performed according to the spill prevention measures described in Section 8.0 unless 1) the equipment cannot be reasonably moved 15 or more meters away from the stream banks without unnecessarily harming the environment or 2) the equipment being fueled or serviced is mounted on a barge. Spoil Pile Placement/Control Trench spoil will be stored at least three meters back from stream banks at waterbody crossings where possible. Spoil placed up-gradient of stream banks will be contained with sediment control devices to prevent spoil materials from flowing into waterbodies or off of the right-of-way. Equipment Crossings Construction of equipment crossings will occur during the clearing and grading process. Protective measures will include the use of 1) timber mats laid adjacent to and across streambeds BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -57 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUC7ION * if banks are high enough, 2) flume pipes covered or 3) portable bridges approved by the environmental inspector. The size and number of the flume pipes will be sufficient for the maximum stream flows anticipated. If fill for equipment crossings includes soil or other material which could erode into the waterbody then sandbags will be used on both sides of the crossing. Sandbags will be placed in the waterbody at the upstream and downstream ends of the crossing to stabilize and seal any flume pipes used. To prevent erosion, sandbags will be placed high enough along both sides of the equipment crossing to contain the fill material during construction. 4.5.3 Waterbody Crossing Procedures There is one primary construction method which will be applied to waterbodies for this project, namely Open-Cut Construction. The specific procedures implemented will be based on the waterbody size, inundation level, flow rate and environmental sensitivity. Although Directionally Controlled Horizontal Drilling is not expected to be used on this project there may be circumstances such as environmental conditions or time constraints that require it. METHOD I: Open-Cut Waterbody Construction METHOD II: Directionally Controlled Horizontal Boring Construction METHOD I: Open-Cut Waterbody Construction Open-Cut Wetland Construction (Figure III.9) will be used to cross the larger rivers and standing water wetlands along the project. This method uses wetland trenching techniques in deeper or flowing waterbody wetlands as site conditions require at the time of construction. Clearing/Grading 1. Clearing crews may cross waterbodies once prior to installing equipment crossings. Clearing crews may construct temporary crossings by using timber mats or BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -58 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CONSTRUCION occasionally logs. Temporary crossings may not be used by work crews. Clearing crews will be responsible for constructing the long-term equipment crossing. 2. The construction of the equipment crossing will use 1) timber mats with or without flume pipe(s), 2) clean fill and flume pipe(s) or 3) a Flexi-float or portable bridge. 3. Contractors will install flume pipes as necessary in the waterbody for the equipment crossing in order to maintain the existing flow and course of the waterway. The size and number of the flume pipes will be sufficient for anticipated flows. 4. If it is likely that more than one week will pass between the time when the area is cleared and when the pipe is installed then the clearing crew may install sediment barriers at the top of the stream bank if no vegetative strip is left. 5. Contractors will implement erosion and sedimentation controls, and bank stabilization procedures at all stream banks as described in Section 3.2. Trenching/Lowering-in/Backfilling 1. If mainline ditching crews excavate waterbody crossings then the ditching, lowering-in, backfilling, and restoration will be completed within the shortest time possible. If ditching, lowering-in, backfilling, and restoration of the waterbody crossing cannot be completed in a short time frame, then a site-specific work plan will be developed for approval by the environmental inspector. 2. If blasting is required, then the banks of the waterbody will be left intact (hard plugs). If soft plugs must be installed then the pipe installation shall be completed as soon as possible upon completion of the blasting. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 -59 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENViRONMENTAL PROTECTioN DURING CONSrRUCriON 3. Contractors will use a backhoe or dragline to excavate the trench across the waterbody. Equipment used to excavate the trench will work from the waterbody banks or equipment crossings, or by straddling the trenchline when the width of the waterbody prohibits excavations solely from the banks. The depth of trench will be sufficient to allow a minimum of 1 '/2 meter of cover over the pipeline below the streambed unless otherwise specified. 4. Where necessary, the grade of the stream banks will be reduced to form a gradual slope, and soil will be pushed or pulled away from the waterbody to minimize siltation. Cleanup/Restoration 1. Stream channels will be backfilled, re-contoured and restored immediately. 2. Flume pipes, sand bags and other material used for the waterbody crossing will be removed during restoration. To the extent practical, the stream bottom and banks will be restored to their preconstruction contours or better. 3. Equipment crossings will be left in place if they are determined to be needed for access. 4. Jute thatching, rip-rap or other erosion control matting or material will be used to stabilize the waterbody banks where necessary. METHOD II: Directionally Controlled Horizontal Boring or Other Site-Specific Crossing Techniques Directionally Controlled Horizontal Boring is referenced as a possible construction method if site conditions and time constraints require its use. However, the method is not expected to be used in the Bolivian Sector of this project. Details of this method are provided in Section 4.3 BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -60 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENviRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDUvRNG CONSTRUCON Specialized Construction Procedures. Site-specific crossing techniques will be developed for unexpected or adverse conditions at individual rivers, ponds and lakes which cannot be crossed by Method I. These techniques will be drawn from the methods described above and will be developed based on the experience of the construction management team. The environmental inspector will review the selected waterbody crossing technique. 4.5.4 Combined Wetland/Waterbody Crossings Wetlands and waterbodies are commonly found together as one ecosystem. The selection of construction crossing methods will be based on field conditions and requirements to protect both resources equally. It is essential that individual construction methods be assigned to the different contiguous wetland and the waterbody areas to protect the entire resource. Site-specific crossing methods will be designed for complex systems. BOLIVIA -BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III -61 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENViRONMENTAL PROTECrIoNDURING CoNSrRUCi7oN . 5.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.2: WASTE MANAGEMENT 5.1 Objectives The objective of this sub-program is to minimize any adverse impacts to the environment, and limit risk exposure by providing guidance in the management of wastes. Moreover, key technical requirements aimed at ensuring compliance with Bolivian regulations and World Bank guidance documents are mentioned throughout this section. Bolivia's enviromnental regulating body, at the national level, is the Ministerio de Desarrollo Sostenible y Medio Ambiente (MDSMA). The Waste Management Sub-Program has been designed to assist the Construction Contractor in achieving the following waste management goals: * Identify and classify wastes. * Minimize the generation of wastes to be treated and/or disposed. e Select appropriate treatment/disposal alternatives. 0Document all aspects of the waste management process. B * Achieve proper final closure and/or final disposal to all waste streams. * Ensure regulatory compliance in waste management practices. 5.2 Organization The Waste Management Sub-Program has been organized into three distinct components requiring specialized waste handling and disposal protocols. These components are the following: Solid Waste Management. Sanitary Waste (i.e., wastewater) Management. Hazardous Waste Management. The Contractor shall designate the necessary staff to implement an environmentally safe program within each construction spread. The designated staff shall include, at a minimum, a Waste Management Coordinator who will respond to the Environmental Manager on each of the waste BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 62 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENviRoNMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSrRUCr70N * management categories throughout the duration of the project. The Coordinator will delegate daily waste management responsibilities to key staff stationed at work camps, storage yards, transportation routes, and pipeline construction right-of-way. Daily waste management activity logs shall be maintained by these individuals. The Coordinator shall compile the data from these logs and provide weekly summary reports to the project's Environmental Supervisor on each of the primary components (solid waste, sanitary waste, and hazardous waste). Concurrently, the Environmental Inspection staff will oversee and record waste management practices at their designated work area(s) and report all non-compliance to the project's Environmental Supervisor. The EPC Contractor's Environmental Manager shall have authority to stop all inappropriate waste management activities and to require immediate restoration for any environmental damage. The environmental inspectors will report any significant environmental damage as soon as possible, to the Environmental Supervisor, who has the authority to request cessation of inappropriate activity, if necessary. Non-compliance will be reported to the Environmental Committee by the Environmental Supervisor. The EPC Contractor shall be responsible for all fines, penalties and claims resulting from improper waste management practices by his staff and/or his sub-contractors at work camps, right-of-way vehicle transportation routes, and storage yards. 5.3 Solid Waste Management 5.3.1 Introduction Personnel residing in work camps will produce significant amounts of domestic garbage, which shall be properly disposed of in MDSMA-approved landfills or onsite landfills. It terms of existing landfills, for example, the Contractor may investigate the possibility of utilizing an existing sanitary landfill in Santa Cruz (i.e., the Normandia or the Proyecto Montero landfills). If onsite landfills are constructed, the Contractor shall design and construct these in accordance with minimum design standards described herein and under all applicable regulatory guidelines. If offsite landfills are utilized, the Contractor shall still be responsible for proper management of all wastes generated by the project. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN e SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 63 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONS7RUCUON @ 5.3.2 Objectives The objectives of this Solid Waste Management Program are to: * Avoid generation of solid wastes (i.e., source reduction). * Find other uses for waste products (i.e., reuse). * Send materials to re-cycling centers, if one is available. * Properly dispose of or landfilling the remaining solid wastes. Source reduction and reuse are usually preferable to recycling. Therefore, the solid waste management hierarchy is generally: source reduction, re-use, recycling, treatment, and disposal. Due to the project's limited ability to reduce/reuse waste streams, and the absence of recycling centers and local disposal facilities in these remote areas, it is anticipated that on-site landfilling (i.e., at work camps) will have to be performed. As such, this section describes minimum design, construction, operation, and closure standards for the onsite landfills. Nevertheless, the Contractor is encouraged to pursue alternate external means of managing the solid wastes in an environmentally safe manner. 5.3.3 Sources of Solid Wastes The following table presents the primary solid waste sources, the types of waste generated, and the anticipated quantities that will be generated by each: BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN O SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 64 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PRoTECTioN DURING CoNsTRucTioN Source of Solid Description of Types of Solid Anticipated Anticipated Total Waste Waste Products Generated by Percentage of Total Quantity of Monthly this Source Quantity of Solid Wastes from this Source Wastes from this (Tonnes/month) Source (%) Work Camps Food Service Wastes 25 5 Office papers 20 4 Moisture 15 3 Metals 10 2 Plastics 10 2 Glass 5 1 Other combustibles 5 1 Other non-combustibles 5 1 Grounds Maintenance 5 1 l TOTAL'| 100 20 l Right-of-Way Pipe Liner - Heat Shrink 37 14 Wrappers2 Welding Rods Stubs3 18 7 Metal Band Bevel Protectors4 32 12 Paper/plastic/other 13 5 r TOTAL[ 100 38 Notes: 1) Calculated based on a 700 workers per camp, multiplied times a domestic waste per worker ratio of 0.91 kg/day, times 31 days/month; 2) Estimated based on 48,260 joints, times 2 joints per pipe, multiplied times 1.3 kg/joint, over 9 months of construction; 3) Estimated based on 48,260 joints times 6.3 kg/joint multiplied times 20% waste over 9 months of construction; 4) Estimated based on 48,260 joints, times 2 joints per pipe, multiplied times 1.14 kg/joint, over 9 months of construction; BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 65 DAMsEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTEC7IONDURING CONSTRUCrMON O 5.3.4 Solid Waste Classirication Procedures Solid wastes shall be classified as either hazardous or non-hazardous. In general, the steps involved in identifying hazardous wastes are as follows: * Determine whether the material is listed as a hazardous waste. * If not, then perform characteristic identification tests. A solid waste containing any of the hazardous constituents is considered hazardous unless the Contractor can prove otherwise. A complete characterization of the waste shall include determination of physical and chemical properties. Some details on classifying hazardous wastes are provided in Section 5.5. Infectious wastes (i.e., biohazardous wastes) are not included in this discussion. The Contractor must include infectious wastes in the Waste Management Plan. The Contractor shall proceed to properly identify biohazardous wastes by consultation with work camp medical staff and local authorities. Under no circumstance shall biohazardous wastes be placed or mixed with non- hazardous or hazardous wastes. 5.3.5 Solid Waste Management Principles Solid waste management will be implemented based on the following principles: * Training workers on solid waste management principles. * Proper distribution and labeling of solid waste receptacles. * Minimize waste generation. * Maximize recycling and reusing. * Dispose wastes properly. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 Ill - 66 DAMEs & MOoRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECIONNDURiNG CONSTRUCTION * The Contractor shall provide a site-specific Waste Management Plan for each facility, and the appropriate solid waste management staff and facilities to implement these principles during the construction phase. 5.3.6 Solid Waste Training A key element in achieving proper solid waste management will be training of all staff members on safe waste management practices. Worker awareness of proper waste management practices will generally produce good results and savings to the Contractor. For example, if arrangements with local recycling centers are made, the workers will be of great assistance in segregating materials rather than combining them with landfill materials. The Contractor shall include a brief course on the advantages of responsible waste disposal practices. Worker incentives should also be implemented to encourage participation in the program. 5.3.7 Solid Waste Receptacles * Solid waste receptacles shall be located within the work camps and storage yards to encourage proper disposal. These shall be widely spread throughout these areas and labeled as plastics, metals or as any other non-biodegradable material categories. Portable receptacles (e.g., sacks) shall also be available throughout the working portions of the right-of-way. These receptacles shall be mounted on all track equipment and welding machines, clearly identified as to the type of refuse, and emptied each day. The waste receptacles shall be moved forward simultaneously with right-of-way construction advancement and not left behind on the completed portion of the right-of-way. Under no circumstance shall receptacles containing wastes be left uncovered overnight. Easily bio-degradaded materials such as foods may be dropped within the pipeline trench as long as they are covered on the same day. Plastics, metals, and glass used by the workers or resulting from construction operations shall not be discarded within the trench. No plastics or synthetic polymer materials shall be burned anywhere on the project. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 67 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTIoN . 5.3.8 Solid Waste Generation Minimization Procedures Solid waste minimization procedures shall include both source reduction and reuse. Source reduction shall involve preparing strategies to reduce the quantities of materials that are brought to work camps, work sites, and the right-of-way. The Contractor shall prepare a Source Reduction Plan which considers the following elements: * Purchase products with minimal packaging (e.g., food and paper products). * Use products with greater durability and repair-ability (e.g., durable work tools, appliances). * Substitute reusable products for disposable single-use products (e.g., reusable pipe skids). * JUse fewer resources (e.g. two-sided photocopying). * Increase the recycled materials content of products (e.g., investigate items readily accepted by local recycling centers). The Contractor should also investigate local opportunities for reusing products (e.g., appliances, furniture) rather than discarding them. The enviromnental inspectors will review the Contractor's Source Reduction Plan and verify compliance with its objectives throughout the duration of the project. 5.3.9 Solid Waste Recycling Procedures Recycling will be performed whenever possible. The Contractor shall contact local authorities and verify the existence or absence of local recycling centers at the onset of the project. If these are located and contracted, all paper, wood, plastics and other dry refuse shall be collected in clearly identifiable receptacles and stored to be taken to recycling centers whenever possible. Large tires (i.e., approximately 1.2 meters feet diameter) are used by 18-wheel construction materials hauling trucks. It is estimated that approximately 35 tires per week will blow-out and need to be discarded. For an estimated nine month construction period, this would result in approximately 1,300 tires. It is recommended that these be given or sold at a minimal price to' BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Is SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 68 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECJYONDURiNG CONSrRUCroN local companies for retreading or recycling. Under no circumstance shall tires be burned or discarded in the landfill. 5.3.10 Guidelines for Onsite Landfill Design All non-recyclable solid wastes must be transported to existing and pre-approved landfills whenever possible. In the event that suitable landfills are not available, the Contractor will be allowed to operate properly designed and constructed landfills at the work camps. Such landfills must meet acceptable technical standards and all local and national laws prior to their construction. Before constructing an onsite landfill, the Contractor shall prepare Landfill Design Guidelines for his staff to follow. Minimal technical design specifications for the onsite landfills shall include: * Observing minimum distance threshold values. * Landfill siting investigation. * Detailed sizing calculations (i.e., if waste quantities differ from those anticipated herein). * Sub-base and base barrier isolation. * Leachate collection system. * Passive Gas Venting System. * Daily operations standards manual, including daily refuse coverage plans, rodent control, aesthetics, odor control, and perimeter security. Minimum Distance Criteria In lieu of additional site specific criteria, the Contractor shall observe, at a minimum, the following distance threshold values in designing the landfills: BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 69 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCFION Description of Minimum Distance Criteria Surface Feature (Meters) Wetland, lake, or pond 1000 River 1000 Flood Plain (100 year storm) _6 meters above Major Highways 300 Public Areas (e.g., parks, schools) 300 Critical Habitat Area 2500 Landing Strips 1500 Water supply wells (Work camps) 150 Other water supply wells 400 The Contractor shall locate each landfill in areas meeting the above criteria and offering minimal risk to humans, wildlife, and natural systems. Preliminary Site Evaluation Parameters A qualitative analysis of parameters that may potentially impact the level of protection required at each onsite landfill should be performed. These parameters should at least include: 1) soil types, 2) flooding potential, and 3) environmental sensitivity. In-Situ Data Collection Program A basic in-situ data collection program should include, at a minimum, 1) a geotechnical testing program, 2) a flood potential analysis, and 3) an assessment of the environmental sensitivity of the area. Geotechnical characteristics of field materials (e.g., subsurface soils) should be verified prior to final site selection and landfill design. The geotechnical investigation should BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 70 DAMES & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCr7ON include at least two boreholes to a minimum depth of seven (7) meters per landfill site. Data should be obtained on both field and laboratory hydraulic conductivity, subsurface material descriptions, Atterberg limits of fine grain materials, grain size distribution curves, clay strata thickness data, natural moisture content, and degree of saturation. At sites where the water table may reach within the upper 10 meters, the borings should be continued until penetrating the water table. Additionally, an assessment of flooding potential for each site should be performed. In the absence of historical water level data, other data sources such as topographic maps, satellite maps, field observations, and interviews with neighbors should be reviewed. A field reconnaissance for sensitive receptors (e.g., water bodies, wetlands, wildlife, neighboring residents) within two km of each landfill site should also be performed. Moreover, potential stormwater and treated sewage water discharge routes and receiving bodies should be identified. Preliminary Landfill Sizing Parameters Each landfill should be designed to contain all of the non-hazardous solid wastes produced during the project, assuming each work camp will be used for approximately two-and- one-half months. In the absence of additional data, the Contractor may use the following table to size a landfill: Landfill Sizing Assumptions and Calculations Assumption Type Parameter a) Work Camp Population (Note: for Work Camp No. I use 120 workers) 700 workers b) Solid waste per worker generation rate (kg) 0.91kg/worker c) Daily solid waste generation per Work Camp (a * b) 637 kg/day d) Maximum Work Camp operating period 75 days e) Weight of solid waste generated in operating period § * d) 47,775 kg f) Weight of solid wastes generated at the right-of-way (2.5 months) 102,000 kg g) Total Weight generated at right-of-way and Work Camp (e +f) 150,275 kg h) Assumed density of solid waste 130 kg/m3 BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 71 DAMEEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECiIONDURING CoNsmRucTiON 0 . Landfill Sizing Assumptions and Calculations Assumption Type | Parameter i) Estimated volume of solid wastes generated in 61 days (g -. h) 1156 im3 j) Assumed ratio to account for daily soil coverage requirements 1.25 k) Estimated area needs for solid waste landfilling C each work Camp (Note: 722 m2 Assumes 2 meters deep pit above sub-base available for landfilling - closure cap excluded) (g - 2 meters ) Based on the above Table's assumptions and calculations, the minimal dimensions for each landfill should be on the order of 27 meters wide by 27 meters long, and 3 meters deep including approximately 1 meter for closure cap (Figure I1. 10). A factor of safety (e.g., 1.4) may be added to the area requirement to account for unforseen solid waste sources. Moreover, if the anticipated waste from the right-of-way is anticipated or observed to be higher than that estimated, a larger area should be used. Experience gained from solid waste management at the first full-size work camp should be helpful in sizing subsequent landfills. Adjustments to the design may be made based on these data. A suggested location for the landfill just outside the work camp's area is presented in Figure 111. 11. If the work camp area allows, however, the landfill should be located further away from the workers' living and entertainment quarters. Special attention should be given to preserving the minimum distance requirements from the landfill to onsite water supply wells. Preliminary Design of Landfill Sub-base and Base The sub-base for a liner system refers to the ground on which the liner is constructed. The sub-base, soil liner, geosynthetic liners, and tile drain (see Figure 11. 12) shall be designed and constructed to prevent leachate from reaching the underlying native soils below the refuse. The sub-base materials should be compacted to 90% or 95% modified Proctor density. Liner materials may include clay, bentonite-amended soil, synthetic clay liner, and synthetic membrane. Varying degrees of construction methodologies and quality control measures may be applied depending on the Contractor's choice of base materials. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 - 72 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CONSTRUCTION A simple, but effective system consisting of one layer of geosynthetic liner, one layer of low permeability material, a second layer of a geosynthetic liner and a drainage layer below the refuse (Figure Ill. 12a) should be adequate for most of the landfill sites. Preliminary Design of Leachate Collection System The leachate collection system shall consist of a leachate trench and pipe, leachate line clean-out ports, a leachate collection pump and a leachate storage tank. The storage tank may not be necessary if the system is designed to be discharged to an onsite package wastewater treatment plant (Section 5.4). Several components of a leachate collection system are shown on Figures II. 13a and II. 13b. A detailed design of the leachate collection system should be performed prior to landfill construction. Preliminary Design of Passive Gas Venting System The passive gas venting system used at each landfill shall consist of isolated gas vents (Figure E1. 14). One or two vents per site should be sufficient for the anticipated size of these landfills. The vents may be connected through a perforated pipe (Figure III. 14a) or a gravel and dirt cap trench (Figure III. 14b). Guidelines on Daily Operating Standards The Contractor shall prepare Landfill Operations Guidelines establishing standards on daily operating procedures at the landfills. These standards shall include, at a miniimum, the following elements: a) staff's landfill construction and operating responsibilities; b) daily coverage procedures; c) degree of compaction to attain; d) weather considerations; e) record-keeping; f) control of odors, dust, rodents, insects and birds; g) perimeter fencing requirements; h) safety and warning signs installation; i) handling of special wastes; and j) information on waste unloading area protocol. The Contractor's Waste Management coordinator shall oversee that the standards in the Landfill Operations Guidelines are implemented. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111- 73 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONAMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUC7ION * 5.3.11 Guidelines on Solid Waste Transportation Procedures Transporting solid waste from the right-of-way and storage yards will be necessary during the construction phase of the project. The Contractor shall prepare Solid Waste Transportation Guidelines for staff and solid waste haulers describing proper solid waste transportation procedures. The guidelines shall include, at a minimum, the following elements: * Solid waste vehicle drivers are to avoid making un-authorized and unjustified stops along the transport route. * Solid waste vehicles must be equipped with the following features. a) Enclosures (e.g., covers) to prevent dropping and blow-away of solids along the route. b) Mechanically capable of performance under adverse weather conditions. c) Must meet the design loaded capacity and not be overfilled. d) Must be properly and frequently sanitized to avoid undesirable odors. * A schedule of solid waste collections for each vehicle must be proposed. The Contractor shall be responsible for proper execution of all aspects of the solid waste transportation procedures. It is imperative that the Contractor educate the solid waste haulers on proper procedures to provide an environmentally safe transport from point of collection to the final destination. The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits for waste transport and oversee that staff abides by all laws and regulations for safe transport of solid waste in Bolivia (MDSMA Regulations No. 1333, Title IV, Chapter VI). 5.3.12 Solid Waste Final Disposal Procedures The Contractor shall perform all necessary procedures for final disposal and closure of all solid waste generated, collected, and landfilled as a result of project construction. The Contractor shall guarantee in writing that all waste management activities and closure have been performed in a technical, legal, sanitary, and environmentally acceptable manner. Any claims resulting from BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 74 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRuCIOiN improper solid waste management closure shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and the EPC Contractor. Minimum criteria for closure has been provided below: Hazardous materials must not be contained within the onsite landfill. Excavated soils and rock materials from offsite locations (e.g., right-of-way) must not be placed in the landfill. All landfill components (e.g., base layers, leachate collection, gas collection, etc.) must have been properly designed, constructed, and operated prior to closure. All necessary permits and consent agreements from land owners must be on file and available for review by the environmental inspectors prior to closure. A landfill final cover must be designed, constructed, and inspected by the Contractor. Environmental inspectors shall observe the landfill closure operations. The primary purpose of the landfill final cover is to miniimize post-closure leachate resulting from percolation of rainfall and to convert the percolation into surface runoff and/or evapotranspiration without causing erosion to the cover. The Contractor shall select design components and * corresponding building materials to meet this primary objective. Other objectives of the landfill cover design shall include: * Allow the landfill site to return to some beneficial use. * To make the site aesthetically acceptable. * Prevent blowing of litter and dust unto adjacent properties. * Suppress fire dangers. * Contain gases and vapors. Minimal design criteria for the final cover's layered system (Figure III.12) shall include the following components: * Compaction of refuse layer: Compaction of the refuse shall be performed using a D-8 dozer or equal for, at least, four passes. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 - 75 DAMES & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION * * Layer 1 (Grading Layer): This layer shall consist of coarse grained materials and shall be constructed to a thickness of no less than 20 cm; Layer 2 (Barrier Layer): This layer provides a barrier against infiltration. Materials used for this layer shall be either low permeability clays or synthetic membranes. The thickness of the layer may vary (e.g., by combining synthetic and natural materials) as long as the design specifications are technically acceptable. Layer 3 (Protective Layer): This layer provides protection against desiccation cracks and a medium for root growth to occur. The thickness of this layer should be at least 30 cm. The Contractor may select an alternate final cover design as long as the design meets or exceeds acceptable technical engineering practice standards and Bolivian laws and regulations governing the matter. In any event, the environmental inspector must approve the design and construction of the final cover. 5.4 Domestic and Sanitary Waste 5.4.1 Introduction Sanitary waste (i.e., sewage or wastewater) will be generated as a result of human activities at the work camps and on the right-of-way. Due to the project's remoteness, there will be little opportunity for raw or partially treated wastewater to be released to municipal or external sanitary waste systems. As such, the Contractor must devise plans and build the infrastructures to properly manage these wastes. The Contractor shall manage the sanitary waste in accordance with design guidelines presented herein and with all appropriate Bolivian Laws and Regulations on Water Resources (e.g., MDSMA No. 1333; Reglamento en Materia de Contaminacion Hidrica). 5.4.2 Objectives The sanitary waste management component is designed to: 1. Collect and transport all sanitary wastes to onsite treatment facilities. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 - 76 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMEVTAL PROTECI7oNDURiNG CONSrRUCroN 2. Treat all sanitary waste streams to appropriate government standards and World Bank standards, whichever is stricter. 3. Discharge the resulting treated effluent in a legal and environmentally safe manner. 4. Monitor water quality parameters and flows of the effluent and receiving body. In areas where a receiving surface water body is unavailable, the Contractor shall design and build the necessary land percolation and irrigation system to discharge the treated effluent. Some of the key legal and technical requirements are included in this section. It is the Contractor's responsibility to follow these and any other requirements imposed as a result of permit conditions by the MDSMA and local government agencies. 5.4.3 Sources of Sanitary Wastes Approximately 700 workers will be stationed at work camps throughout the duration of the project. At least one work camp will be active at all times. Sanitary waste will be treated by a package wastewater treatment plant. Table 11.3 presents guidance on estimating wastewater flows generated by various types of facilities. Considering the anticipated work camp activities such as food services, laundry, sanitation worker showers, clinical, and office facilities, an estimated flow rate of 85 gallons per day per worker or 60,000 gallons/day (230 m3-day) for each work camp has been calculated. These values are provided as general guidance. The Contractor, however, shall determine and provide the equipment necessary to handle all sanitary waste generated throughout the construction phase. The resulting sludge may be buried in the sanitary landfill as long as hazardous materials are not mixed with the wastewater. Sanitary waste generated at the right-of-way shall be disposed in specially dug pits throughout the right-of-way. These will not be transported back to the work camps as the distances will be excessive. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 77 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION 5.4.4 Sanitary Waste Treatment Procedures Treatment of sanitary waste in the work camps shall be performed using portable extended- aeration package wastewater treatment plants. The extended aeration process purifies the wastewater by destroying the organic compounds and using air to mix and oxidize the volatile materials into gas, water, and sludge. By continued aeration of these concentrated solids, fungus and bacteria grow into colonies. These colonies will attach themselves to the volatile materials breaking it down into water, carbon dioxide and ash. The result is a clear and odor-free effluent. There are several commercially available systems from which the Contractor may choose. Some of the most popular models, contact information, and their features are provided in Table III.4. The information is provided in the form of guidance and not as an endorsement of any particular product. Typical arrangements for two commercially available plants are provided on Figures II. 15 and II. 16. It is suggested that parallel systems be chosen, whenever possible, rather than using only one unit * to provide greater transportability and system reliability in the event that a unit breaks down. Specification tables on several models are available. Treated effluent shall be discharged nearby surface water bodies or to onsite percolation ponds created by the Contractor. Under no circumstance shall effluent be discharge directly to surface water bodies or percolation ponds without approval from the environmental inspector. 5.4.5 Wastewater Treatment and Effluent Discharge Laws and Regulations This section provides a summary of the key rules and regulations affecting wastewater treatment plants (WWTP) and the subsequent discharge into water bodies. Nevertheless, all the laws pertinent to wastewater management are not included here. As such, the Contractor is referred to Bolivian Law No. 1333 and corresponding section on "Reglamento en Materia de Contaminacion Hidrica" (i.e., the Water Pollution Regulations section of the law) for further information. The primary areas of regulations related to wastewater management discussed herein include: BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 - 78 DAMES & MoORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONmENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCI7ON * Treatment system requirements. * Legal and technical requirements on effluent discharge. * Limiting conditions on discharge water quality parameters. * Limiting conditions on flow rates to receiving bodies. Treatment System requirements . Some of the key requirements related to the operations and security that must be implemented at the onsite wastewater treatment facility are provided below: 1. Responsible Parties: The treatment system shall operate under the direct responsibility and supervision of the Contractor or his legal representatives. The Contractor shall ensure that personnel are properly trained to operate and maintain the WWTP system. 2. MDSMA Authority: If wastewater treatment standards are not met, the MDSMA reserves the right to require modifications to the system, operations, and maintenance until satisfactory conditions are met. 3. Access to Plant: To minimize contamination risks, access to unauthorized persons to the treatment system is prohibited. The Contractor shall also take all necessary safety measures to prevent wildlife from entering the facility. 4. Flow Measurement Requirements: Normally, MDSMA requires that treated effluent discharge to a receiving water body exceeding 5 1/s be monitored by direct methods (e.g., flow meters). In this case, due to the transient nature of the work camp facilities, it is possible that the MDSMA will allow for indirect measurements such as the use of a V- notch weir. 5. Partial or Complete Plant Shut-Down: In case of a temporary need to shut-down the treatment plant, the Contractor must contact the appropriate governmental agencies immediately. In such cases, flows shall be temporarily diverted to an onsite emergency overflow tank or lined pond until the problem is resolved. In the event that additional time is needed, the Contractor shall contact the Environmental Manager to request authorization BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 79 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECr7oN DURING CONSTRUC7ION from authorities to discharge raw or partially treated effluent for a specified period. The Contractor shall also present, in writing, an action plan for repair or replacement of the unit(s) and take all necessary measures to re-start the plant as soon as possible. Legal and Technical Requirements on Effluent Discharge. With respect to discharge to Water Bodies, the Contractor shall recognize the following Articles from Law No. 1333's Water Pollution Regulations section: 1 . Authorization to discharge effluent to surfacewater bodies shall be included as part of the Declaraci6n de Impacto Ambiental (i.e., "DIA" or Environrnental Impact Declaration), the Declaraci6n de Adecuaci6n Ambiental (i.e., "DAA" or Environmental Compliance Declaration), and the agency's Certificate of Authorization (Article 16). 2. The DIA, DAA, and Certificate of Authorization shall include a commitment on the part of the Contractor or his legal representative to submit water quality reports, as performed by an authorized laboratory, on characterizing the effluent. The reports shall include analyses on those parameters for which the agency has established fixed limits (Table 111.5). 3. The discharge of treated effluent to a receiving water body shall be limited by the following criteria: Under no circumstance shall raw (untreated) wastewater be released to a water body or land surface. Instantaneous discharge of large volumes of treated effluent to a river shall be prohibited. Discharge rates of treated effluent shall be controlled not to exceed 1/3 of the receiving body's flow rate (Article 44). Discharge of treated effluent which exceeds 20% of the receiving water body's minimum flow rate shall be performed in a manner as to avoid: 1) erosion problems, deterioration of the receiving body, or damages to third parties, 2) must not affect the water body's water quality beyond the parameters established for its. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 80 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECri7oNDURING CoNsTRuCrIoN * class, and 3) the average daily rate for the treated effluent shall be less than 20% of the minimum daily flow rate of the receiving river for a return period of five years (Article 45). Discharge of treated effluent to natural wetlands is restricted, as the law (Article 51) requires the establishment of special protection schemes for these. As such, it is recommended that such discharges be avoided. Prior to discharge, all raw or partially treated effluent must be treated to a level that shall not exceed the water quality standards for the receiving water body. The law allows for a mixing zone in the receiving body ranging from 50 to 100 meters from the point of discharge. The EPC Contractor's Environmental Manager shall develop a water quality testing program to establish background parameters (i.e., those listed on Table 111.5 and any other water quality parameter suspected to be exceeded by the effluent) for each receiving water body prior to discharge. 4. The Contractor shall perform monthly water quality parameter testing on the treated effluent, as per parameters listed on Table I11.5, for samples taken during peak effluent discharge hours. Two independent tests on background water quality of the receiving body shall be performed. In case any of the parameters exceed established limits, the Contractor shall proceed to take a second sample, also during a peak discharge period, for analysis. The results shall be submitted to the Environmental Supervisor for further steps to follow. All sampling and chemical analyses shall be performed by an MDSMA authorized laboratory. Effluent Discharge Violations Article 99, Title IX, Chapter 3 of Law No. 1333 establishes a listing of administrative violations for the following reasons: BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 81 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENViRONMEJvTAL PROTECrioNDURING CONSTRUCrIoN * * Temporarily or permanently altering or modifying the treatment plant violating compliance with Articles 56 or 57 of the Water Pollution Regulations. * Exceeding the maximum allowable effluent discharge values (Table 11.5) once dilution has occurred in the receiving body for a specified period. * Discharging of radioactive substances to sanitary collector or water bodies. * Failing to notify the environmental authorities in the event of a partial or total interruption of the wastewater treatment system due to equipment failure. * Releasing effluent, whether raw or partially treated, without obtaining a license or discharge permit. e Releasing effluent, whether raw or partially treated, with water quality parameters exceeding values established by Table 111.5 or the discharge permit. 0 * Releasing effluent, whether raw or partially treated, in massive and instantaneous flow rates to a river. m Releasing stormwater to the wastewater system or releasing wastewater, raw or partially treated, to a stormwater collection system. * Failing to plug abandoned wells. * Contaminating water bodies with hydrocarbons. * Falsifying information or water quality reports. * Presenting effluent water quality reports in an untimely manner or violating reporting requirements. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 82 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECr70NDURfNG CONSTRUC77ON 5.5 Hazardous Waste 5.5.1 Objectives The Contractor shall manage all hazardous wastes in an environmentally safe manner. All hazardous wastes shall be collected, inventoried, and properly contained in temporary storage areas at work camps or at designated locations along the pipeline route. Final disposal shall be at authorized hazardous waste disposal facilities or recycling centers. Before filling out a Transport Manifest for final disposal or recycling of hazardous wastes to these facilities, the Contractor shall pack and label all hazardous wastes in a safe and secure manner. 5.5.2 Sources of Hazardous Wastes During Construction The following table presents a listing of the anticipated hazardous waste sources, types and quantities to be generated at each of the project facilities or areas: BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 Ill - 83 DAMES & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONmDURING CONSTRUCrION Source of Hazardous Wastes Anticipated Anticipated Types of Hazardous Quantities of Waste Hazardous Wastes Heaw Construction Equipment: Track Equipment Used Oil' 8250 gallons (assumes 55 units will be used for both spreads) Used Oil Filters_ tW OA Filen' ~110 filters Used Batteries3 25 batteries Heawy Construction Equipment: Welding Machines Used Oil4 675 gallons (assumes 60 units will be used for both spreads) Used Filters' Used Filters5 540 filters Used Batteries6 30 batteries Vehicles (Small-25 units- Each Using 1.25 gallons of oil per Used Oil7 281 gallons change) Used Filters5 225 filters Used Batteries6 12 batteries Vehicles (Trucks-35 units - Each Using 3.00 gallons of oil Used Oil' 945 gallons per change) Used Filters5 315 filters Used Batteries6 15 batteries Vehicles (Pipe Flat Bed Trucks-40 units - Each Using 4.50 Used Oil' 1620 gallons gallons of oil per change) Used Filters5 360 filters Used Batteries6 20 batteries Notes: 1) Calculated based on 55 units needing an oil change three (3) times per unit during the construction phase, times 50 gallons per oil change for each unit. 2) Calculated based on 55 units needing an oil filter change 3 times/unit during the construction phase. 3) Assumes that half of the batteries will need to be change during the construction phase. 4) Calculated based on all units needing an oil change once a month during a nine-month construction phase times 1.25 gallons per oil change for each unit. 5) Calculated based on all units needing an oil filter change once a month during a nine-month construction phase. 6) Assumes that half of units will need batteries changed during the construction phase. 7) Calculated based on all units needing an oil change once a month during a nine-month construction phase. 8) Calculated based on 25 units needing an oil filter change once a month during a nine-month construction phase. 9) Assumes (conservatively) that half of units will need batteries changed during construction phase. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 84 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONmENTAL PROTECiJoNDURING CONSTRUCTION As per the above table, approximately 11,770 gallons of used oil, 1550 used oil filters, and 100 used batteries will be generated by the construction activities. When an oil change is required, the used oil will be collected and temporarily stored on-site in appropriate containers until disposal at an approved facility can be scheduled. If 55-gallon drums are used, then it will take approximately 215 drums to store the used oil. These waste drums will be properly transported and disposed of in accordance with the Project Sponsor's Waste Management Plan. Air filters used by the vehicles may be discarded in the onsite landfills. Cleansers and solvents may be used on a limited basis for the routine cleaning of equipment and parts. No significant quantities of cleansers or solvents or solutions containing cleansers or solvents will be generated. Any such wastes will be properly disposed of in accordance with the Construction Contractor's Waste Management Plan. 5.5.3 Hazardous Waste Classification Procedures Hazardous substances are those established by Bolivian Law No. 1333's "Reglamento para Actividades con Substancias Peligrosas" (i.e., Regulations on Hazardous Material Activities). By definition, any substance can be considered hazardous which presents one or more of the following characteristics: * Flammability: If the waste is liquid, other than an aqueous solution containing less than 24% alcohol by volume, and has a flash-point below 60° C as determined by ASTM tests, it is characterized as flammable waste. Examples: solvents and thinners. * Corrosivity: If the waste is aqueous, has pH < 2 or > 12.5 and corrodes plain carbon steel at the rate of 6.35 mm or greater per year, the waste is characterized as corrosive. Examples: acids and alkalis. * Reactivity: A waste is characterized as reactive if it is normally unstable and undergoes violent change without detonating or reacts violently with water, or forms a potentially BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 Ill - 85 DAMES & MOORE FiNAL REPORT ENViRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURiNG CONsTRUC77oN explosive mixture with water or generates significant quantities of toxic gas when mixed with water. Examples, percolates, peroxides, and sulfhydrates. Toxicity: A TCLP test is performed on the waste. It is potentially dangerous because it contains high concentrations of metal (e.g., As, Pb, Cr), pesticides or organic chemical products. If the materials are not easily classifiable, samples must be sent for analysis to a laboratory. 5.5.4 Hazardous Waste Management Procedures Hazardous waste must be segregated (solvents, acids, and caustics) so as to avoid reaction from incompatibility. In general terms the following procedures should be observed: 3 If the hydrocarbon contaminant is above the limits established by tests, do not mix them in the gathering system with other hydrocarbons. * - Hydrocarbons within the established limits can be used as fuel or be burned. The Contractor may choose to recycle used oils. The choice of a company to treat or recycle the used oil is an important consideration because the Contractor will be responsible for the dangerous residues generated. Therefore, the Contractor must ensure that the transport, recycling or disposal is performed according to current hazardous materials regulations (e.g., Law No. 1333, "Reglamento para Actividades con Sustancias Peligrosas"). Management of each of the anticipated waste types from motor vehicle maintenance should be performed in the following manner: * Used oil: Used oil must be gathered in drums or in used-oil gathering tanks. These must be placed in secondary containment zones within the work camp's hazardous waste storage area until final transport. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 86 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTON * * Used batteries: Whenever batteries are replaced, used batteries shall be transported to the place of the replacement battery purchase. Used batteries must be stored in an enclosed facility. Used filters: Whenever filters are replaced, used filters shall not be discarded at the onsite landfill without being certain that they are not contaminated with hydrocarbons or other substances considered hazardous. Contaminated filters must be transported to an authorized hazardous waste facility. * Used tires: Whenever tires are replaced, the used tires shall be transported to the place of replacement tire purchase. Tires existing in plants or bases should be eliminated in authorized dumps. Dirty rags: Dirty rags or other material contaminated with hydrocarbons should be gathered and incinerated. As part of the Hazardous Waste Management program, the Contractor must be committed to 1) waste reduction and require this commitment of the workers, 2) establishing training programs for workers on waste reduction, hazardous waste handling, and emergency response, 3) establishing incentive programs for workers to design and use new waste reduction ideas, and 4) performing hazardous waste assessments to list the sources, type, and quantities of hazardous waste sources being generated and to pinpoint potential reduction areas. The Contractor's guidelines to the workers shall make the following statements: * "Good housekeeping" is the easiest and often the cheapest way to reduce wastes. * Hazardous wastes shall be maintained in designated weather-protected storage areas. * All fluid containers must be labeled and covered to prevent contact with rainfall. * Using "first in, first out" inventory control for hazardous wastes will keep containers from becoming too old. * Importance of waste stream segregation and maintaining non-hazardous materials from being contaminated. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 87 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECI7ON DURING CONSTRUCrION * * Importance of preventing spill and leaks and learning containment procedures. 5.5.5 Hazardous Waste Storage Areas and Containers The Contractor shall construct an area within work camps and storage yards for hazardous waste storage. The storage areas shall be furnished with emergency response and fire fighting equipment. The facility shall have enclosed storage areas and open storage areas with secondary containment (e.g., earth dikes) depending on the materials being stored. Additionally, the Contractor shall develop Hazardous Waste Storage Guidelines for staff to follow. The Contractor must address, at a minimum, the following elements in developing the Hazardous Waste Storage Guidelines: Location of Hazardous Waste: Waste must be stored in drums with compatible products. Drum plugs must be tightened with the proper tools (e.g., do not allow plugs to be hand-tightened). Waste must be placed in appropriate containers (i.e., in case of doubt, do not put the product in the drum). Temporary storage areas will be sited away from surface waters, wetlands, and agricultural areas. Such waste will be transported to a central location for collection and disposal. One person (or one person at each collection/disposal facility) will be responsible for collecting, inventorying, and disposing of hazardous waste. The management and disposal of hazardous waste will be conducted and documented in accordance with Bolivian regulations and/or World Bank guidelines. Containers for Hazardous Waste Storage: The Contractor shall establish a procedure for safe practices for the storage of hazardous wastes in Above-Ground Storage Tanks (AST's). Minimum procedures to be followed with regards to AST's are as follows: BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 88 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECMIONDURING CONSTRUCTION - -The ASTs construction material must be compatible with the material to be stored. - All ASTs with more than 1,000 liters capacity must have a secondary containment system with 110% capacity of the total volume of the largest tank contained therein. - The secondary containment area must have a permeability less than 1x10-5 cm/sec to contain spilled oil. - ASTs must be inspected weekly. The liquid level must be checked to ensure safe containment levels. - Inspections and tests must be properly documented. Copies of the certifications and test results must be kept on file for the environmental inspectors' review. - The contents of all ASTs must be clearly labeled in letter size of at least 150 millimeters. - ASTs must be provided with a statement about the product for which it was built. - ASTs shall be designed at least according to the following specifications: a) API 12D "Specifications for a vessel welded on the job for the storage of construction liquids", b) API 650 "Welded steel tanks for the storage of petroleum", and c) API 620 "Design and construction of large tanks of welded steel, for low pressure storage ASME VIII. - Underground storage tanks shall not be permitted at any of the project areas during construction. Inspection of Hazardous Waste Storage Area: Drums and containers used to store hazardous wastes must be inspected for leakage, deterioration or human errors that could lead to spills. These inspections must be carried out according to current legislation and any deficiency must be immediately corrected. The Contractor's Waste Management coordinator and his subordinates must make regular inspections of the drums and containers used to hold waste and the area where they are deposited. At a minimum, the following criteria on inspection frequency should be stated in the guidelines: BOUVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 89 DAMES & MOORE FiANAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECIONDURPNG CONSTRuCrION a. An inventory of all drums and containers located in the hazardous waste (HAZWASTE) storage area must be recorded on a permanent log form. b. The data on the log form must be verified during the daily inspection. c. No drum or container located in the HAZWASTE storage area can remain there for more than two months. d. Inspection records must be held on file by the Contractor for three (3) years from the inspection date. e. A report of action taken to correct deficiencies found in the storage area must be attached to the report on the problem. This record is also to be held for three (3) years. f. Drum and container areas will be inspected daily for: - leaks and deterioration of the leak-containment system; - insure that the drums are stored on pallets or stands; - insure that all drum openings are closed, and likewise the blockage valves of the spill containment system if there is one, and - insure that contained rain water is not contaminated before its discharge. 9g. Inspection records must include the date and time of the inspection, the inspector's name and remarks about the inspection and measures to be taken. h. If a drum or container is found to be leaking, record the fact and proceed with the cleanup according to established procedures (see Section 8). 5.5.6 Hazardous Waste Transportation The Contractor shall use drums in good condition with all previous identification removed. All waste liquids must be stored in closed drums. These shall not be completely filled, leaving a 10 cm space for expansion. Solid or semi-solid waste must be contained in open drums. All containers must be identified using labels approved by the environmental inspector. Only waste materials considered hazardous must be identified as such on the upper part of the drum. All hazardous waste material containers transported outside the camps or from work sites must be identified and transported according to the Title IV, Chapter V of the Regulations on BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 90 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENWRONMENTAL PROTECiTONDURING CONsTRUCriON Hazardous Activities (Law No. 1333). Records of all containers transported to or from the sites must be maintained in the Waste Transport Manifest. Such records must include at a minimum the following information: * Registered Transporter information (e.g., Company name, Hauler Registration Number, drivers name), * Date and elimination procedure, * Number of containers and volumes of wastes, * Quality of waste, * Place of final elimination, * Description of incineration operation. All hazardous wastes transported beyond the limits of a work camp or storage yard for its later treatment or disposal must be documented in a Transport Manifest. Copies of the Transport Manifest shall be sent to MDSMA and to the Environmental Manager within seven working days after the shipping date, according to the Regulation on the Environment of Law No. 1333. 5.5.7 Hazardous Waste Training The Contractor shall be required to establish a training and information program for workers who may be exposed to hazardous materials. The workers performing hazardous waste operations must be informed as to the level and degree of exposure they are likely to encounter. The training program shall include all the elements appropriate for each assigned position. Workers shall not work in un-supervised positions prior to completing the hazardous materials handling course. Training shall include, at a minimum, the following elements: * Procedures for inspecting, repairing and replacing hazardous waste containers. * Communication and alarm systems. * Response to fires and explosions. * Response to soil or groundwater contamination incidents. * Procedures for shutting down equipment. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 91 DAMES & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTiON DURiNG CONSTRUCr7oN Workers who receive training shall be issued a written certificate upon successful completion of the course. A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) shall be provided to the worker(s) and maintained on file for all chemicals and hazardous waste products. The MSDS sheets shall contain the following data: * Name and manufacturer of the product. * Hazardous ingredients and identity. * Physical and chemical characteristics. * Fire and explosion Data. * Physical hazards of the product (e.g., reactivity). * Health Hazards. * Special precautions and spill and leak procedures. - Special protection (information and control measures). In addition to the information on the MSDS sheet, the Contractor must explain to the worker(s) how to identify and interpret chemical container labels. Labels, for example, might contain the following information: * Identification: chemical code number, chemical or trade name. * Signal word: indicates the degree of hazard associated with the product. * Hazard statement: for example, "extremely flammable" or "harmful if inhaled". * Precautions: indicates how to avoid injuries or illness such as "Avoid Inhaling" or "Wash Thoroughly After Handling". * Instructions in case of exposure: provides first aid information on exposure. * Antidotes: provides measures to counteract the effects of chemical exposure. * Fire, spill, leak instruction: provides inforrnation on how to put out or control fires, and cleanup leaks and spills. * Notes to Physicians: provides information to physicians in case a worker is exposed to a chemical. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 92 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENIRONMENTAL PROTECriONDURiNG CONsTRuCriON * * Handling and Storage Instructions: provides special procedures for handling and storing chemicals. A good hazardous waste training program must include how to handle chemicals safely and how to use personal protective equipment. It should also explain basic emergency procedures for each of the hazardous waste chemicals. Workers must know the location of first aid kits and communications procedures (e.g., emergency contact agencies, hospitals, persons, and their phone numbers). BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 93 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURiNG CONSTRUCTioN O 6.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.3: RESTORATION AND REVEGETATION 6.1 Objectives The objective of this sub-program is to accomplish the rapid, efficient and environmentally sound restoration and revegetation of the pipeline construction right-of-way, particularly along the boundaries of the Gran Chaco National Park and Integrated Management Areas. Specific objectives include: 1. Restoration of native vegetation along the pipeline right-of-way, and in affected adjacent areas, such as abandoned camp sites and areas where material is extracted. 2. Minimization of the impact of permanent installations related to the pipeline (i.e. compressor stations) on adjacent vegetation by revegetating these areas with native species. 3. Creation of a communal greenhouse to ensure the growth of native species which can be utilized for revegetation. 6.2 Organization and Responsibilities The sub-program will carried out by CABI, with the collaboration of their consultants, who are experienced in Chaco vegetation and its dynamics. Little is known about regeneration processes in the Bolivian Chaco; therefore, the greenhouse component of this program represents a contribution to the increase in both basic and applied knowledge about Chaco successional dynamics and forestry and medicinal plant management. 6.3 Description The areas in the Gran Chaco National Park vicinity which are most susceptible to impacts from the gas pipeline are located at the two extremes of the pipeline, where there are marshlands (bafiados) associated to the Rio Parapeti on the west, and a system of small creeks and sandy areas BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 - 94 DAMES & MOoRE FINAL REPORT ENViRONMENTAL PROTECiTONDURING CONSrRUCrON associated withthe Rio San Miguel on the east. These areas are particularly fragile, as they host the greatest concentration of endemic species in the Gran Chaco. Therefore, revegetation efforts will be concentrated on the first and last 30 km of the pipeline right-of-way along the National Park area. Given the little knowledge on the regeneration capacity of the vegetation in the area, or the suitability of particular native species for effective replanting, the project will sponsor an applied research effort, which will include the following tasks: 1. Analysis of Vegetation Types Present Along the Pipeline Right-of-way. This involves evaluation of the restoration potential, the natural succession of regeneration, and the length of time necessary for each vegetation type to regenerate. This will include field work along areas at different stages of succession to identify pioneer species which are most likely to colonize newly open spaces. The result of this task will be the selection of species deemed suitable for rapid propagation under controlled conditions, which can be used for revegetation. 2. Collection of Native Vegetation and Strengthening of Comnmunal Greenhouses. This involves the collection of cuttings and stems of native vegetation to be planted directly or to be taken to a greenhouse prior to planting. During this phase a communal greenhouse will also be established. The communal greenhouse will serve, not only to advance efforts related to revegetation along the right-of-way, but also to advance the knowledge of the reproduction of forestry species and medicinal plants. This effort will respond to a request from the indigenous communities to promote their capability to manage their natural resources. The creation of the communal greenhouse will also be part of the program on the sustainable management of natural resources of the IPDP (see Chapter IV of the IPDP). 3. Site Preparation for Revegetation. Prior to revegetation, the land affected will be prepared. This involves manual or mechanical decompaction keeping the root stock in BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111 - 95 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTEC77ON DURING CONS7RUCTUON 0 place; leveling of ground surfaces, eliminating obstacles to drainage and surface flow; and restoration of topsoil and organic material, particularly in areas of great ecological importance. This activity will be overseen by CABI personnel and carried out by the Construction Contractor, as part of the final clean-up activities. 4. Direct revegetation, which will be accomplished in two ways: * Direct planting of native pioneer species of rapid growth. This will be done at the beginning of the rainy season. * Direct planting of cuttings and/or stems from native trees that propagate quickly. This will be done during the mid-rainy season in areas where there is pioneer vegetation coverage. Some trees of ecologic importance used for revegetation will be grown in a greenhouse, particularly species with slow growth rates. If the trees are grown from seed, they will remain in the greenhouse for at least a year before being planted in areas of ecological importance. If the trees are grown from cuttings or stems, they will remain in the greenhouse for at least six months before being used for revegetation efforts. These trees will be planted during the mid-rainy season. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III - 96 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENviRONmENTAL PROTECmoNDURING CONsTRUcFiON O 7.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.4: PROTECTION OF FLORA AND FAUNA 7.1 Objectives The objective of this sub-program is to provide measures to protect the flora and fauna adjacent to the pipeline construction areas, including the right-of-way, workers camps, storage yards, and access roads. Faunal species will also be protected within the right-of-way during construction, with particular attention given to protected species. This plan will be accomplished through the education (Section 12) and management of all workers and the control of all aspects of the pipeline construction, from initial site clearing and pipeline installation, to final restoration. Specific objectives of the sub-program include: 1. Protection of rare, threatened or endangered species. 2. Minimization of disturbance to fauna, flora and habitat during construction. 3. Avoidance of additional hunting pressure on protected and other faunal species. 4. Restoration of disturbed right-of-way areas to the maximum extent practicable as quickly as feasible to prevent long-term impacts to floral and faunal populations. 7.2 Protection of Flora and Fauna The following measures will be applied: 1. Avoid disturbance to areas outside of the approved construction zones. 2. Limit vehicle and worker access only to construction areas or associated project facilities and activities. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-97 DAMES & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENViRONMENTAL PROTECiON DURING CONSTRUCiON * 3. Inform workers of the status and protection level of all wildlife and plants, and the penalties for infractions. 4. Provide workers with pamphlets depicting protected species which must not be harmed or harassed. This pamphlet will also depict poisonous animals which may be encountered along the right-of-way to increase worker safety. It is the Construction Contractor's responsibility to provide this material to the workers. 5. Instruct workers on appropriate protocols in the event of accidental injury or mortality to wildlife. 6. Strictly prohibit hunting or harassing any wildlife species. 7. Possession of weapons, especially firearms, and hunting, collecting or killing of any wildlife by workers will be grounds for immediate dismissal. 8. Access to adjacent habitat areas will be limited in all areas during construction to further minimize animal and plant hunting and collection pressures. 9. If a protected species is encountered, injured or killed during construction the environmental inspector will be notified immediately. The animal will not be moved or handled until approved by the environmental inspector. If an animal(s) is/are obstructing construction, then it will be allowed or encouraged to leave the right-of-way with direct supervision of the environmental inspector. 10. The Contractor shall provide devices to allow the escape of animals that may fall in the open trench. These devices may consist of dirt piles, stumps, or ramps placed at intervals not exceeding 600 m. The environmental monitor will periodically check for animals in the trench. In the case of small mammals and reptiles, nets may be used to assist the animal's escape. In case of large or dangerous animals, a temporary device may be put in place and removed after the animal has escaped. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORT1oN) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-98 DAMES & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDUPJNG CONSTRUCION . 8.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.5: SPILL PREVENTION, CONTROL AND CONTAINMENT PLAN (SPCCP) 8.1 Objectives The objective of this sub-program is to minimize the possibility of a containment discharge from a project facility reaching the soil or a surface water body. In order to achieve this objective, the Contractor shall prepare a Spill Prevention, Control and Containment Plan (SPCCP) to be used, as needed, at all construction facilities (i.e., work camps and storage yard). The Contractor's SPCCP must involve several critical elements such as: * Operating Procedures that prevent spills. * Installation of Control Measures to prevent a spill from reaching soils or water. * Countermeasures to contain, clean up, and mitigate the effects of a spill. 8.2 Organization . The Contractor shall be responsible for preparing an SPCCP document that includes the appropriate operating procedures, installation of spill control measures, and spill countermeasures which address actions used to prevent spills and measures which should be taken should any spills occur. The proper development and implementation of an SPCCP document will aid the Contractor in achieving these goals. The SPCCP must also include an educational component to train the Contractor's Spill Response Personnel. The Environmental Supervisor and environmental inspectors will oversee the Contractor's efforts with regards to the SPCCP. The Contractor must keep these individuals aware of any changes or events affecting the SPCCP. The resulting SPCCP document must contain at least the following components: * Spill prevention and containment measures. * Preparedness and prevention measures. * Emergency response measures. * Spill incident response procedures. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 Ill-99 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONsTRUCTiON * * SPCCP security provisions. * SPCCP employee training provisions * A controlled SPCCP document distribution list. 8.3 Spill Prevention and Contaimnent Measures As part of the standard operating procedure during construction, the Contractor shall take special precautions to prevent a spill or release of oil or hazardous materials from reaching surface water bodies or contaminating the soils. The following sections identify the minimum spill prevention and containment measures that shall be implemented by the Contractor at every facility during the construction phase: 8.3.1 Materials Inventory For each of the products stored at a facility, Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and/or chemical analyses shall be made available at the facility's office, as well as at the storage areas to provide information on the products chemical hazards. It is anticipated that the facilities will handle the I following types of products on-site: MATERIAL/PRODUCT TYPE j ANTICIPATED VOLUMLES TO BE STOREDRAT EACH WORK ~CAMP Diesel fuel 15,000 gallons Oils 12,000 gallons Gasoline 500 gallons Cleaning Agents 200 gallons The Contractor shall prepare a table detailing all hazardous materials stored, in quantities greater than household levels, and their storage locations. Details on Aboveground Storage Tanks (ASTs) and 55-gallon drums and their contents shall also be identified for each of the project facilities (i.e., work camps and storage yards). BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-100 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CONSTRUCTiON * 8.3.2 Storage Areas and Storage Tanks At a minimum, the Contractor shall adhere to the following specifications and operational standards in storing hazardous materials at a facility: Facility Drainage Identification. The Contractor shall identify the general drainage patterns for each facility. The general drainage patterns shall be shown on a site plot plan. Drainage from diked storage areas shall be restrained by valves or other positive means to prevent a spill or other excessive leakage of oil into the drainage system. Valves used for the drainage of diked areas shall be of the manual type and open-and-close design. Drainage systems shall be adequately engineered to prevent oil from reaching surface waters in the event of equipment failure or human error. Bulk Storage Tanks. No tank shall be used for the storage of oil unless its material and construction are compatible with the type of materials to be stored and storage conditions (e.g., pressure and temperature). All bulk storage tank installations shall be constructed such that a secondary means of containment is provided for the entire contents of the largest single tank plus sufficient freeboard to allow for precipitation. Diked areas shall be sufficiently impervious to contain spilled oil or other fluids. The installation of oil tanks, as far as practical, shall be fail- safe engineered to avoid spills. Storage Area Drainage. Storage containment areas will not have drains, unless such drains lead to a containment area or vessel where the entire spill can be recovered. Fuels and Lubricating Oil Storage. The potential for large spills exists wherever fuels and hydraulic fluids are stored. The Contractor shall take precautions in areas where trucks carrying fuel are loaded and areas where oil drums are loaded and shall implement special measures to prevent spills in these areas. Containment equipment must be kept close to tanks and drums to minimize spill response time and must include absorbent pads or mats. The quantity and capabilities of the mats must be sufficient to capture the largest foreseeable spill, given right-of- way characteristics and crankcase and other fuel vessel capacities. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOUVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-101 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENviRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDUPJNG CoNSrRUCr7oN Secondary Containment Structures. In order to prevent the release of oil or hazardous waste into the environment the Contractor shall provide secondary contaimnent structures for the aboveground tanks. These structures shall be designed to collect releases and accumulated liquids until the material is removed. Spills or leaks and any accumulation of precipitation shall be removed in as timely a manner as possible to prevent harm to human health or the environment. Earth embankments with gravel-filled bottoms shall provide the secondary containment for the lubricating oil and used oil tanks. Any leaks or spills must be cleaned-up and collected in 55-gallon drums until arrangements are made for proper off-site disposal. Drainage of rainwater from the diked areas will be acceptable if: * The drainage valve is normally sealed closed. - Inspection of the run-off rainwater ensures compliance with applicable water quality standards and will not cause a harmful discharge. * The drainage valve is opened and resealed following drainage under responsible supervision. Drums and diesel tank stored within the work camps and storage yards shall be located in covered areas with low permeability earth dikes and the ground serving as the secondary containment. Leaks or spills from this area will discharge directly to the ground as asphalt or concrete pavement will be too difficult to construct in these remote areas. As such, spills shall be promptly contained, cleaned up and collected in 55-gallon drums for off-site disposal. 8.3.3 Refueling Operations The Contractor shall ensure that all equipment is refueled and lubricated within the right-of-way and at least 15 meters away from all waterbodies and wetlands with the following exceptions: 1. Areas such as rugged terrain or steep slopes where movement of equipment to refueling stations would cause excessive disturbance to the surface of the right-of-way. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-102 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTEC7TON DURING CONSTRUCON 2. Areas where removing equipment from a wetland for servicing would increase adverse impacts to the wetland. 3. Construction sites where moving equipment to refueling stations from pre-fabricated equipment pads is impracticable or where there is a natural barrier from the waterbody or wetland (i.e., road or railroad). 4. Locations where the waterbody or wetland is located adjacent to a road crossing (from which the equipment can be serviced). 5. Areas where flotation equipment will be used to support equipment which will be refueled at designated docking locations. 6. Refueling of immobile equipment including, but not limited to, bending and boring machines, air compressors, padding machines and hydrostatic test fill pumps. In these areas, auxiliary fuel tanks will be used to reduce the frequency of refueling operations and in no case will refueling take place within 30 meters of any known potable water wells. The Contractor shall ensure that all refueling be performed pursuant to the following minimum conditions: 1. Mitigation measures and equipment shall be sufficient to prevent discharged fluids from leaving the right-of-way or reaching wetlands or waterbodies and be readily available for use. These will include some combination of the following: a. Dikes, berms or retaining walls sufficiently impervious to contain spilled oil. b. Sorbent and barrier materials in quantities determined by the Contractor to be sufficient to capture the largest reasonably foreseeable spill. c. Disposable drums or containers suitable for holding and transporting contaminated materials. d. Curbing. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-103 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECriMN DuRING CONSTRUCrION 0 e. Culverts, gutters, or other drainage systems. f. Weirs, booms, or other barriers. g. Spill diversion or retention ponds. h. Sumps and collection systems. 2. The Contractor shall prepare a list of the type, quantity and the storage location of containment and clean up equipment to be used during construction. The list must include the procedures and impact minimization measures to be used in case of a spill. 3. The Contractor shall prepare a pre-job, written inventory of lubricants, fuel and other materials which could be accidentally discharged during construction. 4. All spills shall be cleaned up immediately. In no case shall containment equipment be used for the storage of contaminated equipment. 8.4 Preparedness and Prevention Measures 0 Preparedness and prevention is the preferred alternative for controlling common, small spills that often occur when crankcase oil is changed, hydraulic lines are repaired and coolants are added to equipment. Absorbent pads and mats shall be placed on the ground beneath equipment before refueling and maintenance. Sorbent materials must be carried in each piece of equipment by maintenance personnel. Equipment that will be stored on site for routine refueling and maintenance shall include small sorbent kits (or their functional equivalent). Each facility and work area shall be adequately equipped to meet preparedness and prevention goals established herein. Routine inspections (i.e., daily) must be performed on storage tanks and loading and unloading areas. Records of such inspections must be maintained by the Contractor for a minimum of three years from the date of the inspection. At minimum, the following elements shall be required for a proper Preparedness and Prevention Plan: BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-104 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT7ONDURING CONSTRUCTiON 8.4.1 Design and Operation of Work Camps The work camps shall be designed, constructed, maintained, and operated to mininiize the possibility of fire, explosion, or any unplanned release of oil, hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents to the air, soil or surface water which could threaten human health or the environment. 8.4.2 Fire Equipment Each facility shall be capable of responding immediately to an emergency, when manmed, utilizing the equipment described below: 1. Fire extinguishing systems must be available at each facility to respond to fires. 2. Fire detection systems should be incorporated in facility structures (e ..g., trailers) and storage areas. A warning horn should be sounded to announce a spill or accumulation of oil inside diked areas. 8.4.3 Loading and Unloading Facilities Loading and unloading areas at each facility will be used to load and unload diesel, lubricating oil or used oil. Secondary containment shall be provided for the loading and unloading areas. All areas shall utilize drip pans at the hose connection while loading or unloading the liquids. The Contractor's personnel shall be present during all loading and unloading operations. All outlets of the tank trucks shall be inspected prior to leaving the loading and unloading area to prevent possible leakage from a truck while in transit. As a precaution, all valves at the transfer point of the loading or unloading connection shall be inspected prior to leaving the area following a material transfer. If a leak or spill occurs, then the loading or unloading operation shall be stopped and the spill will be contained, cleaned up and collected prior to continuing the operation. The Contractor shall provide the Environmental Supervisor with a plot plan of the loading and unloading areas for each facility. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-105 DAMES & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCION 8.4.4 Aboveground Storage Tank Inspections Bladder tanks will serve as aboveground storage tanks to contain diesel fuel at the work camps. The capacities of these tanks usually range from 10,000 to 15,000 gallons. These shall be inspected daily by the Contractor's staff for signs of deterioration, leaks which might cause a spill, or accumulation of oil inside diked areas. 8.4.5 Spill Control Equipment Each facility shall maintain an adequate supply of equipment for spill control. These shall include earth moving equipment such as tractors with front end loader, absorbent materials, shovels, rakes, pumps, empty drums and spill absorbent booms. The absorbent material shall be used to recover materials released to the soil or surface waters. Spill kit drums shall be located in the storage areas. Shovels, rakes and pumps may be used to collect any waste material released to the soil or surface waters. They may also be used in constructing a terrace, dam or ditch to stop the flow of a spilled material. 8.4.6 Conununication and Alarm Systems The internal and external communication equipment shall consist of at least two-way radios and horns. The two-way radios may be used as part of the internal and external communication system at the work camps. Radios shall also be located in all trucks. 8.4.7 Miscellaneous Equipment Each work camp must also maintain first aid kits. The first aid kits shall be located in every building and in all trucks. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-106 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONmENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCrON @ 8.4.8 Testing and Maintenance of Equipment Work Camp personnel shall routinely inspect, test and maintain the emergency equipment to ensure its proper operation. Two-way radios, phone systems, horns and whatever communication system is used should be tested daily. The fire extinguishing equipment should be inspected monthly. 8.4.9 Access to Communlications or Alarm Systems Whenever oils or hazardous materials are being handled, facility personnel involved in the operation shall have imnmediate access to radios and telephones, either directly or through visual or voice contact with another employee. 8.4.10 Required Aisle Spacing Each facility shall maintain adequate aisle spacing to allow unobstructed movement of personnel, fire protection equipment, spill-control equipment, and decontamination equipment as necessary between structures. 8.4.11 Arrangements with Local Authorities The Contractor shall attempt to make all the necessary arrangements with the police, fire departments and emergency response teams. Local hospitals and clinics shall be informed of the properties of the hazardous waste materials handled at the facilities and the types of injuries or illnesses that may result from fires or explosions. Local authorities should be invited to inspect the facilities. If they decline to enter into such an arrangement, the Contractor shall document the refusal in the Hazardous Materials Management Records. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 Ill-107 DAMES & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECToNDURiNG CONSTRUCmION * 8.4.12 Emergency Equipment The Contractor shall prepare a list of the type, quantity and location of storage or contaimnent and clean up equipment to be used in the work camps, storage yards, and construction sites. This list shall include the procedures and impact minimization measures to be used in response to a spill. The Contractor's choice of mitigation measures and equipment shall be tailored to meet the characteristics of the affected terrain as well as the types and amounts of material that could potentially be spilled. At a minimum, the Contractor shall provide equipment for spill containment and cleanup as follows: Terrestrial Areas Equipment. a. Sorbents including pillows, socks, and wipe sheets for containment and pick up of spilled liquids. b. Commercially available spill kits (or a functional equivalent) that are self-contained and pre-packaged with a large variety of sorbents for both small to large spills. c. Structures such as gutters, culverts, and dikes for imnmediate spill containment, where available and appropriate. d. Shovels and backhoes for excavating contaminated materials. e. Sumps and collection systems. f. Drums, barrels and temporary storage bags to clean up and transport contaminated materials. Waterbody and Wetland Crossing Equipment. For each waterbody and wetland crossed, the equipment listed below will be available in addition to that needed for terrestrial construction. This equipment will be stored close to the water or wetland to minimize response time and will include: a. Oil containment booms and the related equipment needed for rapid deployment. b. Equipment to remove oils from water, such as oleophilic and hydrophobic absorbent booms and mats, or mechanical skimmers. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-108 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURiNG CONSTRUCrioN * Equipment Inspection and Maintenance. The Contractor shall inspect and maintain the emergency equipment that must be fueled and lubricated according to a strict schedule. The Contractor shall submit to the environmental inspectors for approval, written documentation of the methods used and work performed. All containers, valves, pipelines and hoses will be examined regularly to assess their general condition. All leaks will be promptly corrected and/or repaired. Equipment Failure. Spills can result from unforeseen events such as the rupturing of fuel tanks, radiators and hydraulic lines. Kits with the capacity of absorbing up to 20 liters of liquid can fit beneath the operator's seat on construction equipment. Training. The Contractor will instruct construction personnel on the operation and maintenance of construction equipment to prevent the accidental discharge or spill of fuel, oil and lubricants. Personnel must also be made aware of the pollution control laws, rules and regulations applicable to their work. * Spill prevention briefings with the construction crew shall be scheduled and conducted by the environmental inspector at intervals frequent enough to assure adequate understanding of spill prevention measures. These briefings will highlight the following: * Precautionary measures to prevent spills. * Sources of spills, such as equipment failure or malfunction. * Standard operating procedures in case of a spill. * Equipment, materials, and supplies available for clean-up of a spill. * A list of known spill events. * Emergency equipment. * Communications and alarm system. * Arrangements with local authorities. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-109 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECMIONDURING CONS7RUCT70N 8.5 Emergency Response Measures Within the context of the SPCCP, the Contractor shall prepare a Spill Emergency Response Measures to minimize hazard to construction personnel and the environment from any unplanned release of hazardous materials to air, soil, or water. For the purposes of the plan, an emergency is defined as the release of hazardous materials that could threaten human health or the environment. The provisions of the plan must be carried out whenever an emergency situation occurs. At a minimum, the plan's provisions shall include the following components: 8.5.1 Emergency Measures The following elements are essential to the emergency procedures plan: Contaimnent. Containment is the immediate priority in the case of a spill. A spill shall be contained on the property or right-of-way if possible. Clean up. Clean up procedures shall begin immediately after a spill is contained. In no case shall contaimnent equipment be used to store contaminated material. A list of equipment that will be used to facilitate cleanup and minimize damage to the environment must be maintained. Notification. In case of a spill, the Contractor shall notify the Emergency Response Team and the appropriate environmental inspector. Excavation and Disposal. Excavation and disposal of spilled material shall be performed in one of the following manners: * Small Spills: If the Contractor determines that a spill is small enough such that the construction crew can safely handle it, the crew will use construction equipment to containerize all spilled material, contaminated soil and sorbent material in a manner consistent with the spilled materials' characterization. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-110 DAMEs & MoORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDUPNG CONSTRUCTION Large Spills: If the Contractor determines that a spill cannot be adequately excavated and disposed of by the construction crew alone, the Contractor will follow procedures outlined in the Contractor's Waste Management Plan. 8.5.2 Emergency Coordinators Duties The Contractor shall provide a list of personnel qualified to act as Emergency Coordinators at each facility and work area. The work camp's Superintendent may be designated as the Primary Emergency Coordinator for a facility. Alternate Emergency Coordinators shall also be selected and listed in the Contractor's Emergency Response Guidelines. These employees shall also be knowledgeable of the responsibilities of an Emergency Coordinator and shall assist the Primary Emergency Coordinator as required. The mode of contacting each coordinator shall be posted on a list at the office, work areas and storage facilities. At all times, one of the emergency coordinators on the list shall be on the premises or on call (i.e., available to respond to an emergency by reaching a facility or work area within a short period of time) with the responsibility for coordinating all emergency response measures. These employees shall be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the Contractor's Contingency Plan, including all operations and activities at the facilities, the location and characteristics of wastes handled, the location of the records and the facility layout. Additionally, they shall have the authority to commit the resources necessary to carry out the Contingency Plan. 8.5.3 Evacuation Procedures The Contractor shall provide an Evacuation Plan to each facility's Emergency Coordinators and enviromnental inspectors. It is highly unlikely that a spill or release of oil or hazardous material at the facilities or work areas would result in the need for evacuation. The potential for such occurrences may be minimized by: 1) adequate spill prevention and control facilities maintenance; and b) routine visual inspections of aboveground tanks, equipment and drum storage areas. The Contractor's Emergency Coordinator shall determine if a facility has had a release or fire that could threaten human health or the environment. If so, the Coordinator shall direct the BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-ill DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONmENTAL PROTECTIoNDURING CONSTRUCT7IN 0 Contractor's employees to take the necessary actions to eliminate, isolate or minimize the conditions causing or contributing to the emergency. If the release or fire requires immediate evacuation of the premises, the Contractor's Evacuation Plan must be irnplemented. Good judgement must be used in evacuation procedures to avoid placing people in greater danger. 8.6 Spill Incident Response Procedures 8.6.1 Procedures As part of the SPCCP, the Contractor shall develop Spill Incident Response Procedures that, at a minimum, contain the following elements: Methods to Stop Operations of the Affected Equipment a. Close valves. b. Stop leaks. c. Issue warnings using the air horn. Methods to Contain a Spill a. If on water, deploy spill boom across the path of the floating oil. b. If on land, construct a terrace, dam, or ditch to stop the flow of the spill material or other containment method as appropriate. Scatter sorbent material if it is approved. Notification Procedures. Follow notification procedures and immediately notify the appropriate parties on the Contractor's Emergency Contact List. Continue down the list until someone is reached. Emergency Response Contractors. Use Emergency Response Contractors if necessary to control and contain the spill. The Contractor shall maintain a list of Emergency Response Contractors readily available. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN * SEPTEMBER, 1997 Ill-112 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECrioNDuRJNG CONSTRUCTION Spill Cleanup. a. Recover spilled material with the use of pumps and sorbent material until all material is removed from the water. b. Continue the use of pumps, trucks, and sorbent material until all the spill material is removed from land. c. Remove all soaked dirt and sorbent material. d. Use rags and cleaning agents to remove excess spill material from equipment. Storage and Treatment of Released Materials. a. Contain the contaminated material. b. Place in pre-approved containers for temporary storage. c. Label the containers in accordance with pre-approved labeling system. d. Transport the containers to a temporary designated storage area. e. Store waste until arrangements for transport are made for disposal at a facility approved by the EPC Contractor's Environmental Manager. f. The Emergency Coordinator shall ensure that the released materials are stored or located in areas where all materials are compatible. Disposal. a. All contaminated materials and spill cleanup debris must be contained and disposed of at a disposal facility approved by the EPC Contractor's Environmental Manager. Hazardous waste must be disposed of within 90 days of the date of accumulation b. Coordination of disposal activities is the responsibility of the Contractor's Emergency Coordinator. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-113 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION Post Emergency Maintenance. a. After the spilled material is cleaned up, the Emergency Coordinator shall ensure that all emergency equipment used has been decontaminated. b. If the equipment cannot be properly cleaned or placed in good working order, it must be properly disposed and replacement equipment obtained. Duties and Responsibilities of the Designated Emergency Coordinator. The Contractor's Emergency Coordinator shall be responsible for coordinating and directing emergency spill response measures and should be thoroughly familiar with gas pipeline operations and activities, the location and characteristics of all materials handled, the location of records within the station, the general layout of the area and all aspects of this contingency plan. Whenever there is an imminent emergency situation, the Emergency Coordinator shall immediately: a. Notify facility personnel of the incident. b. Notify the Environmental Manager. c. If deemed necessary, applicable local authorities will be notified by the EPC Contractor's Environmental Manager. In the event of a fire, explosion or an accidental release of a toxic or hazardous materials, the employee observing the incident shall immediately notify the Emergency Coordinator, and if possible, proceed to eliminate the spill source. The Emergency Coordinator shall then immediately assess the hazard and identify the character and specific source of the spill. Most releases are likely to be minor and to require only cleanup and disposal of small quantities of materials. However, if there is an immediate threat to human health and the environment, evacuation and notification of the appropriate authorities may be necessary. Appropriate authorities should include local police, fire departments and hospitals. Good judgment must be used in evacuation procedures to avoid placing people in greater danger. If no immediate threat exists, the Emergency Coordinator shall continue to direct emergency BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0D SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-114 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CONSRUCrI7oN response clean up activities and notify the Environmental Manager or his designee by telephone or two-way radio of the incident and report the following: a. Name of the person reporting the incident. b. Site name and location. c. Telephone number where the person reporting the spill can be reached. d. Date, time and location of the incident. e. A brief description of the incident, nature of the material or waste involved, extent of any injuries and possible hazards to human health or the environment. f. The estimated quantity of the materials or wastes spilled. g. The extent of contamination of land, water, or air, if known. When determining the possible hazards to human health and/or the environment that may result from an incident, the Emergency Coordinator must: 1. Consider both the direct and indirect effects of the release, fire or explosion. 2. Assess the possible effect of any toxic irritating, or asphyxiating gases that are generated. 3. Determine the effects of any hazardous runoff from water or chemical agents used to control fire and heat-induced explosions. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) shall be available in the facility's office to provide information on the chemical hazards. The Emergency Coordinator shall take all reasonable measures necessary to ensure that the fire, explosion or discharge does not reoccur or spread to other materials or waste at the facility. These measures include stopping operations, collecting and containing released materials or wastes and removing or isolating containers. The Emergency Coordinator must ensure that all waste materials which are handled are compatible. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-115 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENviRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CONsRUCTION 8.6.2 Spill Reporting Procedures Each facility must have a system in place to maintain Spill Incident Reports describing the time date and details of each spill incident and the corrective action that was taken in response to a spill event. This report shall be completed by the Emergency Coordinator with information gathered at the scene. Copies of such reports must be kept in the files located at the facility and submitted to the Environmental Project Supervisor and the Environmental Inspector. The following describes the type of notification and reporting procedures for oil spills, fires, explosions or hazardous material releases that should be followed by the Contractor: Report Contents and Initial Notification. If any hazardous substance is accidentally discharged in quantities or concentrations that may result in damage to land, water or any natural resource, or poses risks to the public health or welfare, then the facility Emergency Coordinator shall immediately notify the EPC Contractors's Environmental Manager. The Environmental Project Supervisor shall notify the MDSMA and local agencies by telephone and provide the following data: a. Name and telephone number of person reporting the incident. b. Type of substance involved. C. Estimated quantity discharged. d. Location of the discharge. e. Proposed actions to contain, clean-up, and remove the substance, as necessary. f. Any other information concerning the discharge requested at the time of notification. g. The circumstances that caused the spill. h. A list of waterbodies affected or potentially affected by the spill. i. A statement verifying whether a sheen is present. j. The size of the affected area. k. An estimate of the depth that the material has reached in water or on soil. 1. A determination of whether the spill will migrate off the right-of-way. m. A determination of whether the spill is under control. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-116 DAMES & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PRoTEC77ONDURING CONSTRUCTION . 1n. Person notified and time notified. Written Report to the Ministry. Submit written confirmation within seven days after giving the initial verbal notification to the MDSMA and corresponding local agencies. Written confirmation should include, at least, the following elements: a. A description of the discharge incident. b. The source of the discharge. c. A description of the measures taken to clean up and remove the discharge. d. Any steps planned or already taken to prevent a recurrence of the discharge incident. e. Description of the immediate actions that have been taken and the estimated quantity and disposition of recovered material that resulted from the incident. f. Provide an implementation schedule for undertaking suggested measures to eliminate the problem. 8.6.3 Arrangements with Police, Fire Departnents, and Hospitals 0 The Contractor shall attempt to make the necessary arrangements to familiarize police, fire departments and hospitals with the layout of the facilities (i.e., work camps and storage yards), properties of the materials handled and associated hazards, places where facility personnel are normally working, entrances to and from the facilities and possible evacuation routes. Cooperation and teamwork between the employees and emergency response personnel are essential to minimizing injuries and property damage during a crisis. 8.7 SPCCP Security Provisions The Contractor shall develop and implement security measures for each facility (i.e., work camps and storage yards). All facilities must be totally surrounded by a wire fence. All access to the facility will be controlled. All visitors must sign a register at the main gate. A plot plan showing the locations of fences and gates shall be developed and provided to the EPC Contractor's Environmental Project Supervisor and the environmental inspector. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 .Il-1 17 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTON The facilities shall have adequate lighting to provide good visibility. Warning signs shall also be posted on the fence lines. These signs read shall read "Private Property-No Trespassing" in English, Spanish, and Portuguese. The legend shall be legible from a distance of at least 10 meters. 8.8 SPCCP Employee Training Program. Work camp and storage yard personnel shall have training in hazardous waste management which will enable them to respond effectively to emergencies by familiarizing them with emergency procedures, emergency equipment and emergency communication. Personnel who handle, sample or come in direct contact with oils or hazardous materials shall undergo training that stresses pollution control. Spill prevention control procedures shall be thoroughly explained during on-the-job training sessions. Other items to discuss during training sessions shall include hazardous waste identification procedures, station generation, hazardous waste and other toxic substances handling, proper storage, transportation and disposal of hazardous waste and sample collection procedures. All employees must be trained on, or prior to, their first week at the project site. Training records on employees shall be maintained at each facility and must be kept for three years from the date the employee last worked for the Contractor. 8.9 Controlled SPCCP Document Distribution List The Contractor shall provide copies of the SPCCP document to the Environmental Project Supervisor, environmental inspectors and all the appropriate organizations. The Contractor shall ensure that copies of the SPCCP and all its revisions be managed in the following manner: 1 . Maintained at the work camps and storage facilities. 2. Submitted to local police departments, fire departments and hospitals that will be called upon to provide emergency services. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-118 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDUPING CONsTRRUCFIoN @ 3. Prepared, modified and distributed to the EPC Contractor's Environmental Manager. The Environmental Manager will also responsible for ensuring the accuracy of the plan and ensuring that all holders receive all amendments. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 Ill-119 DAMES & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONmENTAL PROTECrIONDuRNG CONSTRUCION 9.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.6 - PROTECTION OF HISTORICAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCES 9.1 Objectives The primary objective of this sub-program is the protection of historical and archaeological resources that may occur along the pipeline right-of-way and associated facilities. The sub- program sets forth requirements, procedures and reporting mechanisms in the event of the discovery of historical or archaeological resources. These measures will be coordinated with the National Directorate of Archaeological Resources and any other non-governmental entity which requests appropriate involvement with the discovery. Provisions will be made to facilitate the rapid assessment, collection and recording of discovered resources so that the pipeline construction will continue without undue interruption. The measures described herein are based on knowledge of the socioeconomic and ecological history of the project area and the previous studies performed for the Environmental Impact Study (Dames & Moore, 1996). The sub-program includes a pre-construction archaeological survey. Any field-survey discoveries will be evaluated to establish requirements for the pipeline construction within the designated right-of-way. 9.2 Pre-Construction Archaeological Prospection A detailed pre-construction archaeological prospection will be conducted by the Project Sponsors within and immediately adjacent to the pipeline right-of-way. This work will supplement the previous investigations conducted as part of the Environmental Impact Study in 1996. The prospection will be accomplished by a reconnaissance level field survey that addresses all scientific and environmental review requirements and is acceptable to the National Directorate of Archaeological Resources. The survey work includes the following steps: BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-120 DAMES & MOORE FiNAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONmSTRUCTON . 1. Additional literature search. 2. Prepare and submit a Survey Plan to the National Directorate of Archaeological Resources for their concurrence. 3. Field work. 4. Reporting. Previous literature search of archaeological investigations has identified the presence of several sites of varied importance in the project's area of influence. Each of these sites is located in proximity to the National Highway and current population centers. The site locations range from five to 80 kilometers from the pipeline right-of-way and are considered either very remote or adequately far from construction activities. These sites are summarized in the following descriptions (Dames & Moore, 1996). * 1. The Pail6n site, well north of the pipeline right-of-way, has consisted of exploratory test pits which have encountered ceramic remains from the period of 800 AD to 1000 AD. 2. The San Jose Cathedral, completed in 1754, is one of the oldest Jesuit churches in America and lies 80 km north of the pipeline right-of-way. 3. The Santa Cruz la Vieja National Park is the first settlement site of the city of Santa Cruz, founded in 1561. This site lies 60 km north of the pipeline right-of-way. 4. The Quimome Site, north of the pipeline right-of-way, where a human skeleton and ceramic remains were found in exploratory pits. 5. The Robore Site 1, approximately 45 km north of the right-of-way, represents exploratory test pits where ceramic remains were encountered. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN is SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-121 DAMES & MooRX FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECr7oNDURING CONSrRUCTIN 6. The Robore Site 2, approximately 45 km north of the right-of-way includes animal paintings using red pigment which were drawn directly on exposed bedrock. 7. The Santiago Site, an old Jesuit settlement with paintings of humans, animals and a variety of geometric figures. 8. The Yoroba Site, located within the Chiquitanos settlement of the same name, presents paintings of animals, geometric figures and humans. No other cultural or archaeological resources are known from the "Ethnic, Territorial and Archaeological Map of Bolivia," nor from any other source encountered during the preparation of the Environmental Impact Statement or this Environmental Management Plan. The exploratory sites included above suggest the types of additional historical and archaeological resources which may be discovered in the pre-construction prospection. In particular, the pre- construction surveys will supplement field surveys previously completed on other elements of the * pipeline right-of-way investigations. The most likely type of discovery will be ceramic, pottery or stone materials, and paintings which would indicate a level of previous human occupation and land use in the vicinity of the pipeline. If discovered, these findings will be reported immediately to the National Directorate of Archaeological Resources. Throughout the prospection and the construction phase of the project, the project sponsors will maintain coordination with the National Directorate of Archaeological Resources. 9.3 Accidental Discovery Plan During Construction This sub-program establishes procedures to protect and recover historical and archaeological resources, and human remains, to the extent practicable during construction in the event of accidental discovery. This plan will 1) satisfy the requirements of the National Directorate of Archaeological Resources, 2) accomplish standard and efficient recovery of archaeological resources, and 3) consider the economic limitations and construction scheduling requirements of the project sponsors. An outline of the plan is described below. _BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-122 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT7ONDURING CONSTRUCTION If unidentified archaeological or historical resources are discovered in spite of previous literature searches, surveys and avoidance measures the following steps will be taken. 1 . The environmental inspector will stop activities in the immediate area of the discovery, make reasonable efforts to avoid or minimize damage to the cultural resource, and characterize the discovery for immediate reporting to the Environmental Project Supervisor. 2. The National Directorate of Archaeological Resources and local authorities will be contacted by the Environmental Manager and advised of the nature of the discovery. 3. As much information as possible concerning the cultural resource, such as resource type, location, size and potential significance will be provided with the report of the Environmental Monitor. The project sponsors, in consultation with the National Directorate of Archaeological Resources 0 will order a technical reconnaissance to define the importance or merit of the discovery. The Environmental Manager will consult a qualified archaeologist and draw up a certificate that will record the discovery, specifications and conditions of the objects encountered. Construction activities will not resume in the discovery area until approval is received from the Environmental Manager. If the site requires special treatment, a mitigation plan will be prepared in concert with the National Directorate of Archaeological Resources. Whenever feasible, preservation of the resource in-place shall be the preferred treatment. Resources may be avoided through the following measures. I. Project design changes such as realignments and shifts in the pipeline right-of-way as technically feasible. 2. Shifts in the locations of the above-ground facilities to avoid the resource. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-123 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECITONDURING CONSTRUCTION 3. Shifts in the location of construction staging areas, extra work spaces, disposal areas or other support areas. 4. The use of temporary fencing or barricades to protect the resource so that it will not be disturbed during and after construction or until the resource is adequately excavated, preserved or protected. Special design changes may include, in extraordinary circumstances, the following measures. 1. Directional drilling or boring beneath the land in order to avoid the resource entirely and allow construction to proceed. 2. Specialized rnitigation measures or construction techniques such as matting to protect the resource coupled with a concurrent plan for monitoring the effects of construction and a data recovery plan. 3. Data recovery of the resource to properly qualify and quantify the discovery. If data recovery is determined to be the most feasible and prudent treatment option, the project sponsors will develop a data recovery plan in consultation with the National Directorate of Archaeological Resources. Reasonable effort will be made to avoid further impacts to the resource until a formal data recovery mitigation plan is approved and implemented. Any archaeological artifacts encountered will be presented to the nearest jurisdictional authority. The authority will then remit the artifacts to the National Directorate of Archaeological Resources. The discovery or disturbance of human remains will be properly and sensitively addressed if the situation arises. If human remains are discovered inadvertently or cannot be avoided such as an unmarked grave or cemetery then the following guidelines will apply: 1. In the event that human remains are discovered during the preconstruction prospection the Environmental Manager will consult with the National Directorate of Archaeological BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-124 DAMES & MOORE FIIAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECrIoNDURING CONSTRUCTION Resources, local authorities or appropriate interested parties to determine which groups or representatives should be notified of the discovery. 2. If human remains are discovered during construction then the work in that location will be stopped immediately and the Environmental Inspector will take steps to protect and avoid damage to those remains. 3. The Environmental Manager will notify local authorities and the National Directorate of Archaeological Resources as soon as practical after learning of the presence of human remains. 4. If the remains are of archaeological inportance, the National Directorate of Archaeological Resources and local authorities will be asked to provide technical assistance in the preparation of a plan for 1) the avoidance of further impact on the discovered human remains or 2) the mitigative excavation, re-interment, or a combination of these treatments, as appropriate. The Environmental Manager will be responsible for the implementation of such a plan. 5. The EPC Contractor will provide a qualified professional archaeologist to investigate the reported discovery if necessary. In addition, alternative work areas that will avoid any further affect on the burial site will be evaluated, if necessary. 6. The project sponsors or its agent will treat all discovered human remains with dignity and respect until they are re-interred. Any costs that accrue as a result of consultation, treatment, or re-interment will be the responsibility of the project sponsors. 9.4 Reporting and Coordination As described in the preceding section, the Contractor and Project Sponsors will report and coordinate the discovery of all historical and archaeological resources during pipeline construction _BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-125 DAMES & MOORE FiNAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTEC7'ONDUPJNG CONSTRUCTION with the National Directorate of Archaeological Resources and local entities as required or recommended by appropriate agencies. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-126 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURiNG CONS7RUCrioN 10.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.7 - AIR QUALITY PROTECTION AND NOISE CONTROL 10.1 Air Quality The following measures will be applied to prevent or minimize impacts to air quality. 1. All engines will be properly maintained to maximize combustion efficiency and minimnize emissions of contaminants. 2. A schedule for the operation of engines will be established to minimize to the extent practicable the time of operation of combustion engines. 3. If water is available for wetting of the right-of-way it will be used to minimize dust dispersion. 4. Avoid exposure of employees to inhalation, ingestion, skin absorption, or contact with any gas, vapor, fume, dust, or mist at a concentration above safe levels. 5. Face masks will be made available to workers when dust from construction activities becomes and annoyance or health hazard. 5. Design engineers will consider modifications to stack height and other parameters related to the operation of the compressor stations to ensure compliance with applicable regulations. 10.2 Noise Control Noise impacts are expected to be less than significant. Workers who are exposed to noise generators such as compressors or heavy machinery will be provided with hearing protection appropriate for the noise level and time-weighted exposure. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-127 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENvTAL PROTECTIONDURING CON.STRUCION * Additional guidance is provided by the following criteria: 1. Protection against the effects of noise exposure shall be provided when the sound levels exceed safe levels. 2. When employees are subjected to sound levels exceeding safe levels, feasible administrative or engineering controls shall be utilized. If such controls fail to reduce sound levels within safe levels, personal protective equipment shall be provided and used to reduce sound levels to within safe levels. 3. If the variations in unsafe noise levels reaches a maximum of intervals of 1 second or less the noise is to be considered continuous. 4. In all cases where the noise exceeds safe levels a continuing, effective hearing conservation program shall be put in place. 5. When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure of different levels their combined effect should be considered. 6. Exposure to impulsive or impact noise should not exceed 140 db peak sound pressure level. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-128 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT7ONDURING CONSTRUCMON O 11.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.8: WORKERS ACTIVITIES 11.1 Objectives The objective of the workers activities program is to provide organization and protocol for the maintenance of a healthy, safe and comfortable environment for workers during pipeline construction. The workers health and safety during active pipeline construction is addressed in Section 9.0, Sub-Program 2.6 of this plan. This plan addresses the code of behavior that will rule the relationship between the workers and the local communities. 11.2 Code of Conduct The workers will be required to observe the following directives: * All workers are expected to conduct themselves professionally and with respect to all individuals they encounter. * * Prostitution and/or promiscuity or sexual relations of any kind will be prohibited around the camps or work areas. Episodes of drunkness or disruptive behavior, such as fights, harrassment, or physical abuse will be grounds for immediate dismissal. This applies both for the construction areas and the interaction with the communities. * Any coordination that the contractor's personnel will need with the communities should be conducted through the Environmental Supervisor and the community representative, with the approval of the Project's Sponsors. * Comply with sanitation and solid waste containment and disposal procedures implemented in the camps, on access roads and along the pipeline right-of-way. * No worker will be allowed to carry or possess firearms during his employment as a construction worker and presence on any stage of the construction site. Any worker who is discovered with a firearm will be released from employment. * No worker will be allowed to harass, harm or kill wildlife or disturb the natural habitats which surround the pipeline right-of-way. Use of a firearm in these activities will be BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-129 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT7oNDURING CONSTRUCToN evaluated by the contractor and the owner to determine whether grounds for criminal prosecution are present. Utility knives for use during the construction of the pipeline will be acceptable in the camp sites and on the right-of-way. Inappropriate-sized knives such as for personal defense or for use as weapons or for the butchering of wildlife will not be allowed on the job site. Any such inappropriate knife observed by a member of the contractors management team will be reason for confiscation of the instrument by the contractor for the duration of the workers' employment on the job. The inappropriate use of any knife such as during worker confrontations, for wildlife harassment, killing or butchering, or for plant collection will be grounds for immediate dismissal of the worker from the job site. * Workers will not be allowed to leave the right-of-way and travel by vehicle or foot through the Gran Chaco National Park or Integrated Management Area or any of the other sensitive habitats or specialized construction areas. * Speeding when operating company vehicles will be strictly prohibited. * Live plant collection for the purpose of decoration or transport from the project site will not be allowed. Violation of these rules will be reported, reviewed and judged by the contractor and owner for the severity of the offense and determination of penalty which may range from a warning to dismissal from the job site. * Workers will not be allowed to sell or trade plants, animals and other objects or services pertaining to members of the local communities. * The use of illegal drugs in any construction area will be strictly prohibited and will be grounds for immediate dismissal. * The workers will be restricted to their work areas and camps until they need to take their leave, at which time they will be transported to Santa Cruz. 11.3 Penalties Dependent on the severity of the violation of the workers code of conduct, penalties will include warnings, fines and/or dismissal from employment. These violations and penalties will be explained as part of the workers training program described in Section 12.0 Workers Environmental Training. The relationship of 1) the protected and endangered wildlife and plants, BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-130 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECToNDURiNG CONSTRUCTION * 2) the Gran Chaco National Park and the Integrated Management Area and 3) the indigenous Indian populations, with worker performance and code of conduct will be clearly described to the workers particularly with regard to the human interaction, environmental sensitivity and importance of the lands surrounding the pipeline right-of-way. 11.4 Monitoring and Reporting In the event of problems with a worker's job performance or conduct certain monitoring, reporting and judgement procedures will be established in order to properly review individual cases as they occur. A report of all incidents of worker incompetence, negligence or willful misconduct will be completed by the workers' supervisor and submitted to the appropriate inspector and manager. There will be set procedures and complaint forms for the community to submit grievances regarding violations of the code of conduct and penalties, which will in turn be considered by the worker's supervisor, the relevant inspector and manager. An example of a grievance form is * attached to the end of this chapter. All investigations will be carried out quickly, completely and fairly and the conclusions reported to the appropriate managers. The worker will be given an opportunity to respond in writing or to speak in a private meeting with the contractor representative regarding his conduct or performance. The owner will be entitled by written notice to the contractor to object to any representative or person employed by the contractor who is reasonably judged to be incompetent, negligent or engaged in willful misconduct. The contractor will promptly investigate the owners objection and if the worker is found to have behaved in such a manner the contractor will remove the person from the job and appoint a suitable replacement. During the investigation the worker will be removed from the job site. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-131 DAMFS & MOORE FiNAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCrION . 12.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.9: WORKERS ENVIRONMENTAL TRAINING 12.1 Objectives The objective of the Workers Environmental Training program will be to teach, show, indoctrinate and provide tools for all managers, inspectors and workers to comply with all environmental protection measures required for pipeline construction. The program will be initiated before the start of construction and will cover all environmental issues, requirements and potential problems from construction start to finish. All enviromnental issues addressed in this Environmental Management Plan will be discussed. The program method will be to use a firm, clear and succinct presentation of all environmental requirements and the application of corresponding protection, restoration, mitigation and correction measures in the field. The program will be presented in Portuguese, Spanish or English depending on the workers first language. Environmental and community relations training will be required of all employees prior to commencement of their work on the pipeline. New workers brought to the project after the initiation of project activities will receive the training as soon as is practicable following their arrival and prior to any work on the pipeline construction. Training will include the following topics: * Right-of-way * Community relations * Erosion control * Wetlands * Creeks and waterbodies * Water withdrawal and discharge * Spill prevention, control and containment * Protected flora and fauna * Cultural resources * Contingency plan BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-132 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCIoN * Air quality and noise A formal training program will be developed consisting of a written and pictorial or video presentation covering all environmental and cultural topics. Verbal instruction of all topics will be used to direct and summarize the important points on all topics. 12.2 Organization and Responsibilities The Workers Environmental Training program will be organized based on the standard practices and chronology of the pipeline construction. A video will introduce the procedures and requirements of each construction activity. The primary emphasis and content of the program will be environmental and community/cultural issues. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to prepare and present this program to all workers. The program will be reviewed by the Project Environmental Supervisor and by the Project Sponsors' Environmental Committee prior to use for the workers training. = The role of the environmental inspectors will be described with particular attention given to responsibilities and authority. Requirements for documenting and reporting compliance and non- compliance with environmental protection measures will be discussed. The responsibilities of each spread worker and his respective speciality will be itemized, discussed and presented in a hand-out. 12.3 Scope of Environmental Training The scope of the training will be comprehensive and will include video tape, discussion, handouts and a pocket-size pamphlet of environmental guidelines for use throughout the project construction. The training is targeted to require one-half day to one-full day dependent on the extent of materials to be presented. Specifically, the presentation will discuss the following matters. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-133 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONsTRucrlON 12.3.1 Right-of-Way All workers will be advised of the right-of-way alignment, configuration and restrictions regarding construction activities and travel to from the job sites. Other topics to be described include right- of-way limits and dimensions, work activity limits, clearing and grading activities, erosion control installation and maintenance, waterbody crossings, fences, topsoil and subsoil separation, slope breakers and restoration following construction. Description of public and private road use and maintenance of these areas will be described. 12.3.2 Community Relations All workers will be advised of the code of conduct regarding worker performance and contact with the communities and people surrounding the pipeline right-of-way. Dependent on the work schedule established by the Contractor, the travel of all workers particularly on non-work days to the towns will have certain conduct requirements. Professional, respectful, courteous and safe interactions with all individuals surrounding the pipeline will be stipulated and required. The measures of conduct and penalties for inappropriate or unallowable actions will be described. Related to community relations and health, the workers will be instructed about sexually transmitted diseases. Hygiene and safe practices will be emphasized. 12.3.3 Erosion Control All workers will be informed that the goals of the erosion protection procedures are 1) to prevent soil erosion or sedimentation within and adjacent to the right-of-way, 2) to provide undisturbed restoration of the right-of-way and 3) to assist long-term maintenance of the area to ensure reestablishment of vegetation. To accomplish these objectives, silt fences, slope breakers, trench breakers and rip-rap will be installed prior to and during construction activities as appropriate. Appropriate control and discharge methods for water within the right-of-way will be shown. All erosion control devices will be inspected periodically to ensure that they remain effective, are BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BoLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-134 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTEcrioN DURING CONSTRUCTION undisturbed and are repaired immediately when damaged. At the end of construction, restoration areas will be inspected to maintain protection devices so that new vegetative growth can establish. 12.3.4 Wetlands All workers will be allowed to use only authorized access roads through wetlands. Staging, spoil storage and additional work areas must be properly set back from the wetland. Only proper materials such as silt screens, rip-rap and fabrics are authorized to stabilize the right-of-way. In standing water or heavily saturated soils only low-ground weight equipment or timber rip-rap may be used to access the wetland. Work must be completed as quickly as possible. Trench breakers must be constructed at wetlands to prevent wetland de-watering. Fueling, equipment maintenance, fuel and chemical storage must occur in safe areas outside the wetland. Temporary sediment-filter devices will be used to prevent sediments from flowing off the right-of-way into wetlands. All stabilization materials will be removed after construction following stabilization of the right-of- way. Permanent slope and trench breakers will be installed between wetlands and adjacent to disturbed areas to prevent erosion and sedimentation into the wetlands. 0 12.3.5 Creeks and Waterbodies All workers will be advised that the primary goal at waterway crossing is to minimize the area of impact and to control erosion and turbidity. Crossings will be performed as close to perpendicular to the waterway as possible. Clearing crews may cross a waterbody before equipment bridges are in place. All other equipment must use bridges. Waterway flows must be maintained. Turbidity must be contained and controlled as best as possible. Appropriate erosion control devices must be constructed. Work schedules must be compressed. A proper depiction of the different types of acceptable waterway crossing methods and their maintenance will be shown. Fueling, equipment maintenance, fuel and chemical storage must occur in safe areas outside the waterway, except in rare circumstances. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-135 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECrioN DURING CONSTRUCFiON 12.3.6 Water withdrawal and discharge procedures All workers will be informed of methods for withdrawal of water from waterbodies. This will include screened intake hoses to prevent fish entrainment, insignificant interference with stream flow rates, and hydrostatic test manifold locations outside of waterbodies as much as possible. All workers will be shown how to evacuate standing water from trenches and how to discharge water from the newly-installed pipeline following construction. In particular, discharge rates will be regulated and energy dissipation devices will be used in uplands at the discharge points. 12.3.7 Spill Prevention, Containment and Control Plan All workers will be advised that all refueling and lubricating of vehicles and all equipment, and storage of fuels, lubricating oils, chemicals or other toxic materials must be completed in specified areas at least 30 meters from waterbodys and wetlands. Special refueling procedures for necessary waterborne or water-dependent equipment will be described to the workers. Specific clean-up procedures will be given to the workers. Details of this plan are provided elsewhere in this plan and will be supplied to all workers, particularly the environmental inspectors, prior to the start of construction activities. 12.3.8 Protected Flora and Fauna All workers will be advised that no flora or fauna may be collected, nor any animal molested, harmed or killed on or off of the right-of-way. No animal should be touched except to save its life. A picture of each protected species will be provided in the pamphlet for accurate identification. The relationship of the protected species to the rare and endangered habitat surrounding the pipeline will be explained. Any encounter, harm or death of a protected animal will be reported to the Environmental Inspector. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-136 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDUPJNG CONSTRUCToN 12.3.9 Cultural resources All workers will be educated regarding the type, importance and care necessary in the event that cultural resources, human remains, historic sites or artifacts are found along the pipeline route. All finds are to be reported immediately to the environmental inspector, and work that would disturb the artifacts. will be stopped 12.3.10 Air Quality All workers will implement measures to reduce emissions from equipment by limiting unnecessary idling and maintaining all combustion engines at top efficiency. Also measures to reduce dust emissions resulting from construction activities will be implemented. The construction during the dry season is expected to increase these emissions. Reasonable activities such as water spraying of the right-of-way in upland areas will be used. Burning of cleared vegetative material will be used as a last resort, particularly because many areas of the right-of-way surface will be protected with the redistributed cleared vegetation. 12.4 Schedule The EPC Contractor will develop a comprehensive training program that addresses all of these matters and other specific requirements presented throughout the Environmental Management Plan for presentation to the pipeline contractor workers and environmental inspection teams. The training program will use video tapes, discussions, questions and answers and educational pamphlets administered to all workers. It will be the responsibility of the EPC Turn-Key Contractor to present this training session to the workers. The workers will be given this training prior to initiating their individual construction responsibilities. All workers will be required to attend the training in its entirety. The environmental inspectors and managers will be required to understand this information and become familiar with the special construction requirements at different locations along the pipeline. Following the initial training all workers will be required to present their pamphlets prior to initiating any particular activity at the environmental inspectors' request. The workers will also be responsible for describing a construction activity to an BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-137 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTiON DURING CONSTRUCTIoN environmental inspector prior to it being undertaken. Individuals who are not diligent in the execution of these environmental protection measures will be reported by the Environmental Inspector, given a warning and if the actions persist will be reported and dismissed from the job site. 12.5 Monitoring and Reporting The environmental inspector will monitor and report the satisfactory completion of the training program for each worker. Following the start of construction the Environmental Inspector will oversee the work of all employees and report incidents of non-compliance and the actions of any negligent employee. Proper employee management will be an integral part of this training program and the attendant safeguards. Re-education regarding the goals and methods of the environmental management plan will be required of each employee who is negligent. The half- day retraining will be performed without pay to the employee. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-138 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRUC7TONPROGRAM . 13.0 SUB-PROGRAM 2.10: WORKER'S HEALTH AND SAFETY 13.1 Objectives Worker's health and safety is of paramount concern in this project. In order to minimize or eliminate the potential for accidents or unsafe practices, a Construction Safety Plan has been developed. The purpose of each of these documents is to assign responsibilities, establish personnel protection standards and mandatory health and safety practices and procedures, and provide for contingencies that may arise during project operations. The provisions of the plans are mandatory for all project personnel, including contractors and subcontractors who are engaged in construction activities including, but not limited to, clearing, grading, pipe stringing, pipe bending, welding, ditching, lowering-in/backfilling, hydrostatic testing, and final clean-up. The emphasis on health and safety has been and will remain a focus in all development plans covering the entire life of the project, from preliminary design to operation and maintenance. The main objective of these plans is to operate accident-free throughout the project. . 13.2 Health Plan The Workers Health Plan has been developed to meet the expected and emergency health care needs of all project personnel during pipeline construction. Along with the Health Advisory: Tropical Diseases, this plan provides for health maintenance, minor injury care and emergency care of all workers. The primary responsibilities for this element of the plan are placed on the Contractor. The Contractor will be required to accomplish the following minimum worker health care preparations prior to initiation of project construction. Particular attention is given in this plan for those health situations that cannot be treated in the camps such as fractures, major cuts and burns, heat stroke, dehydration, diseases, poisonous animal bites, lightening strikes and other health dangers that require a professional doctors care. The Contractor will maintain a list of all hospitals and health posts in the vicinity of the project corridor which can provide minor injury and emergency health care for workers. This list shall rank hospitals based on: BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-139 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM a. Types of injury or emergency care provided. b. Proximity to region of the pipeline right-of-way. c. Number of doctors and beds available. d. Poisonous-bite emergency services. The list of all hospitals will include telephone numbers, emergency telephone numbers, addresses with local map depicting location, doctor specialities and unique resources present on site, and helicopter emergency services, if available. The Contractor shall be responsible for the staffing, supplying, and maintenance of a small medical facility at each camp site for the care of minor injuries and ailments of the workers. Staffing shall consist of a trained professional to administer to the supply of bactericides, bandages, topical ointments, disinfectants, and other non-prescription items to workers. At least one professional should be able to advise the worker as to the severity of his ailment and recommend types of treatment. The Contractor will be responsible to secure the arrangements for a helicopter during project construction in the event of a life-threatening worker emergency requiring immediate hospitalization. The Contractor's professional should regularly evaluate the condition of the camp grounds and facilities to determine if any health-related hazards are present such as standing water, unsanitary waste disposal practices, un-maintained or dis-repaired insect screens, unsafe equipment storage and any other items that merit attention. The Contractor will be responsible for conducting the complete vaccination of all workers associated with the project construction. Valid immunization or vaccination cards will be the only acceptable means of exemption for any worker from this program. The list of diseases and vaccinations will be drawn from the World Health Organization and the appropriate Bolivian governmental agency charged with disease control. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-140 DAMEs & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRUC7ON PROGRAm 13.3 Health Advisory: Tropical Diseases In addition to the construction safety plan, a Health Advisory: Tropical Diseases has been developed to aid project personnel in the implementation of health guidelines for the protection against diseases associated with the tropics (e.g., yellow fever, malaria, cholera, etc.). The health advisory on tropical diseases has been prepared to inform all personnel, including employees, contractors, and subcontractors, of the various tropical diseases endemic to this area and best available procedures for prevention. This health advisory does not cover all possible tropical diseases that may be present in the project area, but focuses on those known to be present or known for outbreaks. As most of the tropical diseases are transmitted through the bite of infected insects such as mosquitoes, flies, fleas, ticks, and lice, it is important that project personnel be adequately protected by wearing proper clothing, using bednets, applying an insect repellent to exposed skin and clothing (e.g., DEET and Permethrin), and, if possible, avoiding high risk situations (e.g., outdoor activities during night time hours from dusk to dawn when mosquitoes bite, unscreened living accommodations, etc.). The use of prophylaxis should also be considered for diseases such as yellow fever, malaria, and typhoid fever, however, its implementation should be under the strict guidance of a physician. In order to reduce the risk of infection, personnel travelling to the project area must: 1. Protect themselves from insects; 2. Ensure the quality of their food and drinking water; and 3. Be knowledgeable about potential diseases in the region. 13.3.1 Diseases Transmitted by Insects Many diseases are transmitted through the bite of infected insects such as mosquitoes, flies, fleas, ticks, and lice. In general, personnel must protect themselves from insect bites by wearing proper clothing, using bednets, applying an insect repellent to exposed skin and clothing, and if possible, BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-141 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL CONn7RuCI7oN PROGRAM O avoiding high risk situations (i.e., outdoor activities during night time hours from dusk to dawn when mosquitoes bite, unscreened living acconmmodations, etc.). Additionally, the contractor shall keep to a minimum or eliminate the potential breeding grounds of disease vectors (e.g., mosquitoes), by not allowing the accumulation of standing water in exposed containers (e.g., tires) and minimizing the accumulation of garbage. Malaria. Malaria is a serious parasitic infection transmitted to humans by a mosquito. These mosquitoes bite at night from dusk to dawn. Symptoms range from fever and flu-like symptoms, to chills, general achiness, and tiredness. If left untreated, malaria can cause anemia, kidney failure, coma, and death. Drugs are available to prevent a malaria infection, however, no antimalarial prophylaxis regimen gives complete protection. Malaria may be contracted despite taking antimalarial prophylaxis. The Construction Contractor should establish a mandatory test for malaria for all workers and arrange for treating those that are positive. Risk. Malaria exists throughout the year in many parts of the tropical South American countries including some urban areas. Plasmodiumfalciparum (the most dangerous type), which has been reported to be resistant to the drug chloroquine, has been confirmed in most of these countries. In Bolivia, malaria is a risk in rural areas only, except in the highland areas. Prevention. Protection from biting mosquitos is the first line of defense against malaria (and other mosquito-transmitted diseases) in endemic areas. The following measures are effective in reducing the risk of mosquito bites: 1. If possible, avoid going out between dusk and dawn when mosquitos commonly bite; 2. Wear long sleeve clothing and long trousers when going out at night and avoid dark colors, which attract mosquitoes; 3. Apply insect repellent to exposed skin, choosing one with <30% DEET (N,N- diethyl meta-toluamide) or dimethyl phthalate; BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-142 DAMES & MOORE FirAL REPORT ENVIRONMEATAL CONSTRUC7IONPROGRAM 4. Use anti-mosquito sprays or insecticide dispensers that contain tablets impregnated with pyrethroids, or burn pyrethroid mosquito coils in living quarters; 5. For greater protection, clothing and bednets can be soaked in or sprayed with Permethrin, which is an insect repellent licensed for use on clothing. If applied according to the directions, Permethrin will repel insects from clothing for several weeks. In addition, malaria prophylaxis may be prescribed to protect against clinical symptoms. Mefloquinone may be taken to prevent malaria. This drug is marketed in the United States under the name LariamTM (a physician should be consulted prior to taking any drugs). Yellow Fever. Yellow fever is a viral disease transmitted to humans by a mosquito bite. The mosquitoes are most active during the evening hours. Symptoms range from fever, chills, headache, and vomiting to jaundice, internal bleeding, and kidney failure. There is no specific drug to treat an infection of yellow fever, therefore prevention of infection is important. Risk. Outbreaks of yellow fever have occurred in Bolivia. Prevention. All construction workers must have a yellow fever vaccination. Yellow fever vaccine is a live virus vaccine. A single dose confers long-lived immunity lasting 10 years or more. A physician should be consulted prior to getting a yellow fever vaccine. Dengue Fever. Dengue fever is a viral infection transmitted by mosquito bites in residential areas. The mosquitoes are most active during the day, especially around dawn and dusk, and are frequently found in or around human habitations. The illness is flu like and characterized by sudden onset, high fever, severe headaches, joint and muscle pain, and rash. Since there is no vaccine or specific treatment available, prevention is important. Risk. Dengue fever occurs throughout tropical South America with recent epidemics in tropical Bolivia. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN *o SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-143 DAAES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRoNmENTAL PRoTECTION DURwNG CONSTR UC7ION Prevention. There is no vaccine for dengue fever so the onlly prevention is to avoid mosquito bites. American Trypanosonmiasis (a.k.a. Chagas Disease). The parasite is transmiitted to man by blood-sucking reduviid bugs, also known as kissing bugs due to their predilection for feeding on the faces of their victims. Unflike mialaria and leishmanias is, the parasites are not injected during feeding; rather, they are deposited by defecating bugs. The parasite enters the host through the eyes, nose or mouth, or through breaks in the skin. Symptoms appear as acute disease shortly after infection or as chronic disease years later. Acute disease involves fever, swelling of the lymph nodes and, sometimes, inflammation of the heart muscle and of the brain. Risk. The original landscape of human Chagas disease in all Latin America is composed of rural areas with huts covered by grass or palm leaves and constructed with mud, stones or wood cracked walls where colonies of hundreds of individuals (Trypanosoma cruzi, a.k.a. kissing bugs),or even thousands, can be found. Other species are strictly inhabitants of different wild ecotopes and never invade houses. Between the two polar categories there is yet an important number of sylvatic species which leave their natural habitat and invade the domestic space and eventually transmit the parasite to man and/or domestic mammals. Prevention. Control measures rely on lirniting contact with infected bugs, because prophylaxis and drug treatment are not effective. Vector control methods involve insecticide spraying and eliminating the breeding grounds of the bugs. 13.3.2 Diseases Transmitted through Food and Water Food and waterbome diseases are very common in tropical South America. They can be caused by viruses, bacteria, or parasites which are found universally throughout the region. Transmission is most often through contaminated food or water. Infections may cause diarrhea and vomiting (e.g., typhoid fever, cholera, and parasites), liver damage (e.g., hepatitis), or muscle paralysis (e.g., polio). B3OLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-144 DAMES & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION Cholera. Cholera is an acute, diarrheal illness caused by infection of the intestine with the bacterium Vibrio cholera which is most often found in contaminated water and shellfish and produces a toxin that upsets the biochemical balance of cells lining the intestine. The infection is often mild or without symptoms, but sometimes it can be severe. Risk. A recent epidemic of cholera has swept through the entire tropical South American area. Prevention. Avoid eating high-risk food, especially fish and shellfish, potentially contaminated water and raw vegetables. One cholera vaccine, administered with 2 injections, is currently licensed in the United States. However, it confers only brief and incomplete immunity. Typhoid Fever. Typhoid fever is a bacterial infection transmitted through contaminated food and/or water, or directly between people. Symptoms of typhoid fever include headaches, tiredness, loss of appetite, and constipation. Typhoid fever can be treated effectively with . antibiotics. Risk. Typhoid fever is present in rural areas in South America. Prevention. Drinking only bottled water or boiled beverages and eating only thoroughly cooked food lowers the risks of infection. Currently available vaccines have been shown to protect 70-90% of the recipients. Two recommended vaccines provide equivalent protection against typhoid fever. The oral vaccine consists of 4 capsules taken every other day over a seven day period and requires a booster every 5 years. The new, injectable ViCPS vaccine consists of 1 shot and requires a booster every 2 years. Parasites. Parasitic infections are acquired by eating or drinking contaminated food or water, through direct contact with soil or water containing parasites or their larva, or by contact with biting insects. Symptoms and evidence of infection may include, but are not limited to fever, BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIViAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-145 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENV!RONMENTAL PROTECiON DURING CONSTRUCTON swollen lymph nodes, rashes or itchy skin, digestive problems such as abdominal pain or diarrhea, eye problems, and anemia. Risk. There are many types of parasites and infection may occur in several ways: by eating undercooked meats infected with parasites or their larva; by eating food or drinking water contaminated with parasites or their eggs; by contact with soil or water infected with parasites; or through insect bites. Several types of parasites can penetrate intact skin so it is advised to always wear shoes and avoid swimming, wading, or washing in fresh water. Prevention.Eat only thoroughly cooked food, drink safe water, wear shoes, refrain from swimming in fresh water, and avoid contact with insects, particularly mosquitoes, biting flies, gnats, and midgets. 13.3.3 Sexually Transmitted Diseases Sexually transmitted diseases can be prevented by avoiding promiscuity and applying safe sex practices, such as monogamy, the use of condoms, and maintaining goos personal hygiene. If feasible, a pre-hiring testing may provide useful background information to implement code of conduct or hygiene measures. The health facilities at the camps will be stocked with condoms, which will be provided to workers on request. 13.4 Construction Safety Plan The Construction Safety Plan delineates the safety procedures to be used and implemented during the project. Some components of the plan (e.g., hazard communication) are procedural specifications, while others (e.g., blasting and the use of explosives) are technical specifications. The components of the construction safety plan are: _BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-146 DAMEs & MooRE DRAFT REPORT EAwIRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CoNSrRucrToN * Safety Policy * General Instructions * Responsibilities * Construction Safety Program for Contractors and Subcontractors * Accident Prevention * Hazard Commnunication * Safety Training and Education * Personal Protective Equipment * First Aid * Good Housekeeping * Drinking Water * Sanitation * Occupational Noise Exposure * Radiation * Gases, Vapors, Fumes, Dusts and Mists * Ventilation *j * Respiratory Protection * Fire Protection and Prevention * Flammable and Combustible Liquids * Signs, Signals and Barricades * Tools - Hand and Power Operated * Blasting and the Use of Explosives * Welding * Rigging Equipment for Material Handling * Automotive Equipment * Material Handling Equipment * Working Over or Near Water * Construction Guidelines * Spill Response BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-147 DAMES & MooRE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTEC7IONDURING CONSTRUC7ION 13.4.1 Safety Policy It is the policy of the Bolivia-Brazil Gas Pipeline Project Sponsors to conduct operations in a manner that protects the safety and health of employees, contractors and the general public. Accordingly, the project organization will: 1. Comply fully with all applicable health and safety laws and regulations. 2. Provide a professional staff to develop and support risk management activities and enforce adherence to safety rules and regulations. 3. Endorse safety and health methods which will control human loss and protect the project's physical and financial resources. 4 Rank safety and health equally with economic objectives. 5. Consider safety, health, and environmental criteria in awarding contracts. 6. Provide appropriate training for employees, contractors and subcontractors to ensure all personnel are properly trained in matters pertaining to health, safety, and protection of the environment. 7. Assess progress toward safe systems and a safe and healthy work environment. 8. Design facilities with high safety standards, and operate facilities with best safety and health practices. 13.4.2 General Instructions These instructions have been prepared to inform all personnel, including employees, contractors and subcontractors of the safety requirements of the project and the rules governing the work to BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-148 DAMEs & MOoRE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONAMENTAL PROTECTION DURING CONSYRUCTION be performed. These instructions cannot cover every situation that will arise on a job. Accordingly, it will be necessary for all personnel to use good judgment and follow acceptable construction practices at all times. The rules and regulations contained in this manual will be applicable to Project Sponsors' personnel as well as all contractors and subcontractors involved in the project. 13.4.3 Responsibilities All employees, contractors and subcontractors will share the responsibility for eliminating injuries, promoting maximum efficiency, and effecting savings by avoiding unplanned business interruptions from occupational accidents during construction. The effectiveness in accomplishing these goals will depend upon the participation and cooperation of construction management, supervisors, and employees, and the coordination of efforts in carrying out their assigned duties. All managers, supervisors and employees will be advised of their responsibilities and performance will be regularly measured. General responsibilities are summarized as follows: 9 Managers/Supervisors. 1. Plan all work to minimize personal injury, property damage and loss of productive time. 2. Maintain a system for review and correction of procedures, practices and unsafe conditions. 3. Make available and enforce the use of personal protective equipment and mechanical guards where required. 4. Provide appropriate tools and establish an effective inspection and maintenance program for tools and equipment. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-149 DAMES & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTIoN 5. Investigate all accidents to determine cause, and take prompt and necessary corrective action. 6. Hold and document regular safety and environmental meetings. 7. Communicate and enforce rules and minimum safety standards for employees and contractors. Employees. 1. Comply with all rules, regulations and standards in performance of assigned duties. 2. Participate in safety and environmental meetings. 3. Report all incidents, injuries, and spills immediately. * 4. Assist in health, safety and environmental investigations. Contractors 1. Ensure that all employees and subcontractors are properly trained in safety and health requirements of the project and their specific jobs. 2. Comply with all project rules and local regulations. 3. Report injuries, spills and accidents immediately to project management. 4. Hold pre-job meetings and other safety meetings during the job. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-150 DAMEs & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMEATAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION 13.4.4 Construction Safety Program For Contractors And Subcontractors Contractor Record-Keeping Requirements. 1. Maintain accurate injury and illness records. 2. Send Incident Report to Sponsor representative on-site. Contractor and Subcontractor Safety and Health Responsibilities. 1. Designate an individual as Safety Inspector and First Aid Attendant. 2. Hold safety meetings for supervisors on a monthly basis. Include safety on agenda at all supervisor's meetings. 3. Hold employee safety orientations before work starts and periodically throughout the life of the project. 4. Personal protective equipment requirements: a. Safety Shoes - Required based on job exposure. b. Hard Hats - Required in all areas posted. c. Eye Protection - Required, based on job exposure as determined by construction superintendent. d. Hearing Protection - Required, based on job exposure as determined by construction superintendent. e. Personnel Safety Harnesses - Required, based on job exposure as determined by construction superintendent. f. Respirators - Required, based on job exposure as determined by construction superintendent. g. Welders' Helmets - Required, based on job exposure as determined by construction superintendent. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-151 DAMES & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSrRUC7ION 5. The construction chief or his designated representative will make a monthly inspection of contractor equipment. 6. Make accident investigations by contractor's representative for the following: a. First Aid Injuries - Description, cause and prevention. Keep report form on-site. b. Doctor's Care Injuries - Description, cause and prevention. Send report form to Sponsors' representative on the site. c. Equipment Damage - Description, cause and prevention. Send report form to Sponsor representative on-site. d. Forward copies of the Incident Report to Sponsor representative on-site. 7. Perform and document facility inspection of premises monthly by contractor and construction superintendent or designated representative. 8. Provide fire protection equipment with trained personnel. Test equipment monthly. i? 9. Post the following emergency telephone numbers: a. Doctor (nearest to project location) b. Hospital (nearest to project location) c. Police 10. Require that safety review meetings be held with construction groups as needed (subcontractors) by construction chief or designated representative. 11. Require subcontractors to hold weekly tool box meetings for their employees. 12. Perform equipment inspections (personal protective equipment and hand tools) on a monthly basis. 13. Store flammable liquids in accordance with Section 14.4.19. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-152 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CONSTRUCTiON * 14. Erect scaffolds in accordance with applicable industry standards. 15. Use manufactured wood and/or metal ladders that are in proper working condition and suitable for the assigned task. The use of ladders with broken or missing rungs or steps, broken or split side rails, or other faulty or defective construction is prohibited. 16. Develop emergency procedures pertaining to fire, medical assistance or equipment failure. 17. Give names and telephone numbers of contractor and subcontractor supervisors to Sponsor's on-site representative for posting in the Sponsor office. 18. Each contractor shall read, understand and use this construction safety manual as a basic minimum guideline for use in each respective operation. 13.4.5 Accident Prevention 1. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to initiate and maintain such programs as may be necessary to comply with project policies, applicable laws and regulations. 2. Such programs shall provide for frequent and regular inspections of the job sites, materials and equipment to be made by competent persons designated by the employers. 3. The use of any machinery, tool, material or equipment which is not in compliance with general industry construction safety standards is prohibited. Such machine, tool, material or equipment shall either be identified as unsafe by tagging and locking the controls to render them inoperable or shall be physically removed from its place of operation. 4. The contractor shall permit only those employees qualified by training or experience to operate equipment and machinery. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-153 DAMES & MooRE DRAFTREPORT EATRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONQsuCTIoN 5. In the event of an emergency requiring immediate medical attention (beyond first aid treatment), the contractor shall be responsible for implementation of an emergency plan that will adequately address, as a minimnum, the following: a. Treatment to be provided to affected personnel (i.e., heart attacks, amputations, major lacerations, head injuries, etc.) until professional medical attention is provided; b. Stabilization of vital signs of affected personnel; and c. Emergency transportation to hospital (e.g., helicopter). 13.4.6 Hazard Communication 1. Multi-employer workplaces. Employers who produce, use, or store hazardous chemicals at a workplace in such a way that the employees of other employer(s) may be exposed (for example, employees of a construction contractor working on-site) shall additionally ensure that the hazard communication programs developed include the following: a. The methods the employer will use to provide the other employer(s) on-site access 0 to material safety data sheets for each hazardous chemical the other employer(s)' employees may be exposed to while working; b. The methods the employer will use to inform the other employer(s) of any precautionary measures that need to be taken to protect employees during the workplace's normal operating conditions and in foreseeable emergencies; and c. The methods the employer will use to inform the other employer(s) of the labeling system used in the workplace. 2. Employers shall provide employees with effective information and training on hazardous chemicals in their work area at the time of their initial assignment, and whenever a new physical or health hazard the employees have not previously been trained about is introduced into their work area. Information and training may be designed to cover categories of hazards (e.g., flammability, carcinogenicity) or specific chemicals. Chemical-specific information must always be available through labels and material safety data sheets. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-154 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUC7ION 3 Information. Employees shall be informed of: a. Any operations in their work area where hazardous chemicals are present; and b. The location and availability of the required list(s) of hazardous chemicals, and material safety data sheets required by this section. 4. Training. Employee training shall include at least: a. Methods and observations that may be used to detect the presence or release of a hazardous chemical in the work area (such as monitoring conducted by the employer, continuous monitoring devices, visual appearance or odor of hazardous chemicals when being released, etc.); b. The physical and health hazards of the chemicals in the work area; C. The measures employees can take to protect themselves from these hazards, including specific procedures the employer has implemented to protect employees from exposure to hazardous chemicals, such as appropriate work practices, emergency procedures, and personal protective equipment to be used. * 13.4.7 Safety Training And Education 1. The contractor shall instruct each employee in the recognition and avoidance of unsafe conditions and the regulations applicable to his or her work environment to control or eliminate any hazards or other exposure to illness or injury. 2. Employees required to handle or use hazardous materials shall be instructed regarding the safe handling and use, and be made aware of the potential hazards, personal hygiene and personal protective measures required. 3. In job site areas where harmful plants or dangerous animals are present, employees who may be exposed shall be instructed regarding the potential hazards, how to avoid injury and the first aid procedures to be used in the event of injury. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-155 DAMEs & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION 4. All employees required to enter into confined or enclosed spaces shall be instructed as to the nature of the hazards involved, necessary precautions to be taken and the use of protective and emergency equipment required. The employer shall comply with any specific regulations that apply to work in dangerous or potentially dangerous areas. 5. Every contractor must keep occupational injury and illness records for their employees in the establishment at which his employees usually report to work. 6. Every contractor must maintain in each establishment: a. A log of recordable occupational injuries and illnesses. b. Supplementary records of each occupational injury or illness. 7. Every contractor must keep records up to date, have them available to authorized government representatives or other authorities, and publish a summary of all occupational injuries and illnesses at the conclusion of the calendar year. 3 8. To keep these records, the Incident Report Form must be completed. 13.4.8 Personal Protective Equipment Contractors are responsible for requiring the wearing of appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is an exposure to hazardous conditions. 1. Foot Protection. Safety shoes must be worn by employees exposed to potential foot hazards. Canvas or weave type shoes are not allowed on construction sites. 2. Head Protection. Employees working in areas where there is a possible danger of head injury from impact or from falling or flying objects, or from electrical shock and burns, shall wear protective helmets. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-156 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENI7RONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CoNsfRucTIoN * 3. Hearing Protection. a. Whenever it is not feasible to reduce excessive noise levels or duration of exposure, hearing protective devices shall be provided. b. Hearing protective devices inserted in the ear shall be fitted or determined individually by competent persons. Plain cotton is not an acceptable protective device. 4. Eyes and Face Protection. a. Employees shall be provided with eye and face protection equipment when machines or operations present potential eye or face injury from physical, chemical or radiation agents. b. Employees whose vision requires the use of corrective lenses in spectacles shall be protected by goggles or spectacles of one of the following types: - Spectacles whose protective lenses provide optical correction. - Goggles that can be worn over corrective spectacles without disturbing the adjustment of the spectacles. - Goggles that incorporate corrective lenses mounted behind the protective lenses. - The following inforrnation shall be used as a guide in the selection of face and eye protection for the hazards and operations noted. RECOMMENDED EYE AND FACE PROTECTION Operation Hazards Recommended Protectors Acetylene - Burming Sparks, harmful rays, molten metal, 7,8,9 Acetylene- Cutting flying particles Acetylene - Welding Chemical Handling Splash, acid bums, fumes 2, 10 (For severe exposure add 10 over 2) Chipping Flying particles 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7A, 8A Electric (arc) welding Sparks, intense rays, molten metal 9, 11 (11 in combination with 4, 5, 6, in tinted lenses, advisable) BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-157 DAMES & MooRE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECrT7oNDURING CONSTRUCrioN RECOMMENDED EYE AND FACE PROTECTION Operation Hazards Recommended Protectors Grinding - Light Flying particles 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 Grinding - Heavy Flying particles 1, 3, 7A, 8A (For severe exposure add 10) Machining Flying particles 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 Molten metals Heat, glare, sparks, splash 7, 8 (10 in combination with 4, 5, 6, in tinted lenses) Spot welding Flying particles, sparks 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 Source: 29 CFR Part 1926 Legend: 1. Goggles, flexible fitting, regular ventilation 7. Welding goggles, eyecup type, tinted lenses 2. Goggles, flexible fitting, hooded ventilation 7A. Chipping goggles, eyecup type, clear safety lenses 3. Goggles, cushioned fitting, rigid body 8. Welding goggles, coverspec type tinted lenses 4. Spectacles, metal frame, with side shields 8A. Chipping goggles, coverspec type, clear safety lenses 5. Spectacles, plastic frame, with side shields 9. Welding goggles, coverspec type, tinted plate lens 6. Spectacles, metal-plastic frame, with side shields 10. Face shield (Available with plastic or mesh window) 11. Welding helmets 13.4.9 First Aid Provisions for prompt medical care and first aid services shall be made prior to commencement of the project for every employee. First aid is the immediate and temporary care given the victim of an accident or sudden illness until the services of a doctor can be obtained. Often an accident victim is hurt rather than helped by persons who want to do something, but do not know how to give first aid properly. Only people qualified in first aid should be permitted to attend an injured person. All construction crews shall be provided with a First Aid Kit, which shall be on the supply truck of the crew. A qualified first aid person shall be placed in charge of that particular kit. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-158 DAMEs & MooRE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECrIONDURING CONSTRUCTioN * 1. The First Aid Kit shall consist of material approved by a consulting physician in a weatherproof container with individual sealed packages for each type of item. The contents of the first aid kit shall be checked by the employer before being sent out on each job to ensure that any expended items have been replaced. 2. Telephone numbers of physician(s) and hospital(s) shall be conspicuously posted. 3. The foreman of each construction crew is responsible for first aid treatment and should have a person qualified to render first aid in his crew. 4. An injured employee shall immediately report an injury to his foreman, regardless of how small. 5. All accidents shall be reported to the field office by the foreman, and the foreman shall see that a proper accident report is made regarding this injury. 6. The contractor shall be responsible for developing and implementing an emergency plan for major medical emergencies (e.g., heart attacks, amputations, major lacerations, head injuries, etc.) which shall describe in detail procedures to be followed for the initial treatment and stabilization of affected personnel until professional medical treatment is provided and emergency transportation to nearest hospital qualified to handle the emergency. 13.4.10 Good Housekeeping Good housekeeping is the first law of accident prevention and shall be of primary concern to all construction personnel. Good housekeeping practices shall be planned at the beginning of the job by supervisory personnel and carefully supervised through the final clean up of the job. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-159 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTioNDuJING CONSRUCTION 1. During the course of construction keep work areas clean of scrap and debris of all kinds. 2. Rubbish debris, waste and useless materials constitute fire and accident hazards and shall be removed from the work area as fast as they accumulate. This applies in particular to field warehouse and field shop areas where operations remain at one place over a period of time. Machinery, particularly draglines and backhoes, should be checked to be sure all oil has been wiped off from areas where employees may step in order to prevent the employee from slipping on that surface. 13.4.11 Drinking Water Typhoid fever, dysentery, cholera, and other diseases are often the result of contaminated drinking water and lack of proper sanitation on the job. Pipeline work requires the job to be constantly moving so the source of water supply is important. 1. An adequate supply of potable water shall be provided in all work areas. 0 2. Portable containers used to dispense drinking water shall be capable of being tightly closed, and equipped with a tap. Water shall not be dipped from the container. 3. Any container used to distribute drinking water shall be clearly marked as to the nature of its contents and not used for any other purpose. 4. The common drinking cup is prohibited. 5. Where single service cups (to be used but once) are supplied, both a sanitary container for the unused cups and a receptacle for disposing of the used cups shall be provided. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0s SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-160 DAMB & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURiNG CONSTRUC70oN O 13.4.12 Sanitation Toilets at construction job sites shall be provided for personnel according to the following table: SANITATION FACILITIES Personnel Minimum Number of Facilities 20 or less 1 toilet seat 20 to 199 1 toilet seat and 1 urinal per 40 workers 200 or more 1 toilet seat and 1 urinal per 50 workers 13.4.13 Occupational Noise Exposure 1. Protection against the effects of noise exposure shall be provided when the sound levels exceed those shown in the following table of this section when measured on the A-scale of a standard sound level meter at slovwesponse. 2. When employees are subjected to sound levels exceeding those listed in the following table, feasible administrative or engineering controls shall be utilized. If such controls fail to reduce sound levels within the levels of the table, personal protective equipment shall be provided and used to reduce sound levels within the levels of the table. 3. If the variations in noise level reaches the maximum at intervals of 1 second or less, it is to be considered continuous. 4. In all cases where the sound levels exceed the values shown herein, a continuing, effective hearing conservation program shall be administered. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-161 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMEENTAL PROTECr7ON DURING CONSRuCTION PERMISSIBLE NOISE EXPOSURES Duration per day, hours: Sound level DB slow response 8 90 6 92 4 95 3 97 2 100 1-1/2 102 1 105 1/2 110 1/4 or less 115 5. Exposure to impulsive or impact noise should not exceed 140 DB peak sound pressure level. 13.4.14 Ionizing Radiation In construction and related activities involving the use of sources of ionizing radiation, the pertinent provisions of the Atomic Energy Commission's Standards for Protection against Radiation, relating to protection against occupational radiation exposure, shall apply. Any activity which involves the use of radioactive materials or X-rays, shall be performed by competent persons especially trained in the proper and safe operation of such equipment. 13.4.15 Illumination Construction areas, corridors, offices, shops and storage areas shall be lighted to not less than the minimum illumination intensities listed in the following table any work is in progress. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-162 DAMEs & MooRE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMEATAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION MNIMU1M ILLUMINATION INTENSITIES IN FOOT-CANDLES Foot-Candles Area of Operation 5 General construction area lighting 3 General construction areas, concrete placement, excavation and waste areas, access- ways, active storage areas, loading platforms, refueling and field maintenance areas 5 Indoors; warehouse, corridors, hallways and exit-ways 5 Tunnels, shafts and general underground work areas; (Exception: minimum of 10 foot- candles is required at tunnel and shaft heading during drilling, mucking and scaling). 10 General construction plant and shops (e.g., batch plants, screening plants, mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, carpenter shops, rigging lofts and active storerooms, barracks or living quarters, locker or dressing rooms, mess halls, and indoor toilets and workrooms) 30 First aid stations, infirmaries and offices 13.4.16 Gases, Vapors, Fumes, Dusts and Mists 1. Exposure of personnel to inhalation, ingestion, skin absorption or contact with any material or substance at a concentration above those which might be hazardous to human health shall be avoided. 2. Administrative or engineering controls may be implemented if indicated. When such controls are not feasible, protective measures shall be used to keep the exposure of employees to air contaminants within acceptable limits. Any equipment and technical measures used for this purpose must first be approved for each particular use by a competent industrial hygienist or other technically qualified person. Whenever respirators are used, their use shall comply with Table 6 under Section XIX Respirator Protection. 13.4.17 Ventilation 1. General. Whenever hazardous substances such as dust, fumes, mists, vapors or gases exist or are produced in the course of construction work, their concentrations shall not exceed BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-163 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCT7IN the limits, which might be hazardous to human health. When ventilation is used as an engineering control method, the system shall be installed and operated according to the requirements of this section. 2. Local Exhaust Ventilation. Local exhaust ventilation when used as described in (1) shall be designed to prevent dispersion into the air of dusts, fumes, mists, vapors and gases in concentrations causing harmful exposure. Such exhaust systems shall be so designed that dusts, fumes, mists, vapors or gases are not drawn through the work area of employees. 3. Design and Operation. Exhaust fans, jets, ducts, hoods, separators and all necessary appurtenances, including refuse receptacles, shall be so designed, constructed, maintained and operated as to ensure the required protection by maintaining a volume and velocity of exhaust air sufficient to gather dusts, fumes, vapors or gases from said equipment or process, and to convey them to suitable points of safe disposal, thereby preventing their dispersion in harmful quantities into the atmosphere where employees work. * 4. Duration of Operation. a. The exhaust system shall be in operation continually during all operations which it is designed to serve. If the employee remains in the contaminated zone, the system shall continue to operate after the cessation of said operations, the length of time depends upon the individual circumstances and effectiveness of the general ventilation system. b. Since dust capable of causing disability is, according to the best medical opinion, of microscopic size, tending to remain for hours in suspension in still air, it is essential that the exhaust system be in continuous operation for a time after the work process or equipment served by the same shall have ceased, in order to ensure the removal of the harmful elements to the required extent. Employees wearing respiratory equipment should not remove the respirator until the atmosphere seems clear. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-164 DAMES & MooRE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCToN 5. Disposal of Exhaust Material. The air outlet from every dust separator, and the dusts, fumes, mists, vapors or gases collected by an exhaust or ventilation system shall discharge to the outside atmosphere. Collecting systems which return air to work areas may be used if concentrations which accumulate in the work area air do not result in harmful exposure to employees. Dust and refuse discharged from an exhaust system shall be disposed in such a manner that it will not result in harmful exposure to employees. 13.4.18 Respiratory Protection 1. In emergencies, or when controls are required to prevent harmful exposure to personnel appropriate respiratory protective devices shall be provided by the contractor and shall be used. 2 Respiratory protective devices shall be those tested and certified by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) and/or the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA), or equivalent agency(ies), for the specific contaminant to which * the employee is exposed. 3. The chemical and physical properties of the contaminant, as well as the toxicity and concentration of the hazardous material, shall be considered in selecting the proper respirators. 4. The nature and extent of the hazard, work requirements, and conditions, as well as the limitations and characteristics of the available respirators, shall also be factors considered in making the proper selection. 5. Personnel required to use respiratory protective equipment shall be instructed in the use and limitations of such equipment. 6. Personnel required to wear a respirator should have a lung function test to be sure they are physically capable to use one. BOLIViA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-165 DAMEs & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CONSTRUCTIoN 7. All personnel subject to respirator protection much have a fit test conducted with the type of respirator they will be using. 8. Respiratory protective equipment shall be inspected regularly and maintained in good condition. Gas mask canisters and chemical cartridges shall be replaced as necessary so as to provide complete protection. Mechanical filters shall be cleaned or replaced as necessary so as to avoid undue resistance to breathing. 9. Respiratory protective equipment which has been previously used shall be cleaned and disinfected before it is issued by the contractor to another person. Emergency rescue equipment shall be cleaned and disinfected immediately after each use. 10. The following table lists the types of respirators required for protection in dangerous atmospheres: SELECTION OF RESPIRATORS Hazard Respirator (See Note) Oxygen deficiency Positive Pressure, Self-contained breathing apparatus. A combination airline respirator with auxiliary self-contained air supply or an air-storage receiver with alarm. Gas and vapor contaminants Positive Pressure, Self-contained breathing apparatus. Self-rescue immediately dangerous to life and mouthpiece respirator (for escape only). Combination airline respirator health. with auxiliary self-contained air supply or an air-storage receiver with alarm. Not immediately dangerous of life Airline respirator. Air-purifying, half-mask or mouthpiece respirator and health. with chemical cartridge. Particulate contaminants Positive Pressure, Self-contained breathing apparatus. Self-rescue immediately dangerous to life and mouthpiece respirator (for escape only). Combination airline respirator health. with auxiliary self-contained air supply or an air-storage receiver with alarm. Not immediately dangerous to life Air-purifying, half-mask or mouthpiece respirator with filter pad or and health. cartridge. Airline respirator. Airline abrasive-blasting respirator. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-166 DAMES & MooRE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTEC7IONDURING CONSTRUCTION SELECTION OF RESPIRATORS Hazard Respirator (See Note) Combination gas, vapor, and Positive Pressure, Self-contained breadting apparatus. Self-rescue particulate contaminants mouthpiece respirator (for escape only). Combination air-line respirator immediately dangerous to life and with auxiliary self-contained air supply or an air-storage receiver with health. alarm. Not immediately dangerous. Airline respirator. Air-purifying, half-mask or mouthpiece respirator with chemical cartridge and appropriate filter. Note: For the purpose of this part, "immediately dangerous to life and health" is defined as a condition that poses either an immediate threat to life and health or an immediate threat of severe exposure to contaminants, such as radioactive materials, which are likely to have adverse delayed effects on health. 13.4.19 Fire Protection and Prevention 1. Fire protection. a. The contractor shall be responsible for the development and maintenance of an effective fire protection and prevention program at the job site throughout all phases of the construction work and shall ensure the availability of the fire protection and suppression equipment required. b. Access to all available firefighting equipment shall be maintained at all times. c. All firefighting equipment shall be conspicuously located. d. All firefighting equipment shall be periodically inspected and maintained in operating condition. Defective equipment shall be immediately replaced. e. As warranted by the project, the contractor shall provide a trained and equipped firefighting organization (Fire Brigade) to assume adequate protection for life and property. f. A fire extinguisher, rated not less than 20 ABC, shall be provided within 15 meters of wherever more than 25 liters of flammable or combustible liquids or 3 kg of flammable gas are being used on the job site. This requirement does not apply to the integral fuel tanks of motor vehicles. g. Carbon tetrachloride and other toxic vaporizing liquid fire extinguishers are prohibited. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 I1I-167 DAMES & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION h. The following table may be used as a guide for selecting the appropriate portable fire extinguishers. Fire Extinguishers Data Sodium or Multi- Water Carbon Dioxide Potassium Purpose Class Type Foam Bicarbonate ABC A YES YES NO NO YES Wood, Paper, Trash Having Glowing Embers B NO YES YES YES YES Flammable Liquids, Gasoline, Oil, Paints, Grease, Etc. C NO NO YES YES YES Electrical Equipment Source: 29 CFR Part 1926 2. Fire Prevention. a. Electrical wiring and equipment for light, heat or power purposes shall be installed in compliance with the requirements of applicable country codes. b. Smoking shall be prohibited at or in the vicinity of operations which constitute a fire hazard, and shall be conspicuously posted: "No Smoking or Unauthorized Ignition Sources." c. Open Yard Storage. - Combustible materials shall be piled with due regard to the stability of piles and in no case higher than 6 meters. - Driveways between and around combustible storage piles shall be at least 5 meters wide and maintained free from rubbish, equipment, or other articles or materials. Driveways shall be so spaced that a maximum grid system of 15 meters by 45 meters is produced. - The entire storage site shall be kept free from accumulation of unnecessary combustible materials. Weeds and grass shall be kept down and a regular procedure provided for the periodic cleanup of the entire area. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 IIl-168 DAMEs & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUC7ION - Method of piling shall be solid wherever possible and in orderly and regular piles. No combustible material shall be stored outdoors within 3 meters of a building or structure. - Portable fire extinguishing equipment, suitable for the fire hazard involved, shall be provided at convenient, conspicuously accessible locations in the yard area. - Portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A, shall be placed so that maximum travel distance to the nearest unit shall not exceed 30 meters. d. Indoor Storage. - Storage shall not obstruct, or adversely affect, means of exit. - All materials shall be stored, handled and piled with due regard to their fire characteristics. - Non-compatible materials, which may create a fire hazard, shall be segregated by a barrier having a fire resistance of at least 1 hour. - Materials shall be piled to minimize the spread of fire internally and to permit convenient access for firefighting. Stable piling shall be maintained at all times. Aisle space shall be maintained to safely accommodate the widest vehicle that may be used within the building for firefighting purposes. * Clearance shall be maintained around lights and heating units to prevent ignition of combustible materials. e. Right-of-Way and Access Roads. The preservation of wildlife, vegetation and human resources is an important aspect of the endeavor. Following simple and effective methods of prevention and control by personnel operating equipment in the area will assure land preservation. The following requirements must be included as part of each employee's daily operation. Due to the low amount of precipitation, drought conditions may be existent before and during the construction period. Help prevent the ignition source that could devastate the area by following these mandatory precautions: BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN S SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-169 DAMES & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CONsTRUCTioN - Catalytic mufflers on passenger cars and trucks are sources of ignition. - Vehicle operators must be aware of the environment and not drive into a high grassy area unless the area has been cleared or wet down. - Four wheel drive vehicles are preferred on the right-of-way because of the distance between the ground and the muffler. - Exhaust and mufflers on trucks should be extended up the side of the vehicle, where possible. - A major source of rangeland fires can be attributed to cigarettes being flipped out an open window. Avoid this habit and dispose of the cigarettes in the ashtray of the automobile in which you are riding. - Right-of-Way and Access Roads. Fire extinguishers are to be carried in all vehicles that are required to be on the ROW where dry foliage conditions exist. 5# ABC units are preferred. - Extreme caution must be taken while smoking on the ROW. Dispose of cigarettes or other smoking material in designated containers. - No open fires will be allowed. - Cooking on the ROW will not be allowed. - Where designated parking areas exist, park only in these areas where the grass and other vegetation has been cut or wet down to avoid ignition. - Should access continuously be required across high foliage areas and during dry conditions, four-wheel drive vehicles equipped with a 100 liter water tank and pressure pump must be available on the site. 13.4.20 Flammable and Combustible Liquids 1. Only approved containers and portable tanks shall be used for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. Approved metal safety cans shall be used for the handling and use of flammable liquids in quantities greater than one gallon, except that this shall not apply to those flammable liquid materials which are highly viscid (extremely hard to pour), which may be used and handled in original shipping containers. For quantities BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 I11-170 DAMES & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTEC7N DURING CONSTRUCToN 0 of one gallon or less, only the original container or approved metal safety cans shall be used for storage, use and handling of flammable liquids. 2. Storage areas shall be kept free of weeds, debris and other combustible material not necessary to the storage. 3. At least one portable fire extinguisher having a rating of not less than 20-ABC units shall be located not less than 8 meters, nor more than 24 meters, from any flammable liquid storage area located outside. 4. At least one portable-fire extinguisher having a rating of not less than 20-ABC units shall be provided on all tank trucks or other vehicles used for transporting and/or dispensing flammable or combustible liquids. 5. There shall be no smoking or unauthorized ignition sources in areas used for fueling, servicing fuel systems for internal combustion engines, receiving or dispensing of 3 flammable or combustible liquids. 6. Conspicuous and legible signs prohibiting smoking shall be posted. 7. The motors of all equipment being fueled shall be shut off during the fueling operation. 13.4.21 Signs, Signals, and Barricades 1. Signs and symbols required for accident prevention shall be visible at all times when work is being performed, and shall be removed or covered promptly when the hazards no longer exist. 2. Accident prevention tags shall be used as a temporary means of warning employees of an existing hazard, such as defective tools, equipment, etc. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-171 DAMES & MoORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTEC7ON DURING CONSTRUCTiON * 3. Construction areas shall be posted with visible and legible traffic signs at points of hazards. 4. When operations are such that signs, signals and barricades do not provide the necessary protection on or adjacent to a highway or street, flaggers or other appropriate traffic controls shall be provided. 5. Hand signaling by flaggers shall be by use of red flags at least 1/2 meter square or sign paddles, and in periods of darkness, red lights. 6. Flaggers shall be provided with and shall wear a red or orange warning garment while flagging. Warning garments wore at night shall be of reflectorized material. 7. The flaggers shall stand on the shoulder of the road next to the lane of traffic being controlled, NEVER on the road itself unless flaggers are behind barricades. 8. Be sure the flaggers are far enough ahead of the place where the work is so motorists can slow down and stop safely. 9. The flaggers should always face the traffic being controlled but be sure the flaggers can also see what is going on where the workers are working, or, if the flaggers cannot, they should have direct and continuous communication with the place where fellow workers are, such as two-way radio or telephone. 13.4.22 Tools - Hand and Power Operated 1. General requirements. a. All hand and power tools and similar equipment, whether furnished by the contractor or the employee, shall be maintained in a safe condition. b. When power operated tools are designed to accommodate guards, they shall be equipped with such guards when in use. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-172 DAMEs & MooRE DRAFTREPORT ENWRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CoNSmRUC7ION 2. Hand Tools. a. Contractors shall not issue or permit the use of unsafe hand tools. b. Wrenches, including adjustable pipe, end and socket wrenches shall not be used when jaws are sprung to the point that slippage occurs. c. Impact tools, such as drift pins, wedges and chisels, shall be kept free of mushroomed heads. d. The wooden handles of tools shall be kept free of splinters or cracks and shall be kept tight in the tool. 3. Power-operated hand tools. a. Electric power operated tools shall either be of the approved double-insulated type or grounded. b. Extension cords used with portable electric tools and appliances shall be of three- wire type. c. The use of electric cords for hoisting or lowering tools shall not be permitted. d. Pneumatic power tools shall be secured to the hose or whip by some positive means to prevent the tool from becoming accidentally disconnected. e. All hoses exceeding 1 1/2 centimeter inside diameter shall have a safety device at the source of supply or branch line to reduce pressure in case of hose failure. f. The fluid used in hydraulic powered tools shall be fire-resistant, and shall retain its operation characteristics at the most extreme temperatures to which it will be exposed. g. The manufacturer's safe operating pressures for hoses, valves, pipe filters and other fittings shall not be exceeded. h. Only personnel who have been trained in the operation of Power-Actuated Tools shall be allowed to operate that particular tool. i. The tool shall be inspected each day before loading to see that safety devices are in proper working condition. j. Any tool found not in proper working order, or that develops a defect during use, shall be immediately removed from service and not used until properly repaired. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-173 DAMEs & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENvIRoNMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRuCI7oN k. Tools shall not be loaded until just prior to the intended firing time. Neither loaded nor empty tools are to be pointed at any employees. Hands shall be kept clear of the open barrel end. 1. Loaded tools shall not be left unattended. m. Tools shall not be used in an explosive or flammable atmosphere. n. All tools shall be used with correct shields, guard or attachment recommended by the manufacturer. 4. Abrasive wheels and tools. a. All grinding machines shall be supplied with sufficient power to maintain the spindle speed at safe levels under all conditions of normal operation, and shall be equipped with safety guards. b. Floor and bench-mounted grinders shall be provided with work rests which are rigidly supported and readily adjustable. Such work rests shall be kept at a distance not to exceed one-eighth from the surface of the wheel. c. All employees using abrasive wheels shall be protected by eye protection * equipment. 5. Woodworking tools. a. All fixed power driven woodworking tools shall be provided with a disconnect switch that can either be locked or tagged in the off position. b. All portable, power driven circular saws shall be equipped with guards above and below the base plate or shoe. 5. Jacks-lever and ratchet, screw, and hydraulic tools. a. The manufacturer's rated capacity shall be legibly marked on all jacks and shall not be exceeded. b. All jacks shall have a positive stop to prevent overtravel. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-174 DAMES & MooRE DRAFTREPORT ENViRONMENTAL PROTECT7ON DURING CONSTR UC7ION * 13.4.23 Blasting and the Use of Explosives 1. General a. The contractor shall permit only authorized and qualified persons to handle and use explosives. b. Smoking, firearms, matches, open flame lamps, and other fires, flame or heat producing devices and sparks shall be prohibited in or near explosive magazines or while explosives are being handled, transported or used. c. No person shall be allowed to handle or use explosives while under the influence of intoxicating liquors, narcotics, or other dangerous drugs. d. All explosives shall be accounted for at all times. Explosives not being used shall be kept in a locked magazine, unavailable to persons not authorized to handle them. The contractor shall maintain an inventory and use record of all explosives. Appropriate authorities shall be notified of any loss, theft, or unauthorized entry into a magazine. e. No explosives or blasting agents shall be abandoned. f. No fire shall be fought where the fire is in imminent danger of contact with explosives. All personnel shall be removed to a safe area and the fire area guarded against intruders. g. Original containers, or Class I magazines, shall be used for taking detonators and other explosives from storage magazines to the blasting area. h. When blasting is done in congested areas or in proximity to a structure, railway, or highway, or any other installation that may be damaged, - the requisite authority to blast, if required, shall have been obtained. - the blaster shall take special precautions in the loading, delaying, initiation, and confinement of each blast with mats or other methods so as to control the throw of fragments, and thus prevent bodily injury to employees or damage to buildings, etc. i. Personnel authorized to prepare explosive charges or conduct blasting operations shall use every reasonable precaution including, but not limited to, visual and audible warning signals, flags, or barricades, to ensure employee safety. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-175 DAMEs & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT ON DURING CONSTRUCTION j. Blasting operations above ground shall be conducted between sunup and sundown. k. -Due precautions shall be taken to prevent accidental discharge of electric blasting caps from current induced by radar, radio transmitters, lightning, adjacent power lines, dust storms, or other sources of extraneous electricity. 1. Empty boxes and paper and fibre packing materials, which have previously contained high explosives, shall not be used again for any purpose, but shall be destroyed by burning at an approved location. m. Explosives, blasting agents, and blasting supplies that are obviously deteriorated or damaged shall not be used. n. Delivery and issue of explosives shall only be made by and to authorized persons and into authorized magazines or approved temporary storage or handling areas. o. Blasting operations in the proximity of overhead power line communication lines, utility services, or other services and structures shall not be initiated on until the operators and/or owners have been notified and measures for safe control have been taken. p. The use of black powder shall be prohibited. * q. All loading and firing shall be directed and supervised by competent persons thoroughly experienced in this field. 2. Blaster qualifications. a. A blaster shall be able to understand and give written and verbal orders. b. A blaster shall be in good physical condition and not be addicted to narcotics, intoxicants, or similar types of drugs. c. A blaster shall be qualified, by reason of training, knowledge, or experience, in the field of transporting, storing, handling, and the use of explosives, and have a working knowledge of the laws and regulations which pertain to explosives in the country in which the work is being carried out. d. Blasters shall be required to furnish satisfactory evidence of competency in handling explosives and performing in a safe manner the type of blasting that will be required. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-176 DAMEs & MooRE DPrFTREPORT ENVIRONMEMrAL PROTECTIONDURING CoNsrRUCrmoN * e. The blaster shall be knowledgeable and competent in the use of each type of blasting method used. 3. Transportation of explosives. a. Transportation of explosives shall meet the provisions of local regulations. b. Motor vehicles or conveyances transporting explosives shall only be driven by, and be in the charge of, a licensed driver who is physically fit. He shall be familiar with local regulations governing the transportation of explosives. c. No person shall smoke, or carry matches or any other flame producing device, nor shall firearms or loaded cartridges be carried while in or near a motor vehicle or conveyance transporting explosives. d. Explosives, blasting agents, and blasting supplies shall not be transported with other materials or cargoes. Blasting caps (including electric) shall not be transported in the same vehicle with other explosives. e. Vehicles used for transporting explosives shall be strong enough to carry the load without difficulty, and shall be in good mechanical condition. f. When explosives are transported by a vehicle with an open body, a Class II magazine or original manufacturer's container shall be securely mounted on the bed to contain the cargo. g. All vehicles used for the transportation of explosives shall have tight floors and any exposed spark-producing metal on the inside of the body shall be covered with wood, or other non-sparking material, to prevent contact with containers of explosives. h. Every motor vehicle or conveyance used for transporting explosives shall be marked or placarded on both sides, the front, and the rear with the word "EXPLOSIVES" in red letters, not less than four inches in height, on white background. In addition to such marking or placarding, the motor vehicle or conveyance may display in such a manner that it will be readily visible from all directions, a red flag, 18 inches by 30 inches, with the word "EXPLOSIVES" painted, stamped, or sewn thereon, in white letters, at least six inches in height. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-177 DAMES & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDUPJNG CONSTRUCTION i. Each vehicle used for transportation of explosives shall be equipped with a fully charged fire extinguisher, in good condition. The driver shall be trained in the use of the extinguisher on his vehicle. j. Motor vehicles or conveyances carrying explosives, blasting agents, or blasting supplies, shall not be taken inside a garage or shop for repairs or servicing. k. No motor vehicle transporting explosives shall be left unattended. 4. Storage of explosives and blasting agents. a. Explosives and related materials shall be stored in approved facilities. b. Blasting caps, electric blasting caps, detonating primers, and primed cartridges shall not be stored in the same magazine with other explosives or blasting agents. c. Smoking and open flames shall not be permitted within 30 meters of explosives and detonator storage magazine. 4. Loading of Explosives a. Procedures that permit safe and efficient loading shall be established before loading X is started. b. All drill holes shall be sufficiently large to admit freely the insertion of the cartridges of explosives. c. Tamping shall be done only with wood rods or plastic tamping poles without exposed metal parts, but non-sparking metal connectors may be used for jointed poles. Violent tamping shall be avoided. The primner shall never be tamped. d. No holes shall be loaded except those to be fired in the next round of blasting. After loading, all remaining explosives and detonators shall be immediately returned to an authorized magazine. e. Drilling shall not be started until all remaining butts of old holes are examined for unexploded charges, and if any are found, they shall be refired before work proceeds. f. No person shall be allowed to deepen drill holes which have contained explosives or blasting agents. g. No explosives or blasting agents shall be left unattended at the blast site. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-178 DAMES & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENvIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION h. Machines and all tools not used for loading explosives into bore holes shall be removed from the immediate location of holes before explosives are delivered. Equipment shall not be operated within 50 feet of loaded holes. i. No activity of any nature other than that which is required for loading holes with explosives shall be permitted in a blast area. j. Power lines and portable electric cables for equipment being used shall be kept a safe distance from explosives or blasting agents being loaded into drill holes. Cables in the proximity of the blast area shall be de-energized and locked out by the blaster. k. Holes shall be checked prior to loading to determine depth and conditions. Where a hole has been loaded with explosives but the explosives have failed to detonate, there shall be no drilling within 50 feet of the hole. 1. When loading a long line of holes with more than one loading crew, the crews shall be separated by practical distance consistent with efficient operation and supervision of crews. m. No explosive shall be loaded or used underground in the presence of combustible * gases or combustible dusts. n. All blast holes in open work shall be stenmmed to the collar or to a point which will confine the charge. O. Warning signs, indicating a blast area, shall be maintained at all approaches to the blast area. The warning sign lettering shall not be less than four inches in height, RED on a contrasting background. p. A bore hold shall never be sprung when it is adjacent to or near a hole that is loaded. Flashlight batteries shall not be used for springing holes. q. Drill holes which have been sprung or chambered, and which are not water-filled, shall be allowed to cool before explosives are loaded. r. No loaded holes shall be left unattended or unprotected. s. The blaster shall keep an accurate, up to date record of explosives, blasting agents, and blasting supplies used in a blast and shall keep an accurate running inventory of all explosives and blasting agents stored on the operation. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-179 DAMEs & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DURING CoNsTRucTIoN 5. Initiation of explosives charges - electric blasting. a. Electric blasting caps shall not be used where sources of extraneous electricity make the use of electric blasting caps dangerous. Blasting cap leg wires shall be kept short-circuited (shunted) until they are connected into the circuit for firing. b. Before adopting any system of electrical firing, the blaster shall conduct a thorough survey for extraneous currents, and all dangerous currents shall be eliminated before any holes are loaded. c. In any single blast using electric blasting caps, all caps shall be of the same style or function, and of the same manufacture. d. Electric blasting shall be carried out by using blasting circuits or power circuits in accordance with the electric blasting cap manufacturer's recommendations, or an approved contractor or his designated representative. e. When firing a circuit of electric blasting caps, care must be exercised to ensure that an adequate quantity of delivered current is available, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. f. Connecting wires and lead wires shall be insulated single solid wires of sufficient e - current carrying capacity. g. Bus wires shall be solid single wires of sufficient current-carrying capacity. h. When firing electrically, the insulation on all firing lines shall be adequate and in good condition. i. A power circuit used for firing electric blasting caps shall not be grouted. j. In underground operations when firing from a power circuit, a safety switch shall be placed in the permanent firing line at intervals. This switch shall be made so it can be locked only in the "Off" position and shall be provided with a short- circuiting arrangement of the firing lines to the cap circuit. k. In underground operations there shall be a "lightning" gap of at least 1 1/2 meters in the firing system ahead of the main firing switch; that is, between the switch and the source of power. This gap shall be bridged by a flexible jumper cord just before firing the blast. 1. When firing from a power circuit, the firing switch shall be locked in the open or "Off" position at all times, except when firing. It shall be so designed that the BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-180 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVRONMENTAL PROTECMiONDURING CONSTRUCTION firing lines to the cap circuit are automatically short-circuited when the switch is in the "Off' position. Keys to this switch shall be entrusted only to the blaster. m. Blasting machines shall be in good condition and the efficiency of the machine shall be tested periodically to make certain that it can deliver power at its rated capacity. n. When firing with blasting machines, the connections shall be made as recommended by the manufacturer of the electric blasting caps used. o. The number of electric blasting caps connected to a blasting machine shall not be in excess of its rated capacity. Furthermore, in primary blasting, a series circuit shall contain no more caps than the limits recommended by the manufacturer of the electric blasting caps in use. p. The blaster shall be in charge of the blasting machines, and no other person shall connect the leading wires to the machine. q. Blasters, when testing circuits to charged holes, shall use only blasting galvanometers equipped with a silver chloride cell especially designed for this purpose. r. Whenever the possibility exists that a leading line or blasting wire might be thrown over a live power line by the force of an explosion, care shall be taken to see that the total length of wires are kept too short to hit the lines, or that the wires are securely anchored to the ground. If neither of these requirements can be satisfied, a non-electric system shall be used. s. In electrical firing, only the man making leading wire connections shall fire the shot. All connections shall be made from the bore hole back to the source of firing current, and the leading wires shall remain shorted and not be connected to the blasting machine or other source of current until the charge is to be fired. t. After firing an electric blast from a blasting machine, the leading wires shall be immediately disconnected from the machine and short-circuited. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-181 DAMEs & MooRE DRAFTREPORT ENVRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURiNG CONSTRUCTION @ 6. Use of safety fuse. a. .Safety fuses shall only be used where sources of extraneous electricity make the use of electric blasting caps dangerous. The use of a fuse that has been hammered or injured in any way shall be forbidden. b. The hanging of a fuse on nails or other projections which will cause a sharp bend to be formed in the fuse is prohibited. c. Before capping safety fuse, a short length shall be cut from the end of the supply reel so as to assure a fresh cut end in each blasting cap. d. Only a cap crimper of an approved design shall be used for attaching blasting caps to safety fuse. Crimpers shall be kept in good repair and accessible for use. e. No unused cap or short capped fuse shall be placed in any hole to be blasted; such unused detonators shall be removed from the working place and destroyed. f. No fuse shall be capped, or primers made up, in any magazine or near any possible source of ignition. g. No one shall be permitted to carry detonators or primers of any kind on his person. h. The minimum length of safety fuse to be used in blasting shall be less than 75 centimeters. i. At least two persons shall be present when multiple cap and fuse blasting is done by hand lighting methods. j. Not more than 12 fuses shall be lit by each blaster when hand lighting devices are used. However, when two or more safety fuses in a group are lighted as one by means of igniter cord, or other similar fuse-lighting devices, they may be considered as one fuse. k. The so-called "drop fuse" method of dropping or pushing a primer or any explosive with a lighted fuse attached is forbidden. 1. Cap and fuse shall not be used for firing mud cap charges unless charges are separated sufficiently to prevent one charge from dislodging other shots in the blast. m. When blasting with safety fuses, consideration shall be given to the length and burning rate of the fuse. Sufficient time, with a margin of safety, shall always be provided for the blaster to reach a place of safety. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-182 DAMES & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONS7RUCTION @ 8. Use of detonating cord. a. Care shall be taken to select a detonating cord consistent with the type and physical condition of the bore hole and the type of explosive used. b. Detonating cord shall be handled and used with the same respect and care given other explosives. c. The line of detonating cord extending out of a bore hole or from a charge shall be cut from the supply spool before loading the remainder of the bore hole or placing additional charges. d. Detonating cord shall be handled and used with care to avoid damaging or severing the cord during and after loading and hooking-up. e. Detonating cord connections shall be made in accordance with approved and recommended methods. Knot-type or other cord-to-cord connections shall be made only with detonating cord in which the explosive core is dry. f. All detonating cord trunklines and branch lines shall be free of loops, sharp kinks, or angles that direct the cord back toward the oncoming line of detonation. g. All detonating cord connections shall be inspected before firing the blast. 0 h. When detonating cord millisecond delay connectors or short interval delay electric blasting caps are used with detonating cord, the practice shall conform strictly to the manufacturer's recommendations. i. When connecting a blasting cap or an electric blasting cap to detonating cord, the cap shall be taped or otherwise attached securely along the side or the end of the detonating cord, with the end of the cap containing the explosive charge pointed in the direction in which the detonation is to proceed. j. Detonators for firing the trunk-line shall not be brought to the loading area nor attached to the detonating cord until everything else is in readiness for the blast. 9. Firing the blast. a. A code of warning signals as set our in 4. below shall be posted on one or more conspicuous places at the operation, and all employees shall be required to familiarize themselves with the code and conform to it. Danger signs shall be placed at suitable locations. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER. 1997 111-183 DAMES & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECr7oNDURING CONSTRUCmoN 0 b. Before a blast is fired, a loud warning signal shall be given by the blaster in charge, who has made certain that all surplus explosives are in a safe place and all personnel, vehicles and equipment are at a safe distance, or under cover. c. Flaggers shall be safely stationed on highways which pass through the danger zone so as to stop traffic during blasting operations. d. It shall be the duty of the blaster to fix the time of blasting. - Warning Signal. A 1 minute series of long audible warning signals 5 minutes prior to the blast signal and the waving of a red flag. - Blast Signal. A series of short audible warning signals 1 minute prior to the shot and the waving of a red flag. - All Clear Signal. A prolonged audible signal following the inspection of the blast area and the waving of a green flag. 10. Inspection after blasting. a. Immediately after the blast has been fired, the firing line shall be disconnected from the blasting machine, or where power switches are used, they shall be locked * open or in the off position. b. Sufficient time shall be allowed, for the smoke and fumes to leave the blasted area before returning to the shot. An inspection of the area and the surrounding rubble shall be made by the blaster to determine if all charges have been exploded before personnel are allowed to return to the operation. 11. Misfires a. If a misfire is found, the blaster shall provide proper safeguards excluding all personnel from the danger zone. b. No other work shall be done except that necessary to remove the hazard of the misfire and only personnel necessary to do the work shall remain in the danger zone. c. No attempt shall be made to extract explosives from any charged or misfired hole; a new primer shall be put in and the hole re-blasted. If re-firing of the misfired BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-184 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURiNG CONSmRUCTON hole presents a hazard, the explosives may be removed by washing out with water or, where the misfire is under water, blown out with air. 13.4.24 Welding 1. Gas welding and cutting. a. Transporting, moving and storing compressed gas cylinders. - Valve protection caps shall be in place and secured. - When cylinders are hoisted, they shall be secured on a cradle, sling board or pallet. They shall not be hoisted or transported by means of magnets or choker slings. - Cylinders shall be moved by tilting and rolling them on their bottom edges. They shall not be intentionally dropped, stuck or permitted to strike each other violently. - When cylinders are transported by powered vehicles, they shall be secured in a vertical position. * - Valve protection caps shall not be used for lifting cylinders from one vertical position to another. Bars shall not be used under valves or valve protection caps to pry cylinders loose when frozen. Warm, not boiling, waters shall be used to thaw cylinders loose. - Unless cylinders are firmly secured on a special carrier intended for this purpose, regulators shall be removed and valve protection caps put in place before cylinders are moved. - Suitable cylinder truck, chain or other steadying device shall be used to keep cylinders from being knocked over while in use. - When work is finished, when cylinders are empty, or when cylinders are moved at any time, the cylinder valve shall be closed. - Compressed gas cylinders shall be secured in an upright position at all times except, if necessary, for short periods of time while cylinders are actually being hoisted or carried. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-185 DAMES & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECr7ONDURING CONSTRUCION * - Oxygen cylinders in storage shall be separated from fuel gas cylinders or combustible materials (especially oil or grease), a miniimum distance of six meters or by a non-combustible barrier at least 1 1/2 meters high having a fire-resistance rating of at least one half hour. b. Placing cylinders. - Cylinders shall be kept far enough away from the actual welding or cutting operation so that sparks, hot slag or flame will not reach them. When this is impractical, fire resistant shields shall be provided. - Cylinders shall be placed where they cannot become part of an electrical circuit. Electrodes shall not be struck against a cylinder to strike an arc. - Fuel gas cylinders shall be placed with valve end up whenever they are in use. They shall not be placed in a location where they would be subject to open flame, hot metal or other sources of artificial heat. - Cylinders containing oxygen or acetylene or other fuel gas shall not be taken into confined spaces. c. Treatment of cylinders. - - Cylinders, whether full or empty, shall not be used as rollers or supports. - No person other than the gas supplier shall attempt to mix gases in a cylinder. No one except the owner of the cylinder or person authorized by owner, shall refill a cylinder. No one shall use a cylinder's contents for purposes other than those intended by the supplier. - No damaged or defective cylinder shall be used. d. Use of fuel gas. The contractor shall thoroughly instruct personnel in the safe use of fuel gas, as follows: - Before a regulator to a cylinder valve is connected, the valve shall be opened slightly and closed immediately. (This action is generally termed "cracking" and is intended to clear the valve of dust or dirt that might otherwise enter the regulator.) The person cracking the valve shall stand to one side of the outlet, not in front of it. The valve of a fuel gas cylinder shall not be cracked where the gas would reach welding work, sparks, flame or other possible sources of ignition. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-186 DAMES & MOORE DRAFTrREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CONsrRUCri7N * - The cylinder valve shall always be opened slowly to prevent damage to the regulator. For quick closing, valves on fuel gas cylinders shall not be opened more than 1-1/2 turns. When a special wrench is required, it shall be left in position on the stem of the valve while the cylinder is in use so that the fuel gas flow can be shut off quickly in case of an emergency. In the case of manifolded or coupled cylinders, at least one such wrench shall always be available for immediate use. Nothing shall be placed on top of a fuel gas cylinder, when in use, which may damage the safety device or interfere with the quick closing of the valve. - Fuel gas shall not be used from cylinders through torches or other devices which are equipped with shutoff valves without reducing the pressure through a suitable regulator attached to the cylinder valve or manifold. - 3Before a regulator is removed from a cylinder valve, the cylinder valve shall always be closed and the gas released from the regulator. - If, when the valve on a fuel gas cylinder is opened, there is found to be a leak around the valve stem, the valve shall be closed and the gland nut tightened. If this action does not stop the leak, the use of the cylinder shall be discontinued, and it shall be properly tagged and removed from the work area. In the event that fuel gas should leak from the cylinder valve, rather than from the valve stem, and the gas cannot be shut off, the cylinder shall be properly tagged and removed from the work area. If a regulator attached to a cylinder valve will effectively stop a leak through the valve seat, the cylinder need not be removed from the work area. - If a leak should develop at a fuse plug or other safety device, the cylinder shall be removed from the work area. e. Hose Fuel gas hose and oxygen hose shall be easily distinguishable from each other. The contrast may be made by different colors or by surface characteristics readily distinguishable by the sense of touch. Oxygen and fuel gas hoses shall not be interchangeable. A single hose having more than one gas passage shall not be used. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-187 DAMES & MooRE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION _ - When parallel sections of oxygen and fuel gas hose are taped together, not more than 10 centimeters out of 30 centimeters shall be covered by tape. - All hoses in use, carrying acetylene, oxygen, natural or manufactured fuel gas, or any gas or substance which may ignite or enter into combustion, or be in any way harmful to personnel, shall be inspected at the beginning of each working shift. Defective hose shall be removed from service. - Hose which has been subject to flashback, or which shows evidence of severe wear or damage, shall be tested to twice the normal pressure to which is it subject, but in no case less than 300 p.s.i. Defective hose, or hose in doubtful condition shall not be used. - Hose couplings shall be of the type that cannot be unlocked or disconnected by means of a straight pull without rotary motion. Boxes used for the storage of gas hose shall be ventilated. * :IHoses, cables and other equipment shall be kept clear of passageways, ladders and stairs. f. Torches = - Clogged torch tip openings shall be cleaned with suitable cleaning wires, drills or other devices designed for such purposes. Torches in use shall be inspected at the beginning of each working shift for leaking shutoff valves, hose couplings and tip connections. Defective torches shall not be used. - 1Torches shall be lighted by friction lighters or other approved devices, and not by matches or from hot work. g. Regulators and gauges. Oxygen and fuel gas pressure regulator, including their related gauges, shall be in proper working order while in use. h. Oil and grease hazards. Oxygen cylinders and fittings shall be kept away from oil or grease. Cylinders, cylinder caps and valves, couplings, regulators, hose and apparatus shall be kept free from oil or greasy substances and shall not be handled with oily hands or BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-188 DAMEs & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECrioN DURING CONSrRUCTioN gloves. Oxygen shall not be directed at oily surfaces, greasy clothes, or storage tank or vessel. 2. Arc welding and cutting a. Manual electrode holders. - Only manual electrode holders which are specifically designed for arc welding and cutting, and are of a capacity capable of safely handling the maximum rated current required by the electrodes, shall be used. - Any current-carrying parts passing through the portion of the holder which the arc welder or cutter grips in their hand, and the outer surfaces of the jaws of the holder, shall be fully insulated against the maximum voltage encountered to ground. b. Welding cables and connectors. - All arc welding and cutting cables shall be completely insulated, flexible type, capable of handling the maximum current requirements of the work in progress, taking into account the duty cycle under which the arc welder or cutter is working. - Only cable free from repair or splices for a minimum distance of three meters from the cable end to which the electrode holder is connected shall be used, except that cables with standard insulated connectors or with splices whose insulating quality is equal to that of the cable are permitted. - When it becomes necessary to connect or splice lengths of cable one to another, substantial insulated connectors of a capacity at least equivalent to that of the cable shall be used. If connections are effected by means of cable lugs, they shall be securely fastened together to give good electrical contact, and the exposed metal parts of the lugs shall be completely insulated. - Cables in need of repair shall not be used. When a cable, other than the cable lead referred to in Subparagraph (B) of this section, becomes worn to the extent of exposing bare conductors, the portion thus exposed shall be BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 9 SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-189 DAMEs & MoORE DRAFT REPORT EAWIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCI70N protected by means of rubber and friction tape or other equivalent insulation. c. Ground returns and machine grounding. - A ground return cable shall have a safe current carrying capacity equal to or exceeding the specified maximum output capacity of the arc welding or cutting unit which it services. When a single ground return cable services more than one unit, its safe current-carrying capacity shall equal or exceed the total specified maximum output capacities of all the units which it services. - Pipelines containing gases or flammable liquids, or conduits containing electrical circuits, shall not be used as a ground return. - When a structure or pipeline is employed as a ground return circuit, it shall be determined that the required electrical contact exists at all joints. The generation of an arc, sparks or heat at any point shall cause rejection of the structures as a ground circuit. - When a structure or pipeline is continuously employed as a ground return circuit, all joints shall be bonded, and periodic inspections shall be conducted to ensure that no condition of electrolysis or fire hazard exist by virtue of such use. T The frames of all arc welding and cutting machines shall be grounded either through a third wire in the cable containing the circuit conductor or through a separate wire which is grounded at the source of the current. Grounding circuits, other than by means of the structure, shall be checked to ensure that the circuit between the ground and the grounded power conductor has resistance low enough to permit sufficient current to flow to cause the fuse or circuit breaker to interrupt the current. - All ground connections shall be inspected to ensure that they are mechanically strong and electrically adequate for the required current. d. Operating Instructions. Contractors shall instruct personnel in the safe means of arc welding and cutting as follows: BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 Ill-190 DAMEs & MOORE DRAFT REPORT EWIRONMENVTAL PROTECT70N DURING CONSTRUC7ION 0 - When electrode holders are to be left unattended, the electrodes shall be removed and the holders shall be so placed or protected that they cannot make electrical contact with personnel or conducting objects. - Hot electrode holders shall not be dipped in water, to do so may expose the arc welder or cutter to electric shock. - When the arc welder or cutter has occasion to leave their work or to stop work for any appreciable length of time, or when the arc welding or cutting machine is to be moved, the power supply switch to the equipment shall be opened. - Any faulty or defective equipment shall be reported to the supervisor. e. Shielding. Whenever practicable, all arc welding and cutting operations shall be shielded by noncombustible or flameproof screens which will protect employees and other persons working in the vicinity from the direct rays of the arc. * 3. Fire prevention. a. When practical, objects to be welded, cut or heated shall be moved to a designated safe location or, if the objects to be welded, cut or heated cannot be readily moved, all movable fire hazards in the vicinity shall be taken to a safe place, or otherwise protected. b. If the object to be welded, cut or heated cannot be moved and if all the fire hazards cannot be removed, positive means shall be taken to confine the heat, sparks, and slag, and to protect the immovable fire hazards from them. c. No welding, cutting or heating shall be done where the application of flammable paints, or the presence of other flammable compounds, or heavy dust concentrations create a hazard. d. Suitable fire extinguishing equipment shall be immediately available in the work area and shall be maintained in a state of readiness for instant use. e. When the welding, cutting or heating operation is such that normal fire prevention precautions are not sufficient, additional personnel shall be assigned to guard BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-191 DAMES & MooRE DRAFTREPORT ENVRONMEYNTAL PROTECriONDURING CONSTRUCr7oN against fire while the actual welding, cutting or heating operation is being performed, and for a sufficient period of time after completion of the work to ensure that no possibility of fire exists. Such personnel shall be instructed as to the specific anticipated fire hazards and how the firefighting equipment provided is to be used. f. Drums, containers or hollow structures which have contained toxic or flammable substances shall, before welding, cutting or heating is undertaken on them, either be filled with water or thoroughly cleaned of such substances and ventilated and tested. g. Before heat is applied to a drum, container or hollow structure, a vent or opening shall be provided for the release of any built-up pressure during the application of heat. 4. Ventilation and protection in welding, cutting and heating. a. Mechanical Ventilation: For purposes of this section, mechanical ventilation shall meet the following requirements: - Mechanical ventilation shall consist of either general mechanical ventilation systems or local exhaust systems. General mechanical ventilation shall be of sufficient capacity and so arranged as to produce the number of air changes necessary to maintain welding fumes and smoke within safe limits, as defined in the section under ventilation. - Local exhaust ventilation shall consist of freely movable hoods intended to be placed by the welder or burner as close as practicable to the work. This system shall be of sufficient capacity and so arranged as to remove fumes and smoke at the source and keep the concentration of them in the breathing zone within safe limits, as defined in the section under ventilation. - Contaminated air exhausted from a working space shall be discharged into the open air or otherwise clear of the source of intake air. - All air replacing that withdrawn shall be clean and respirable. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOUVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-192 DAMES & MooRE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONmENTAL PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTIoN * - Oxygen shall not be used for ventilation purposes, comfort cooling, blowing dust from clothing or for cleaning the work area. b. Welding, cutting and heating in confined spaces. - Except as provided in Subparagraph (b) of this paragraph either general mechanical or local exhaust ventilation meeting the requirements of Paragraph (A) of this section shall be provided whenever welding, cutting or heating is performed in a confined space. - When sufficient ventilation cannot be obtained without blocking the means of access, employees in the confined space shall be protected by airline respirators and an employee on the outside of such a confined space shall be assigned to maintain communication with those working within it and to aid them in an emergency. - Where a welder must enter a confined space through a manhole or other small opening, means shall be provided for quickly removing him in case of emergency. When safety belts and lifelines are used for this purpose, they shall be so attached to the welder's body that his body cannot be jammed in a small exit opening. An attendant with a pre-planned rescue procedure shall be stationed outside to observe the welder at all times and be capable of putting rescue operations into effect. c. Welding, cutting, or heating of metals of toxic significance - Welding, cutting, or heating in any enclosed spaces involving zinc-bearing base or filler metals, or metals coated with zinc-bearing materials; lead base metals; cadmium-bearing filler materials; or chromium-bearing metals or metals coated with chromium-bearing materials shall be performed with either general mechanical or local exhaust ventilation meeting the requirements of Paragraph A of this section. - Welding, cutting, or heating in any enclosed spaces involving metals containing lead, other than as an impurity, or metals coated with lead-bearing materials; cadmium-bearing or cadmium-coated base metals; metals coated with mercury-bearing materials; or beryllium-containing base or filler metals shall be performed with local exhaust ventilation in BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-193 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENViRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION accordance with the requirements or paragraph A of this section, or - employees shall be protected by air line respirators. Because of its high toxicity, work involving beryllium shall be done with both local exhaust ventilation and air line respirators. - Employees performing such operations in the open air shall be protected by filter-type respirators in accordance with the requirements of Section XIX of this part, except that employees performing such operations on beryllium-containing base or filler metals shall be protected by air line respirators. - Other employees exposed to the same atmosphere as the welders or burners shall be protected in the same manner as the welder or burner. d. Inert-Gas Metal-Arc Welding. Since the inert-gas metal-arc welding process involves the production of ultraviolet radiation of intensities of 5 to 30 times higher than that produced during shielded metal-arc welding, the decomposition of chlorinated solvents by ultraviolet rays, and the liberation of toxic fumes and gases, 9 employees shall not be permitted to engage in, or be exposed to the process until the following special precautions have been taken: i) The use of chlorinated solvents shall be kept at least 60.6 meters, unless shielded from the exposed arc, and surfaces prepared with chlorinated solvents shall be thoroughly dry before welding is permitted on such surfaces. ii) Employees in the area not protected from the arc by screening shall be protected by filter lenses meeting the requirements under eye protection of this Manual. When two or more welders are exposed to each other's arc, filter lens goggles of a suitable type, meeting the requirements of eye protection of this Manual shall be worn under welding helmets. Hand shields to protect the welder against flashes and radiant energy shall be used when either the helmet is lifted or the shield is removed. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-194 DAMES & MooRE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION * iii) Welders and other personnel who are exposed to radiation shall be suitably protected so that the skin is covered completely to prevent burns and other damage by ultraviolet rays. Welding helmets and hand shields shall be free of leaks and openings, and free of highly reflective surfaces. - When inert gas metal-arc welding is being performed on stainless steel, the requirements of paragraph 3.B. above shall be met to protect against dangerous concentrations of nitrogen dioxide. e. General welding, cutting and heating. - Welding, cutting and heating, not involving conditions described in Paragraph (2) or (3) of this section, may normally be done without mechanical ventilation or respiratory protective equipment, but where, because of unusual physical or atmospheric conditions, an unsafe accumulation of contaminants exists, suitable mechanical ventilation or respiratory protective equipment shall be provided. - Personnel performing any type of welding, cutting or heating shall be 3 protected by suitable eye protective equipment. - Necessary precautions shall be taken by the welder to protect their ears when welding in a bellhole. - Eye protection shall be worn by all personnel doing any buffing or grinding work. - Welding trucks shall be equipped with approved fire extinguishers, first aid materials, etc. 5. Welding, cutting, and heating on preservative coatings. a. Before welding, cutting or heating is commenced on any surface covered by a preservative coating whose flammability is not known, a test shall be made by a competent person to determine its flammability. Preservative coatings shall be considered to be highly flanmmable when scrapings burn with extreme rapidity. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN _ SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-195 DAME & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCMON b. Precautions shall be taken to prevent ignition of highly flammable hardened preservative coatings. When coatings are determined to be flammable, they shall be stripped from the area to be heated to prevent ignition. c. Protection against toxic preservative coatings. - In enclosed spaces, all surfaces covered with toxic preservatives shall be stripped of all toxic coatings for a distance of at least 4 inches from the area of heat application, or the employees shall be protected by airline respirators. - In the open air, personnel shall be protected by a respirator, in accordance with requirements of Table 6 of this Manual (Section XIX). - The preservative coatings shall be removed a sufficient distance from the area to be heated to ensure that the temperature of the unstripped metal will not be appreciably raised. Artificial cooling of the metal surrounding the heating area may be used to limit the size of the area required to be cleaned. = 13.4.25 Rigging Equipment for Material Handling 1. General. a. Rigging equipment for material handling shall be inspected prior to use on each shift and as necessary during its use to ensure that it is safe. Defective rigging equipment shall be removed from service. b Rigging equipment shall not be loaded in excess of its recommended safe working load. c. Rigging equipment, when not in use, shall be removed from the immediate work area so as not to present a hazard to personnel. d. Special custom design grabs, hooks, clamps, or other lifting accessories, shall be marked to indicate the safe working loads and shall be proof-tested prior to use to 125 % of their rated load. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-196 DAMES & MooRE DRAFT REPORT ENViRONMENTAL PROTECI70NDURING CONSTRUCTON O 2. Alloy steel chains a. Welded alloy steel chain slings shall have permanently affixed durable identification stating size, grade, rated capacity and sling manufacturer. b. Hooks, rings, oblong links, pear-shaped links, welded or mechanical coupling links, or other attachments, when used with alloy steel chains, shall have a rated capacity at least equal to that of the chain. c. Job or shop hooks and links, or makeshift fasteners, formed from bolts, rods, etc., or other such attachments, shall not be used. d. Rated capacity (work load limits) for alloy steel chain slings shall conform to the specified standard and/or manufacturer's recommendations. e. Whenever wear at any point of any chain link exceeds that set out in the specified standard and/or manufacturer's recommendations, the assembly shall be removed from service. 3. Wire rope. a. Refer to the manufacturer's recommendations as to the safe working loads, classifications, and grades for steel wire rope and slings with various terninations. The safe working load recommended by the manufacturer shall be followed, provided that a safety factor of not less than 5 is maintained. b. Protruding ends of strands in splices on slings and bridles shall be covered or blunted. c. Wire rope shall not be secured by knots. d. The following limitations shall apply to the use of wire rope: - An eye splice made in any wire rope shall have not less than four full tucks. However, this requirement shall not operate to preclude the use of another form of splice or connection which can be shown to be as efficient and which is not otherwise prohibited. - Except for eye splices in the ends of wires and for endless rope slights, each wire rope used in hoisting or lowering, or in pulling loads, shall consist of one continuous piece without knot or splice. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-197 DAMS & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCI70A * - Eyes in wire rope bridles, slings or bull wires shall not be formed by wire rope clips or knots. - Wire rope shall not be used if, in any length of eight diameters, the total number of visible broken wires exceeds 10 percent of the total number of wires, or if the rope shows other signs of excessive wear, corrosion or defect. - When U-Bolt wire rope clips are used to form eyes, the following table shall be used to determine the number and spacing of clips. NUMBER AND SPACING OF U-BOLT WIRE ROPE CLIPS NUMBER OF CLIPS Improved plow steel, rope Drop forged Other material Minimum spacing (inches) diameter inches 1/2 4 3 5/8 3 4 3 3/4 3/4 4 5 41/2 7/8 4 5 51/4 1 5 6 6 1 1/8 6 6 6 3/4 1 1/4 6 7 71/2 13/8 7 7 81/4 1½/2 7 8 9 Source: 29 CFR Part 1926 - When used for eye splices, the U-Bolt shall be applied so that the "U" section is in contact with the dead end of the rope. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-198 DAMES & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECION DURING CONSTRUCTION @ 13.4.26 Automotive Equipment 1. General. a. No contractor shall allow the use of any motor vehicle equipment having an obstructed view to the rear unless: - The vehicle has a reverse signal alarm audible above the surrounding noise level or; - The vehicle is backed up only when an observer signals that it is safe to do so. b. All vehicles in use shall be inspected at the beginning of each shift to assure that the following parts, equipment and accessories are in safe operating condition and free of apparent damage that could cause failure while in use: service brakes, including trailer brake connections; parking system (hand brakes); emergency stopping system (brakes); tires; horn; steering mechanism; coupling devices; seat belts; operating controls; and safety devices. All defects shall be corrected before the vehicle is placed in service. These requirements also apply to equipment such as lights, reflectors, windshield wipers, defroster, fire extinguishers, etc., where such equipment is necessary. C. The winch-block used on trucks or tractors shall have a safety brindle on the hook. d. Cables and hoisting equipment shall be inspected daily. Damaged cable or hoisting equipment shall be replaced or repaired immediately. e. The use or possession of alcoholic beverages on company property or during work hours is strictly prohibited. f. Never stop in the center of the road. Always pull over to one side before stopping. If a breakdown occurs at night and the vehicle lights go out, protect the truck with appropriate signals until aid is secured. g. Before stopping or attempting to turn, always give proper signal to vehicle approaching from rear. h. The driver should look both ways before crossing railroad tracks, and should put the truck in low until the tracks are crossed. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-199 DAMEs & MooRE DRAFTREPORT EAvIRONMENTAL PROTECTiON DURING CoNsTRUCI7ON i. The driver must stop and look in both directions before driving onto a major highway from a minor road. j. The driver shall slow down and sound horn of the vehicle when approaching a blind curve. k. Drive as close to the right-hand side of the road as safety permits. 1. Do not fail to slow down the moment children are seen on the sidewalk or roadway. Drivers must stop when school buses are loading or unloading children. m. Keep rear view mirror in good condition and use it for purposes intended. Make it as easy as possible for the approaching traffic to pass. Do not monopolize the highway. n. The drivers of all trucks loaded with employees or materials, when starting down a steep hill shall shift gears to such a position as is necessary to insure complete control. O. Truck and car drivers shall report all accidents involving personal injury or property damage to their supervisor immediately. P. All trucks operating in a convoy shall travel a minimum of 100 meters apart. q. All truck drivers shall be responsible for the safety of employees on their trucks, for compliance with safety regulations and for speed limits set by host country laws. 2. Transportation of personnel. a. Vehicles used to transport personnel shall have seats firmly secured and adequate for the number of employees to be carried. b. Seat belts shall be installed and worn in all motor vehicles. c. Tools and materials shall be secured to prevent movement when transported in the same compartment with personnel. d. Personnel shall not ride with their arms or legs outside of the truck body, in standing position, on running boards, seated on fenders, or seated on or in trucks with loads. e. The driver of a crew truck shall require that personnel not unload until the truck has come to a complete stop. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BoUVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-200 DAMEs & MooRE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONmENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION f. Truck drivers shall not drive faster than the speed prescribed by the local laws and shall have the vehicle under control at all times. g. Drivers must not permit non-employees to operate company equipment or vehicles. h. No flammable liquids or loose materials of any kind shall be permitted in the compartment where people are riding. 3. Transportation of materials. a. All pipe loads shall be boomed with not less than three chains, and the chains shall not be less than 1 centimeter, good quality, with adequate strength for application. Loose end of boomer chains shall not be allowed to drag. Boomer handles shall be operated from the ground and on the right side of the vehicle. Employees should never stand over a boomer when releasing or taking up on loads. b. All haulage vehicles, whose pay load is loaded by means of cranes, power shovels, loaders or similar equipment, shall have a cab shield and/or canopy adequate to protect the operator from shifting or falling materials. c. Operating levers controlling hoisting or dumping devices on haulage bodies shall be equipped with a latch or other device which will prevent accidental starting or tripping of the mechanism. d. Leather or leather-palm gloves shall be worn by employees when unloading pipe. e. The load shall be examined carefully to see that stakes on both sides of the truck or wagon bed are securely set to prevent pipe from rolling when the boomers are released. f. A power line pole should not be used as a snub for a winch when materials are moved or truck is pulled when stuck, as there is a danger of shorting the wires when the strain is taken off the pole. g. Skids shall be properly placed when handling pipe or heavy materials. h. Hooks or calipers on "A" frame of trucks shall be securely fastened to prevent swinging when not in use. Never stand under "A" frame. i. Trailers being pulled by king pins shall have a safety chain of sufficient size to hold load should the king pin break. h. Materials shall be properly loaded to prevent shifting or falling while in transit. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER. 1997 111-201 DAMEs & MooRE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUC7ION i. Loads extending beyond the rear of the bed should be protected by red flags during the day and red lights at night. Over width loads shall not be permitted except when necessary, and then shall travel only during the day with necessary warning flags. j. Overhead clearance and width shall be checked before passing under low wires, cables, underpasses and bridges. k. When vehicles are parked, engines shall be stopped and emergency brakes set. 13.4.27 Material Handling Equipment 1. General a. Only qualified personnel shall be assigned as operators. Proper regard for safety of employees and the public shall be shown by contractors. b. All equipment shall be inspected daily and maintained in good working condition. An inspection report shall be given to the supervisor immediately upon completion. c. All equipment shall be driven off roads or highways at night. Where any portion of any machine or equipment projects into the road it shall be marked by red lights or flares. d. Operators shall not permit oiling or greasing, refueling or repairs until motors on the vehicles have been stopped. e. All drive chains, sprockets, gears, V-belts, and open shafting shall be properly guarded and guards shall be kept in position when the machine is in operation. f. Personnel sleeping or resting under equipment during rest periods shall be prohibited. g. If there is any question as to visibility, or when working close to people on the ground, the operator should get a signal from an employee or foreman before moving. h. Persons shall not be permitted to ride on equipment unless it is suitably equipped for such transport. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-202 DAMES & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CONSTRUCTION i. Personnel shall not go in between to hitch or unhitch tractor or other equipment such as trailers, dope pots and sleds until they have been stopped and the operator shall not move equipment until the employee is clear of the equipment. j. All machine operators shall familiarize themselves with safety rules for "Road and Railroad Crossings" of this manual. k. All blades and booms shall be lowered when equipment is not in use. 1. Workers shall not ride pipe except for balancing pipe in line up and then not in standing position. m. Workers shall not ride boom lines, crane hooks, headache balls. n. Pipe lines being constructed in the vicinity of high tension power lines shall be properly grounded at all times. O. Whenever equipment is parked, the parking brake must be set. In addition, equipment parked on inclines shall have the wheels chocked. p. Do not move construction equipment or vehicles upon any access roadway or grade unless the access roadway or grade is constructed and maintained to accommodate safely the movement of equipment and vehicles involved. 2. Lifting equipment. a. The contractor shall comply with the manufacturer's specifications and limitations applicable to the operation of any and all cranes. Where manufacturers' specifications are not available, the limitations assigned to the equipment shall be based on the determinations of a qualified engineer competent in this field and such determinations will be appropriately documented and recorded. Attachments used with cranes shall not exceed the capacity, rating or scope recommended by the manufacturer. b. Rated load capacities, and recommended operating speeds, special hazard warnings or instructions, shall be conspicuously posted on all equipment. Instructions or warnings shall be visible to the operator while at their control station. c. Hand signals to crane operators shall be those prescribed by the applicable ANSI standard for the type of crane in use. An illustration of the signals shall be posted at the job site. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-203 DAMES & MooRE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT7ON DURING CONSTRUCTION d. The contractor shall designate a competent person who shall inspect all machinery and equipment prior to each use, and during use, to make sure it is in safe operating condition. Any deficiencies shall be repaired, or defective parts replaced, before continued use. e. A thorough, annual inspection of the hoisting machinery shall be made by a competent person. The contractor shall maintain a record of the dates and results of inspections for each hoisting machine and piece of equipment. f. Wire rope shall be taken out of service when any of the following conditions exist: - In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken wires in one lay or three broken wires in one strand in one lay. - Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside individual wires. Kinking, crushing, bird caging or any other damage resulting in distortion of the rope structure. - Evidence of any heat damage from any cause. - Reductions from nominal diameter of more than 1/64" for diameters up to and including 5/16"; 1/32"for diameters 3/8" to and including 1/2"; 3/64" for diameters 9/16" to and including 3/4"; 1/16" for diameters 7/8" to 1- 1/8" inclusive; 3/32" for diameters 1-1/4" to 1-1/2" inclusive. - In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one lay in sections beyond end connections or more than one broken wire at an end connection. - Wire rope safety factors shall be in accordance with American National Standards Institute B30.5-1968 or SE J959-1966. g. Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, chains or other reciprocating, rotation, or other moving parts or equipment shall be guarded if such parts are exposed to contact by employees, or otherwise create a hazard. Guarding shall meet the requirements of the latest American National Standards Institute B 15.1, Safety Code for Mechanical Power Transmission apparatus. h. Accessible areas within the swing radius of the rear of the rotating superstructure of the crane, either permanently or temporarily mounted, shall be barricaded in BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 Ill-204 DAMEs & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECriONDURING CoNSrRUCroN such a manner as to prevent an employee from being struck or crushed by the crane. i. All exhaust pipes shall be guarded or insulated in areas where contact by personnel is possible in the performance of normal duties. j. Whenever internal combustion engine powered equipment exhausts in enclosed spaces, tests shall be made and recorded to see that employees are not exposed to unsafe concentrations of toxic gases or oxygen deficient atmosphere. k. All windows in cabs shall be of safety glass, or equivalent, that introduces no visible distortion that will interfere with the safe operation of the machine. 1. Where necessary for rigging or service requirements, a ladder, or steps shall be provided to give access to a cab roof. m. Guardrails, handholds and steps shall be provided on cranes for easy access to the car and cab, conforming to the American National Standards Institute B30.5. n. Platforms and walkways shall have anti-skid surfaces. O. Fuel tank filler pipe shall be located in such a position, or protected in such a manner, as to not allow spill or overflow to run onto the engine, exhaust or electrical equipment of any machine being fueled. p. An accessible fire extinguisher of 5BC rating, or higher, shall be available at all operator stations or cabs of equipment. q. Except where electrical distribution and transmission lines have been de-energized and visibly grounded at point of work or where insulating barriers, not a part of or an attachment to the equipment or machinery, have been erected to prevent physical contact with the lines, equipment or machines shall be operated proximate to power lines only in accordance with the following: - For lines rated 50 KV or below, minimum clearance between the lines and any part of the crane or load shall be 3 meters. - For lines rated over 50 KV, minimum clearance between the lines and any part of the crane or load shall be 3 meters plus 1 centimeter for each 1 KV over 50 KV, or twice the length of the line insulator, but never less than 3 meters. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-205 DAMEs & MOORE DRAFT REPORT EwVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CoNSTRUCTIoN - In transit with no load and boom lowered, the equipment clearance shall be a minimum of 1 meter for voltages less than 50 KV, and 3 meters for voltages over 50 KV, up to and including 345 KV, and 5 meters for voltages up to and including 750 KV. - A person shall be designated to observe clearance of the equipment and give timely warning for all operations where it is difficult for the operator to maintain the desired clearance by visual means. - If the boom or cables accidentally come into contact with an energized wire, the operator should swing the crane to get clear. If the crane cannot be cleared, the operator should stay on the crane and remain calm. r. All employees shall be kept clear of loads about to be lifted and of suspended loads. 3. Earthmoving equipment. a. These rules apply to the following types of earthmoving equipment: scrapers, loaders, crawler or wheel tractors, bulldozers, off-highway trucks and graders. b. Seat belts shall be provided on all equipment covered by this section. c. Seat belts need not be provided for equipment which is designed only for stand-up operation. d. Seat belts need not be provided for equipment which does not have rollover protective structure (ROPS) or adequate canopy protection. e. No contractor shall move or cause to be moved construction equipment or vehicles upon any access roadway or grade unless the access roadway or grade is constructed and maintained to accommodate safely the movement of the equipment and vehicle involved. f. Every emergency access ramp and berm used by a contractor shall be constructed to restrain and control runaway vehicles. g. All earthmoving equipment mentioned in this section shall have a service braking system capable of stopping and holding the equipment fully loaded. h. All bidirectional machines, such as rollers, compactors, front-end loaders, bulldozers and similar equipment, shall be equipped with a horn, distinguishable BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-206 DAMES & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROYECrIONDURING CONSTRUCrMON 0 from the surrounding noise level, which shall be operated as needed when the machine is moving in either direction. The horn shall be maintained in an operative condition. 1. No contractor shall permit earthmoving or compacting equipment which has an obstructed view to the rear to be used in reverse gear unless the equipment has in operation a reverse signal alarm distinguishable from the surrounding noise level or an employee signals that it is safe to do so. j. Scissor points on all front-end loaders, which constitute a hazard to the operator during normal operation, shall be guarded. 4. Ditching machines. a. All machine guards shall be properly maintained and kept in position when the ditching machine is in operation. b. The machine operator shall be held responsible for maintaining the machine and equipment in a safe and satisfactory operating condition. c. Cleaning rocks, roots, or dirt from buckets on digging wheel or conveyor shall not * be done while machine is in motion. d. Cables and fastenings shall be checked daily on digging wheel, and conveyors and brakes shall be checked before operating machine on inclines. e. Operator shall demand that all employees or public stand in the clear of the conveyor as well as the digging wheel while machine is in operation. f. Operator shall make sure that all employees are clear of the machine, and that all persons employed in the operation have been located or accounted for before operator moves the machine or engages the clutch of the digging wheel. g. Employees shall stand clear of skids or timbers placed under the ditcher tracks. h. In addition to the requirement specified in the preceding paragraphs, all of the requirements under Material Handling Equipment in this manual shall be followed and observed. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-207 DAMES & MOoRE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENiAL PROTECI7oNDUPJNG CoNSmuCriON . 5. Bulldozers a. All steps, tracks or any surface used to mount the rig shall be clean, dry, free of grease, oil, mud or dirt. b. All controls are properly set for start-up and all guards and safety devices are in place and working. c. The bulldozer operator shall make certain that all employees are off and completely clear of the bulldozer before any operations are initiated. d. Bulldozers shall be equipped with headache racks or protective cover constructed of material sufficiently strong to protect operator when they are used in clearing operations. e. The bulldozer shall not be operated on right-of-way unless the brush crew is in the clear. f. Operators shall make certain that helpers are in the clear when stumps are pulled by winch and cable. g. Operator shall never attempt to make any repairs or adjustments or grease machine without first disengaging clutch, and shutting machine down. h. Substantial cribbing should be provided if necessary to work on or under the raised blade. i. In addition to the requirements specified in the preceding paragraphs, all of the requirements under Material Handling in this manual shall be followed and observed. 6. Sidebooms and tow tractors a Before operating a sideboom or tow tractor, operator shall make sure everyone is in the clear. Workers shall not stand beneath tractor boom when lifting or lowering. b. No tractor or sideboom shall be operated until all controls have been inspected, tested and are in good working order. c. Operators are responsible for winch brakes, cable and pipe on side booms. Faulty winch brakes must be repaired before using tractor. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-208 DAMES & MooRE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECI7ON DURING CONSmRUCrION d. Personnel shall not stand directly in front of cable hitches, tractors and pipe during "bending" operations or moving of pipe. e. Personmel shall not pass under or work under a suspended load inside the angle of winch line, or near a cable, chain or rope. f. Pipe shall never be picked up or lowered while any personnel are between the tractor and the pipe, and pipe shall never be carried over heads of personnel. g. No one should give signals, directions or other instructions to an equipment operator unless they have been trained, authorized and directed to do so. h. No operator shall leave their operating position while a load is hanging or held up by the sideboom without blocking under the load. i. Operator shall not allow anyone to ride on the machine unless specific preparation is made for such transport. j. All sideboom hooks shall be equipped with a safety catch or lock to prevent cable slipping out. k. A chain shall be attached to each sideboom and belt or line chained to boom when tractor is not carrying a load and is moving along the right-of-way. 1. A tractor or sideboom shall not be run across a ditch until it has been ascertained that no injury can result if ground does cave in. m. When dozing sides of ditch or backfilling, no workers shall be in the ditch. n. In addition to the requirements specified in the preceding paragraphs, all of the requirements under Material Handling in this manual shall be followed and observed. 7. Fueling of equipment. a Tank trucks used to transport split loads of gasoline, diesel and other fuels shall be the type provided with double bulkheads and drainage between compartments to prevent contamination from leaks. A separate pump shall be used for gasoline only, and there shall be no connecting lines between compartments. b. The dome openings and draw-off faucets shall be painted identifying colors such as red for gasoline; green for kerosene; and black for diesel fuel. The dome BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-209 DAMES & MooRE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CoNsmRUCrwoN openings for the tank trucks compartments shall have the names of the products stenciled around them. c. An outer shield shall be placed over the muffler on all fuel trucks. The tail pipe shall be extended to a safe point clear of the unloading connections and the pump. d. Each fuel truck shall be provided with at least one approved fire extinguisher, such as a seven kilogram dry chemical type. e. Motors on equipment shall be stopped and burners on dope pots extinguished before refueling. f. Smoking within 30 meters shall be prohibited while equipment is being fueled and in the case of gasoline, there shall be no open fires, welding or burning in the nearby area. g. Care shall be taken not to overfill any equipment with fuel. If fuel is spilled the engine or burner shall not be started. h. In fueling equipment, the metal fill nozzle shall be kept in contact with the lip of the tank opening to eliminate any static accumulation. i. Gasoline shall never be handled in open containers, and safety cans shall be used * when handling small quantities. j. The washing of equipment parts, hands or any object with gasoline shall be prohibited, and fuel truck drivers shall not dispense it for that purpose. A standard solvent, kerosene or diesel fuel shall be used for washing equipment parts. Hands can be cleaned with water less, grease removing creams and/or soap and water. k. Fuel trucks shall be equipped with reflectors or approved dry cell battery type warning lights for emergency highway use. 1. Stationary storage fuel tanks shall be vented and entirely clear of buildings or equipment at the warehouse. If the tanks are not buried, they shall be grounded and properly vented. m. The fill nozzle opening on all equipment shall have a fastened cap in place except when the tank is being filled. n. Fueling equipment shall be equipped with grounding wire that will be attached to the equipment it is serving to eliminate static electrical charges. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-210 DAMEs & MooRE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CONSTRUCTION 8. Maintenance, repairs, and servicing a. No service, repairs or maintenance shall be done on any machine or equipment until it has been moved to a place where the machine will not be exposed to vehicle or equipment traffic and out of the work area unless and until proper barricades and guards have been set up to provide a safe working area. b. No work shall be done on any machines or equipment for any purpose until and unless the equipment has been shut down and locked out, brakes set, and all blades, buckets, etc., have been lowered completely to the ground or properly blocked. c. Machine parts shall not be washed in gasoline; either kerosene, diesel oil, or a safety solvent shall be used. d. Suspended motors or machinery, etc., beneath which mechanics must work shall be blocked or cribbed. e. Hoisting equipment shall be carefully examined before using on heavy loads. f. All guards should be replaced after repairs have been completed. g. New parts for installation and old parts removed from a machine must be placed * in the clear. h. Tools, such as hammers, chisels and wrenches, shall be kept in safe workable condition and each employee shall be responsible for the condition of that equipment and tools which he uses. i. Employees shall wear goggles when using buffers, emery wheels and grinders, and while chipping and cutting. j. Do not strike two hardened metal surfaces together, such as a ball peen hammer against a shaft. Use a wooden block between high carbon surfaces, or a soft- headed hammer. k. All electrical equipment shall be adequately grounded. Extension cords and outlets shall be kept in good repair. 1. Mechanics' truck shall have at least one 15-pound dry chemical fire extinguisher. m. No welding, brazing, or cutting should be done on any tank or vessel which has contained flammable liquids unless it has been gas freed and/or thoroughly washed and completely filled with water. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN * SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-211 DAMEs & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT7ON DURING CONSRUCTI70N n. Drivers of fuel trucks shall be required to keep the equipment in good condition and such drivers shall follow all applicable rules under "Operation of Automotive Equipment. " 13.4.28 Working Over or Near Water 1. Personnel safety. a. Employees working over or near water, where the danger of drowning exists, shall be provided with life jackets or buoyant work vests. b. Prior to and after each use, the buoyant work vests or life preservers shall be inspected for defects which would alter their strength or buoyancy. Defective units shall not be used. c. Ring buoys with at least 25 meters of line shall be provided and readily available for emergency rescue operations. Distance between ring buoys shall not exceed 60 meters. d. At least one lifesaving skiff shall be immediately available at locations where 3 employees are working over or adjacent to water. 2. Material handling operations a. Ramps for access of vehicles to or between barges shall be of adequate strength, provided with side boards, well maintained and properly secured. b. Unless personnel can step safely to or from the wharf, float, barge or river towboat, either a ramp, or a safe walkway, shall be provided. c. When the upper end of the means of access rests on or is flush with the top of the bulwark, substantial steps, properly secured and equipped with at least one substantial handrail approximately 80 centimeters in height, shall be provided between the top of the bulwark and the deck. d. Obstructions shall not be laid on or across the gangway. e. Unless the structure makes it impossible, the means of access shall be so located that the load will not pass over employees. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN _ SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-212 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECrioN DURiNG CONSTRUCToN f. Only experienced and qualified personnel shall be allowed to handle boats of any type. g. Every launch or motor boat shall be equipped with two oars and shall never leave dock without them. h. Each boat, barge and dredge shall be equipped with sufficient fire extinguishers to control fires, and with other appropriate marine safety equipment. i. A spare motor of sufficient power shall be provided for each boat for emergency use. j. Boats and work barges shall never be overloaded either with personnel and/or equipment and/or supplies. The load shall be properly distributed to prevent capsizing. k. Fuel supply shall not be kept on work barges or dredges because of the fire hazard. 1. When a dragline is used on a barge for digging, it shall be firmly secured to the barge. 3. Working surfaces or barges. X a. Only authorized personnel shall be allowed on barges and dredges. b. Personnel shall not be permitted to walk along the sides of covered lighters or barges with coamings more than 1 1/2 meters high, unless there is a 1 meter clear walkway, or grab rail, or taut handline is provided. c. Decks and other working surfaces shall be maintained in a safe condition. d. Personnel shall not be permitted to pass fore and aft, over, or around deckloads, unless there is a safe passage. e. Personnel shall not be permitted to walk over deckloads from rail to coaming unless there is a safe passage. If it is necessary to stand at the outboard or inboard edge of the deckload where less than 60 centimeters of bulwark, rail coaming, or other protection exists, all employees shall be provided with a suitable means of protection against falling from the deckload. f. The contractor shall ensure that there is in the vicinity of each barge in use at least one 7 1/2 meter lifering with not less than 25 meters of line attached, and at least one portable or permanent ladder which will reach the top of the apron to the BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-213 DAMES & MooRE DRAFT REPORT ENvIRONAmENTAL PROTECrIONDURING CONSTRUCT7ON 0 surface of the water. If the above equipment is not available at the pier, the employer shall furnish it during the time that he is working the barge. g. Employees walking or working on the unguarded decks of barges shall be protected with work vests or buoyant vests. 13.4.29 Construction Guidelines 1. Clearing and grading. a. Employees engaged in site clearing shall be protected from hazards of irritant and toxic plants and suitably instructed in the first aid treatment available. b. All equipment used on site or right-of-way clearing operations shall be equipped with rollover guards. In addition, rider operated equipment shall be equipped with an overhead and rear canopy guard meeting the following requirements. - The overhead covering on this canopy structure shall be of not less than 1/4 centimeter steel plate or 1/2 centimeter woven wire mesh with openings no greater than 1 inch, or equivalent. 3 - The opening in the rear of the canopy structure shall be covered with not less than 1/2 centimeter woven wire mesh with openings no greater than 2 1/2 centimeters. c. Timber clearing and felling shall be done under the direction of an experienced and competent person familiar with safe practices necessary in these operations. d The contractor shall provide and assure that each employee who operates a chain saw wears leg protection constructed with cut-resistant material, such as ballistic nylon. The leg protection shall cover the full length of the thigh to the top of the boot on each leg to protect against contact with a moving chain saw. Exception: This requirement does not apply when an employee is working as a climber if the employer demonstrates that a greater hazard is posed by wearing leg protection in the particular situation, or when an employee is working from a vehicular mounted elevating and rotating work platform. e. Employees cutting underbrush shall be well ahead of the tree felling operations. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-214 DAMEs & MOORE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECmONDURING CONSTRUCTON f. Axes shall be carried at the side with the hand grasping the axe handle close to the axe head. g. Power saw operators shall stay back of the saw and not reach in front of it to untangle vines, etc., while the saw is in motion. h. All cutting tools shall be sharpened regularly and inspected daily for defects. Double bitted axes shall not be used where there is much heavy underbrush and vines. Employees shall be spaced well apart so there will be no danger of one person hitting another. i. Care shall be taken to keep legs and feet out of the line of swing of the axe in case it glances off timber. j. Fellers or buckers shall not be placed on hillsides immediately below each other where there is danger from skidding or rolling timber. k. Fellers shall give timely warning to buckers and other persons in the vicinity where trees are being felled so they are not only out of the reach of the tree, but are also out of danger of possible sidewinders, snags, or other trees which may be knocked by the tree being felled. 1. The following precautions shall be taken at all times: - Watch out for loose limbs and bark on all snags and trees; particularly if previously felled trees have struck them. - Watch out for kickbacks of saplings and kickbacks from butts of felled trees. - All dangerous snags shall be felled. - Put large undercuts on heavy leaners. - Do not trust "holding wood" on the trees with heavy center rot. - Prior to felling any tree, brush or other potential obstacles which might interfere with cutting the tree or the retreat path shall be removed. - Employees in charge of cutting crews shall be careful when approaching a set of fellers. m. Fellers and buckers shall not work if the wind is strong enough to prevent the falling of trees in the direction desired. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-215 DAMES & MooRE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTEC77ON DURING CONSTRUCTION n. All work shall terminate and each employee shall move to a place of safety when environmental conditions, such as but not limited to, electrical storms, strong winds which may affect the fall of a tree, heavy rain, extreme cold, dense fog, fires, mudslides, and darkness, create a hazard for the employee in the performance of the job. o. Buckers shall not stand on the lower side of the log unless the log has been chocked. p. Buckers shall not work alone. q. At all power line crossings, the "Danger-Power Line" signs shall be installed immediately after clearing has been completed. These signs shall be placed approximately one hundred feet on each side of the power line and in a position where the sign will be seen by all vehicles traveling the right-of-way. r. Slash and small timber shall be piled and burned in a clearing of sufficient size to prevent the spread of fire. s. Where there may be danger of fire spreading to adjacent standing timber or ripe grain fields or grass lands, a safety strip of sufficient width shall be plowed. 9 t. Fire fighting equipment shall be on hand whenever brush or other materials are to be burned. u. Long handle torches shall be used in firing piles. V. A check shall be made to see that all fires are out before leaving the area. W. Each chain saw shall be equipped with a chain brake and must be operated and adjusted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 2. Excavation and shoring. a. Specific Excavation Requirements - If warranted, prior to starting an excavation, effort shall be made to determine whether underground installation ( i.e., sewer, telephone, water, pipelines, etc.), will be encountered, and if so, where such underground installations are located. When the excavation approaches the estimated locations of such an installation, the exact location shall be determined and when it is uncovered, proper supports shall be provided for the existing BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-216 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMEATAL PROTEC7IONDURING CONSTRUCTION installation. Utility companies shall be contacted and advised of proposed work prior to the start of actual excavation. - Trees, boulders and other surface encumbrances, located so as to create a hazard to employees involved in excavation work or in the vicinity thereof at any time during operations, shall be removed or made safe before excavating is begun. - The walls and faces of all excavations in which employees are exposed to danger from moving ground shall be guarded by a shoring system, sloping of the ground, or some other equivalent means, or by a combination of such means. - Daily inspections of excavations, the adjacent areas, and protective systems shall be made by a competent person for evidence of a situation that could result in possible cave-ins, indications of failure of protective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous conditions. An inspection shall be conducted by the competent person prior to the start of work and as needed throughout the shift. Inspections shall also be made after every rainstorm or other hazard increasing occurrence. These inspections are only required when employee exposure can be reasonably anticipated. - Where the competent person finds evidence of a situation that could result in a possible cave-in, indications of failure of protective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous conditions, exposed employees shall be removed from the hazardous area until the necessary precautions have been taken to ensure their safety. - The determination of the angle of repose and design of the supporting system shall be based on careful evaluation of pertinent factors such as: depth of cut; possible variation in water content of the material while the excavation is open; anticipated changes in materials from exposure to air, sun, water or freezing; loading imposed by structures, equipments, overlying material or stored material; and vibration from equipment, blasting, traffic or other sources. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-217 DAMEs & MOoRE DRAFT REPORT ENvIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION Supporting systems ( i.e., piling cribbing, shoring, etc.), shall be designed by a qualified person and meet accepted engineering requirements. When tie rods are used to restrain the top of sheeting or other retaining systems, the rods shall be securely anchored well back of the angle of repose. When tight sheeting or sheet piling is used, full loading due to ground water table shall be assumed, unless prevented by weep holes or drains or other means. Additional stringers, ties and bracing shall be provided to allow for any necessary temporary removal of individual supports. - All slopes shall be excavated to at least the angle of repose except for areas where solid rock allows for line drilling or pre-splitting. - The angle of repose shall be flattened when an excavation has water conditions, silty materials, loose boulders and areas where erosion, deep frost action and slide planes appear. - In excavations which are being hand excavated or where employees may be required to enter, excavated or other material shall be effectively stored and retained at least 1/2 meter or more from the edge of the excavation. 0 - If it is necessary to place or operate equipment, or other heavy objects on a level above and near an excavation, the side of the excavation shall be sheet-piled, shored and braced as necessary to resist the extra pressure due to such superimposed loads. - Adequate barrier physical protection shall be provided, and where personnel or equipment are required or permitted to cross over excavations, walkways or bridges with standard guardrails shall be provided. - Workers directing clam or bucket operations shall stand clear of edge of ditch because of danger of cave-ins. b. Specific Trenching and Shoring Requirements - Banks more than 1 1/2 meters high shall be shored, laid back to stable slope or some other equivalent means of protection shall be provided where employees may be exposed to moving ground or cave-ins. Trenches less than 1 1/2 meters in depth shall also be effectively protected when BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-218 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONmENTAL PRoTECrioN DURING CONsTRUcJYON examination of the ground indicates hazardous ground movement may be expected. Sides of trenches in unstable or soft material, 1 1/2 meters or more in depth, shall be shored, sheeted, braced, sloped, or other wise supported by means of sufficient strength to protect the employees working within them. Sides of trenches in hard or compact soil, including embankments, shall be shored or otherwise supported when the trench is more than 1 1/2 meters in depth and 2.4 meters or more in length. In lieu of shoring, the sides of the trench above the 1 1/2 meter level may be sloped to preclude collapse, but shall not be steeper than a 30 centimeter rise to each 15 centimeter horizontal. Materials used for sheeting and sheet piling, bracing, shoring and underpinning, shall be in good serviceable condition, and timbers used shall be sound and free from large or loose knots, and shall be designed and installed so as to be effective to the bottom of the excavation. Additional precautions by way of shoring and bracing shall be taken to prevent slides or cave-ins when excavations or trenches are made in locations adjacent to backfilled excavations, or where excavations are subjected to vibrations from railroad or highway traffic, the operation of machinery or any other source. When employees are required to be in trenches 1 meter deep or more, an adequate means of exit, such as ladders or steps, shall be provided and located so as to require no more than 8 meters of lateral travel. Bracing or shoring of trenches shall be carried along with the excavation. Cross braces or trench jacks shall be placed in true horizontal position, be spaced vertically and be secured to prevent sliding, falling or kickouts. Portable trench boxes or slinging trench shields may be used for the protection of personnel in lieu of shoring system or sloping. Where such trench boxes or shields are used, they shall be designed, constructed and maintained in a manner which will provide a protection equal to or greater than the sheeting or shoring required for the trench. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-219 DAMEs & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDUPwNG CONSTRUCTIoN 0 - Backfilling and removal of trench supports shall progress together from the bottom of the trench. Jacks or braces shall be released slowly and, in unstable soil, ropes shall be used to pull out the jacks or braces from above after employees have cleared the trench. 3. Unloading and stringing pipe. a. Care shall be taken to keep personnel in the clear when cutting steel bands securing pipe to the railroad car. b. Extreme care shall be exercised in spotting the lifting equipment at a railroad siding when unloading pipe so that there is adequate clearance of overhead wires, particularly of high voltage electric power lines. c. The tail rope shall be of sufficient length to enable the man hooking the pipe to stand in the clear while guiding the pipe. d. Where ramp skids are used, they shall be of ample size, sound hardwood, securely fastened, and shall have a gradual incline. Long ramp skids shall be supported. Pipe shall extend three or four feet over each end, and employees shall work at the ends of the pipe to avoid being caught between two sections or joints. e. Each tier of pipe shall be scotched when spacers are used in racking pipe. f. A red flag shall be placed at the rear end of trucks hauling pipe. g. Fence gaps shall be kept closed and trucks shall stay on the right-of-way. h. Suitable signs or flags shall be placed on highways at points where trucks are turning off to string pipe. 4. Bending and cutting. a. All personnel shall stand in the clear when actual bending operations are in progress. b. The bending machine operator shall be held responsible for making daily inspection of all cables, cable clamps, brakes, etc., and any defects discovered shall be corrected immediately and reported to the supervisor. c. Swamper or helper shall not ride pipe being moved to and from the bending machine. _BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-220 DAMS & MooRE DRAFT REPORT ENV1IRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION d. Pipe shall be adequately supported in pipe cutting operations; where short sections are cut off, employees shall be in the clear of falling pipe. e. Rules on tractor operations and power machinery shall be applied to all power equipment used in pipe bending. f. In addition to the requirements specified in the preceding paragraphs, all of the requirements under Material Handling Equipment (Section 13.4.27) shall be followed and they shall be observed. 5. Pipe laying a. Employees guiding pipe shall handle it from the side and not place hands over the ends. b. Care shall be taken to see that pipe is securely set on skids. Pipe shall be scotched at intervals and at all loose ends to prevent moving. c. All skids shall be of a size adequate for the load. d. All skid material shall be carefully inspected by workers on skid trucks, and any defective and broken skids shall be rejected and destroyed. e. Employees handling skids shall wear leather or leather-pad gloves. f. Workers shall move from under the boom after the caliper or cable has been secured. g. No more than 3 or 4 skids shall be placed together. If more skids are needed, a four square crib shall be built to support the pipe. h. Skids being transported shall be securely boomed to the truck bed. i. Care shall be taken in the use of hanmmers to prevent injuries to other employees. 6. Cleaning, coating and wrapping. a. Employees handling or working around hot dope or primer shall wear top shoes or boots with trouser legs on the outside and have full length sleeves extending over the top of gloves. b. Employees engaged in cleaning, priming, or doping operations, where fumes, rust, dust, and other particles are excessive, shall wear safety goggles and respirators. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 111-221 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT7ONDUPJNG CONSTRUCION c. Where fumes from hot dope cause irritation to the face and neck a protective cream shall be provided and applied before work is started. d. Buckets shall never be filled over two-thirds capacity to prevent hot dope splashing over the edge of the bucket. Defective buckets shall not be used. e. Employees engaged in cutting the dope and charging dope kettles shall wear suitable goggles. f. Burners on dope kettles shall be cleaned and inspected at regular intervals to keep them in good condition, and kettle firemen shall be cautioned about "flashbacks." g. Dope kettles shall be equipped with down spouts, and cut off valves shall be of the quick-closing type. h. When small hot dope kettles are being moved, lids shall be closed and the fire shall be cut down and employees warned to stay in the clear of splashing. i. Always remove caps or plugs from primer or cold dope carefully as pressure often builds up in the drum. j. Employees shall not place body over the outrigger pole in balancing the cleaning or wrapping machine, due to the possibility of a "kick." The pole shall be grasped 3 in the hands. k. In addition to the requirements specified in the preceding paragraphs, all of the requirements under Head Protection, Hearing Protection, Eye and Face Protection, Respiratory Protection, Fire Protection, Fire Prevention, and Flammable and Combustible Liquids shall be followed and they shall be observed. 7. Lowering-in and tie-in a. Lowering shall be directed by the foreman in charge. Signals and other orders to the tractor operators must come from the foreman only. b. No employee shall be in the ditch, or on the pipe, or between the pipe and ditch along the entire length of the continuous section of the line while pipe is in process of being lowered. c. All belt slings and wire rope connection shall be checked before each lowering operation, and the belt slings and boom lines should not be hooked to the boom while the tractor is moving. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-222 DAMES & MooRE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONmENrAL PROTECTioNDURiNG CONSTRUCTION d. Bell holes shall be of adequate size and properly sloped to enable the welders to work without danger of cave-ins. e. Adequate preparations shall be taken to prevent sideboom tractor from falling into ditch while lowering pipe. In addition to the requirements specified in the preceding paragraphs, all of the requirements under Signaling, Material Handling Equipment, Specific Excavation Requirements, and Specific Trenching Requirements shall be followed and they shall be observed. 8 Backfill and clean up. a. The machine operator shall be careful to keep his machine on the right-of-way and not damage crops or other property over the designated right-of-way lines. b. The clean up crew shall be careful to see that all dynamite wrappers, chunks of dope, and miscellaneous metal and glass are removed so that animals will not be injured by eating or walking on same. 9. Roadway and railway crossings. a. Be sure any necessary permits have been obtained before cutting or boring any railroad or road. Any host country regulations relative to cutting, backfilling and compaction shall also be observed. b. Check with proper authorities to determine if any lines are located under or near railroad or highway to be bored or cut. c. Barricades, warning signs, etc., shall be erected on each side of the road before excavation is started. d. On heavily traveled primary roads, adequate warning signs shall be placed at intervals of 60, 120, and 180 meters from the center line of the pipe line ditch. Flashers shall be placed at signs at night for illumination. e. On secondary roads, adequate warning signs shall be placed 60 meters from the center line of the pipe line ditch, with flashers at each sign for illumination at night. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-223 DAMES & MooRE DRAFT REPORT ENWRONMENTAL PROTECIIONDURIPNG CONSTRUCI7ON f. Hoe, dragline and ditching machine operators shall instruct oilers to inspect ditch -for any sign of uncharted lines, drain tiles, etc. g. Flaggers shall be stationed 60 meters on each side of the center line of the ditch when equipment is being moved across a highway. h. A watchman shall make the rounds at night to see that "flashers" are being used and that they are in proper location and operating satisfactorily. i. Temporary bridges with guardrails on each side shall be constructed over excavations crossing secondary highways. Materials used shall be satisfactory to handle load to cross bridge. j. No cleated equipment shall be driven across hard surfaced highways without protecting the surface of the highway. k. Warning signs and flashers shall not be removed until road crossings are properly tamped, leveled, shoulders repaired and drainage ditches cleared. 1. One rail shall always be covered before crossing mainline railroads with tractors, sleds or other equipment which might create a short in the signal equipment. m. Equipment shall not cross railroad tracks until flaggers have indicated that it is safe * to do so. n. Care shall be taken in crossing railroad tracks that all mud, broken skids, planks, etc., are clear of the rail before leaving the crossing. O. Supervisors shall make an inspection of the rails and/or ties imnmediately after crossing equipment to be certain the rails and/or ties have not been damaged. p. If damage is discovered to the rails, ties or any part of the railroad, two flaggers shall be stationed, one on each side at least 100 meters in each direction, of the damaged point, to stop all trains. Notify the nearest railroad agent immediately so that the damage can be repaired. q. Where there is doubt as to soil conditions, especially when boring under highways and railroads, proper shoring shall be provided or the ditch sloped well back because of the danger of vibration from moving traffic. r. Material from ditch shall be recast a safe distance from edge so the ditch wall is not overloaded and in danger of caving in. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-224 DAMEs & MOoRE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DUPJNG CONSTRUCTION s. Extreme caution shall be used to protect against ditch caving when bottom soil condition is wet or rain has occurred overnight. t. Moving parts of the road boring equipment shall be well guarded and protection provided to keep employees clear of snatch blocks and cables under strain. u. In addition to the requirements specified in the preceding paragraphs, all of the requirements under Accident Prevention, Signs and Barricades, Material Handling Equipment, Specific Excavation Requirements, and Specific Trenching Requirements shall be followed and they shall be observed. 10. Unloading and setting mainline valves. a. Extreme caution must be followed in unloading main line valves due to their weight. b. A competent person must determine soil conditions in and around the ditch for the purpose of evaluating soil compactness or cave-in potential due to weight. c. Keep unauthorized personnel away from the lift area during the lifting. d. Hand lines should be used for the condition of the sling and proper sizing. e. Under no circumstances shall a valve be winched from a low boy or trailer. f. Properly designed cribbing must be used for storage or valves. 13.4.30 Spill Response 1. Employees should be informed of the hazards of a release or spill of any hazardous substance present at the construction sites. 2. The contractor should designate the type of equipment, personal protective equipment that needs to be used in the event of a spill or release of a hazardous substance. 3 . Qualified employees should be instructed in the procedures to be used to control and/or clean up the hazardous spill or release. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ID SEPTEMBER, 1997 III-225 DAMEs & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECI7ONDURING CONSTRUCTION Table 111.1 Summary of roads to be upgraded in Bolivia for the gas pipeline project. LOCATION DISTANCE OF ROAD ALTERATIONS TO BE UPGRADED - Portion of the road to Rio 52 kms - Motor graders used to complete work on road Grande Gas Plant starting at which is basically gravel. YPFB's refinery extending to gas plant. - Road to pipeline paralleling Rio 75.7 kms - Portion of road still requiring upgrading will be Grande on east side, which corrected with motor grader and bad spots commences at Pailon and repaired with backhoes, front end loaders, traverses due south to the compactors, dozers and dump trucks. pipeline right-of-way. - Road to Isla Verde, 125.5 kms - Extensive motor grader and dozer work commencing from the road required. described above, 3 km south of Loose material will be removed in severely Pailon. The road traverses in a deteriorated areas with backhoe and replaced south-easterly direction until it with clean material and compacted. intersects with the "L" road (Seventeen drainage ditches require 30" or 36" which traverses south from the culverts which will be placed simultaneously Tres Cruces region. It continues with the road upgrade operation.) on the "L" road until it intersects with the pipeline road, by the abandoned compressor station terminating in the Isla Verde area. - Road due south from San Jose de 78.05 kms - Portion of road will be widened at three sharp Chiquitos to the pipeline ROW curves in the mountains. commencing at YPFB petroleum Culverts installed. distribution yard. - Filling of low areas, and cutting of brush and second growth timber. - Motor graders, dozers, front end loaders, backhoes, compactors and dump trucks will be used. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIoNDURING CONSTRUCTIoN Table m.1 continuation... LOCATION DISTANCE OP ROAD ALTERATIONS TO BE UPGRADED Road southwesternly from 42.1 kms - Small river bridge in the first 8 kilometers Robore to pipeline right-of- will be reinforced to withstand the increased way. traffic brought about by the project construction. (The method is to drive a piling on each side of the bridge then weld a crossbeam to the driven piling immediately under the bridge deck.) - Another small creek bridge will be improved by removing the deck and replacing it with large diameter culverts and fill in over the culverts. - Section from Robore to the intersection with the road to the right-of-way has several bad areas which will require excavating, filling with clean material and compacting, extensive motor grade work with dozer, front loader, backhoe, compactor and dump trucks; total distance improved - 19.5 km. - Section from road intersection of the Robor& San Jose de Chiquitos road to the pipeline will be upgraded with motor grader. Two locations where large diameter culverts will be replaced with a 30" or 36" culvert and roadway reshaped. There are five locations where 20" diameter culverts will be installed; total distance improved - 22.6 kms. - Right-of-way grade operation involved on section from the road to the crossing of the Rio San Miguel. Temporary bridge may need to be installed at the Rio San Miguel to accomoodate equipment movement along the right-of-way. Road due south from El 1.5 kms - Trees will be removed to widen the road to Carmen to right-of-way allow for two-lane traffic, using a motor grader. - This road passes a cemetery on the east side and should consider rerouting the road straight south from storage yard to a point west and l _______________________________ ____________________ south of the cem etery. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 DAMES & MOORE . FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONsTRUCTIoN Table 111.1 continuation... LOCATION DISTANCE OF ROAD ALTERATIONS TO BE UPGRADED - Access from El Carmen/Puerto 6.85 kms - Road improved with motor graders and D- 6 Suarez to Right-of-way at dozer. pipeline, approximately K.P. 530. - Access road from El 5.75 kms - Road improved with motor grader and one D- Carmen/Puerto Suarez to right- 6 dozer. of-way at pipeline, approximately K.P. 533. - Road from Puerto Suarez to El 19.8 kms - A motor grader to clean out ditches and Carmen Frontera reshape roadway in the first 14.2 kms required. - From this point to El Carmen de la Frontera, total distance of 5.6 kms, road will require excavating, replacing with good fill material and compacting, and installation of eleven 30" culverts at various locations along this 5.6 km section, requiring backhoes, motor graders, dozers, front end loader, compactors and dump trucks. Road between Puerto Suarez 100.6 knms - Section between Puerto Suarez and Yacuces and El Carmen de la Frontera has a total length of 44.3 kms. This section will be upgraded at five locations which have depressions to ground level where a bridge or culvert was once located. Bridges or culverts will be replaced at each location. Many areas in the section between Yacuces and El Carmen will be excavated, fill imported and compacted. This 56.3 kilometer section will require 21 culverts of 30" diameter. Additional upgrading will be done with motor graders, backhoes, front end loaders, dozers, compactors, and dump trucks. Work will include installation, repair of bad areas with imported fill, establishing drainage ditches, l__________________________ ________________ cutting water turnouts and reshaping roadway. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 DAMES & MooRE DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION Table 111.2 Environmental description, construction methodology, and protection measures along the pipeline alignment , .,,, - : . .- ,,, . :--: . : ::::: --- ::: - ::.. .:. : : -..:.:: Segmet Sgment - A ltitude Env r nmet Des ription Costraints nd .''': '':.' :''' _____ ".'.:':' -':'-':'''':nge J_______________________: .'...... ,:. 'ion M'sure 1 0+000km to 340m to Flat, nearly level. Sandy loam. Brush Low erosion potential. No Standard construction methods to be used. 4+280km 341m and small scrubby trees. No wetlands. construction limitations. No wetlands. 2 4+ 280km to 340m to Irregular alluvial floodplain. Medium High erosion potential. Waterbody construction techniques to be 7+031km 340m to thick texture soils. No vegetation, River flows 42cms to 1106cms. used in dry season. areas with some scrub. Wetlands. Rio Dry season construction Grande and floodplain. recommended. Alluvial floodplain. 3 7+031km to 335m to Level with choppy hills and many side High erosion potential. Alluvial Standard construction methods to be used. 11+718km 343m cuts. Loam, very sandy in spots. Solid floodplain. trees, medium height and density. Wetlands likely at westerly portions of Rio Grande floodplain. 4 11 +718km to 333m to Flat, gradual decline to east. Sandy Low erosion potential. Standard construction methods will be used. 19 +885km 341m loam. 90% timber, medium to tall No construction limitations. height, medium density, heavy No wetlands. underbrush. No wetlands. 5 19+885km to 332m to Slightly irregular, descending to east. Low erosion potential. Wetlands. Standard construction methods to be used, if 25 + 595km 333m Sandy loam to loam. 90% timber, Dry season construction. dry. If wet or inundated then wetland medium to tall height, medium recommnended. construction techniques required. Bank density, heavy underbrush. Wetlands. stabilization required at arroyo and quebradas. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVZRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURiNG CoNSTRUCTIoN Table III.2 continuation... f0 Segment Segm'ei:n t| Ai :ttiude 0 Env0ironmental Dscriptionf Co t000 0 0:nstrami I Cosruto Methodol gy and 6 25+595km to 324m to Slightly irregular, descending to east. Low erosion potential. No wetland. Standard construction methods to be used. 37+010km 333m Sandy loam to loam. 90% timber, Dry season construction medium to tall height, medium recommended. density, heavy underbrush. No wetlands. Three crossings of Arroyo Hondo (dry creeks). 7 37+010km to 314m to Slightly irregular, descending to east. Low erosion potential. Wetlands. Standard construction methods to be used, 52+250km 324m Sandy loam to loam. 90% timber, Dry season construction if dry. If wet or inundated then wetland medium to tall height, medium recommended. construction techniques required. Bank density, heavy underbrush. Crossing stabilization required at arroyo and of Arroyo Palo Cortado and two quebradas. tributaries (dry creeks). Wetlands. 8 52+250km to 314m to Slightly irregular. Loam to heavy Low erosion potential. No wetlands. Standard construction methods to be used,. 55+750km 319m loam to clay loam. Timber medium to Dry season construction tall height, medium density, heavy recommended. underbrush. No wetlands. 9 55+750km to 313m to Slightly irregular. Loam to heavy Low erosion potential. Wetlands. Standard construction methods to be used, 59+000km 314m loam to clay loam. Timber medium to Dry season construction is if dry. If wet or inundated then wetland tall height, medium density, heavy recommended. construction techniques required. Bank underbrush. Wetlands. stabilization required at arroyo and quebradas. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDuRING CONSTRUCTION Table 11I.2 continuation... Segm | ment Altitude en a esc o C aints Construction Mthodolog No. J ~~~~~~Rang.. .. . ....ironmen~ PrtectonMaue 10 59+000km to 314m to Slightly irregular. Loam to heavy Low erosion potential. No wetlands. Standard construction methods to be used. 60+250km 316m loam to clay loam. Timber medium to Dry season construction is tall height, medium density, heavy recommended. underbrush. No wetlands. 11 60+250km to 309m to Slightly irregular. Loam to heavy Low erosion potential. Wetlands. Standard construction methods to be used, 61+500km 316m loam to clay loam. Timber medium to Dry season construction recommend. if dry. If wet or inundated then wetland tall height, medium density, heavy construction techniques required. Bank underbrush. Wetlands. Quebrada stabilization required at arroyo and Posaemo (dry creek). quebradas. 12 61+500km to 310m to Slightly irregular. Loam to heavy Low erosion potential. No wetlands. Standard construction methods to be used. 72 + 500km 315m loam to clay loam. Timber medium to Dry season construction tall height, medium density, heavy recommended. underbrush. No wetlands. Quebrada Del Ensebada. 13 72 + 500kn to 309m to Slightly irregular. Loam to heavy Low erosion potential. Wetlands. Standard construction methods to be used, 75 + 200km 310m loam to clay loam. Dry season construction if dry. If wet or inundated then wetland Timber medium to tall height, medium recommended. construction techniques required. Bank density, heavy underbrush stabilization required at arroyo and Wetlands. quebradas. 14 75 + 200km to 309m to Slightly irregular. Loam to heavy Low erosion potential. No wetlands. Standard construction methods to be used. 81+ 394km 31 Im loam to clay loam. Timber medium to Dry season construction tall height, medium density, heavy recommended. underbrush. No wetlands. One quebrada. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION Table 111.2 continuation... 15 81 +394km to 308m to Slightly irregular. Loam to heavy Low erosion potential. Wetlands. Standard construction methods to be used, if 83+400km 311m loam to clay loam. Timber medium to Dry season construction dry. If wet or inundated then wetland tall height, medium density, heavy recommended. construction techniques required. Bank underbrush. Wetlands. Quebrada Las stabilization required at arroyo and Catreras. quebradas. 16 83 + 400km to 306m to Slightly irregular. Loam to heavy Low erosion potential. No wetlands. Standard construction methods to be used. 88 + 200km 31 lm loam to clay loam. Timber medium to Dry season construction tall height, medium density, heavy recommended. underbrush. No wetlands. 17 88 +200km to 302m to Flat, slightly irregular. Loam to clay Low erosion potential. Dry season Wetland construction methods to be used. 97 +800km 306m loam. Large trees, medium density, construction recommended. Bank stabilization required at quebradas. heavy underbrush. Wetlands. Quebrada Cafiada La Carreta, Bafiados Del Izozog. 18 97+800km to 300m to Flat. Loam. Large trees, medium Low erosion potential. Standard construction methods to be used. 102+770km 304m density, heavy underbrush. No No construction limitations. wetlands. No wetlands. 19 102+770km to 297m to Flat, slightly irregular. Heavy loam. Low erosion potential. Wetlands. Wetland construction technique to be used 107+598km 300m Large trees, medium density. Wetland construction technique in dry season. River bank stabilization Wetlands. Rio Parapeti and Bafiados required. Swamp. River flows range required at Rio Parapeti. Del Izozog. Rice farming at west side 12.2 cms to 157 cms. of Rio Parapeti. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CONSTRUCTION Table M.2 continuation... |Segment- egmen Al e D Cnsraints ConstrctioM dg and --. l - - --- | -ange - | -nvironniental -rotecion M r 20 107 +598km to 297m to Flat. Heavy loam. Low erosion potential. Standard construction methods to be used in 151+250km 285m Trees medium to tall height, heavy Construction in dry season required. dry season. underbrush. Wetlands. Banlados Del Swamp. Wetlands. Izozog, Quebrada Tucavaca. 21 151+250km to 281m to Flat. Loam. Trees medium to tall Low erosion potential. No Standard construction methods will be used 182+000km 285m height, density medium, heavy construction limitations. No underbrush. No wetlands. wetlands. 22 182+000km to 281m to Flat. Loam. Trees medium to tall Low erosion potential. Wetlands. Standard construction methods to be used in 199+ 160km 279m height, density medium, heavy Construction in dry season dry season. underbrush. Wetlands. Bafiados Del recommended. Forested. rise at Izozog. 193 + 150km to Medium erosion potential on rise 195 +160km max. 289m requires more frequent water breaks. 23 199 + 160km to 273m to Mostly flat, draining toward center at Low erosion potential. No Standard construction methods to be used. 226 +357km 301m Quebrada Tucavaca, rising to east. construction limitations. Forested. Loam. Timber medium to tall height, rise at medium density, heavy underbrush. Medium erosion potential on rise 217 +000km to min. 276m No wetlands. requires more frequent water breaks. 224+453km max. 301m 24 226+357km to 289m to Mostly flat, rising to east. Sandy Medium erosion potential. Special Standard construction methods to be used. 246 + OOOkm 320m loam. Trees medium height, density attention required for small creeks medium or less, heavy undergrowth. and wetlands. Creeks and tributaries Many small creeks with small with wetlands. wetlands feed Quebrada Los Ciros. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVZRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTON Table I11.2 continuation... |;-00 Se ; ;;-| * - | ; s ;e| 25 246 +000km to 313m to Mostly flat, rising to east. Sandy Medium to high wind erosion Standard construction methods to be used. 251 +500km 329m loam with sand becoming higher potential. percentage. Trees begin to thin from significant previous segment. quebrada at min. 316m 250+870km 26 251 +500km to 321m to Basically flat, rising to east. Sandy. High wind erosion potential. Standard construction methods to be used. 262+500km 364m Trees non-existent. Cattle ranch. Small pothole wetlands. Wetland construction technique required in Pothole wetlands (5), 20m-50m wide. pothole wetlands if inundated. 27 262 + 500km to 342m to Flat. Sandy. Trees non-existent. High wind erosion potential. Standard construction methods to be used. 273 +000km 379m Cattle ranch. Small wetland bordering No construction limitation. One Quebrada Avaroa. small wetland. 28 273 +000km to 285m to Mostly flat, declining to east. Very High wind erosion potential. No Standard construction methods to be used. 294+330km 382m sandy. Trees non-existent. Cattle construction limitation. ranch. 29 294 + 330km to 284m to Alluvial. Sandy. Rio San Miguel. Water moving below surface through Wetland construction technique to be used. 294+510km 285m sand. Alluvial floodplain. River Sidecast spoil to downstream side with silt flow between 0.43cms to 2.76cms. screen. Segregate topsoil with grass from subsoil. 30 294+510km to 285m to Generally flat, small slope rising to Medium erosion potential. High Standard construction methods to be used. 321+300km 447m east. Very sandy. Trees intermittent wind erosion potential. No Slope breaker required. and small, undergrowth with small construction limitation. No wetland. bushes and plants. No wetlands. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DURING CONsTRucTioN Table 111.2 continuation... SI gment | Segment l el-titu Envir 1umetal Descripti - Consr 31 321 + 300km to 303m to Sloping ground. Sandy loam with Very erosive soil. High wind erosion Standard construction methods to be used. 327+250km 357m high sand content. Trees medium potential. No construction limitation. Wetland construction technique required in height, becoming more dense, Pothole wetlands. pothole wetlands. occasionally big. Small pothole wetlands in quebradas contribute to Quebrada Pituca. 32 327+250km to 233m to Relatively flat, declining to east. Very erosive soil. High wind erosion Standard construction methods to be used. 341 +560km 303m Sandy loam with high sand content. potential. Pothole wetlands. Wetland construction technique required in Trees previously cleared for ranching, pothole wetlands. Slope breaker required. few more present than previous section. Pothole wetlands more common. 33 341+560km to 217m to Flat, declining to east. Sandy loam Very erosive soil. High wind erosion Standard construction methods to be used. 349+760km 233m with high sand content. Trees potential. Pothole wetlands may Wetland construction technique required in previously cleared for ranching; as require special construction pothole wetland. many present as previous section. techniques. Pothole wetlands. Pothole wetlands common and some persistent in dry season. 34 349+760km to 159m to Gradient sloping gently downward to Low erosion potential because of Standard construction methods to be used. 400 + OOOkm 217m east. Sandy loam. Trees medium high sand content. Dry season Wetland construction technique required in min. 159m height, density sparse, small trees and construction required with high water pothole wetlands. bushes prevalent. Large potholes, table throughout. Pothole and open some with water persistent, Quebrada water wetlands. El Curichon, Lagunas El Porvenir, Lagunas Del Abayoy. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 DAMES & MOORE DRAFT REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTION Table 1II.2 continuation... N~. j _____________ Rane Envin,naetitatesrotecsion Measrug 35 400 +000km to 142m to Flat, declining to east. Sandy loam. Low erosion potential. Pothole Standard construction methods to be used. 417+300km 166m Trees medium height, size medium, wetlands. Wetland construction technique required in density medium, underbrush not pothole wetlands. heavy. Pothole wetlands. 36 417+300km to 135m to Flat. Loam. Trees medium to tall, Low erosion potential except river Standard construction methods to be used in 425+500km 146m size medium to large, density heavy. bank. River floodplain. dry season. River banks require Rio Otuquis floodplain. No wetlands. stabilization. 37 425 +500km to 132m to Flat, slightly sloping. Loam. Trees Low erosion potential. No Standard construction methods to be used. 439+000km 167m medium to large height, size and construction limitations. No density. No wetlands. wetlands 38 439+000km to 130m to Flat. Heavy loam. Trees average size Low erosion potential. Extensive and Wetland construction technique 447+750km 139m and density. Brush and undergrowth multiple floodplain swamps ranging recommended. very heavy. Wetlands. Tributary to 0.3km to 1.75km width. Dry season construction techniques Laguna Curiche Grande, Quebrada recommended. Santa Elena. 39 447+750km to 132m to Flat, slightly sloping. Heavy loam. Low erosion potential. No Standard construction methods to be used. 453+000 145m Trees medium to large height and construction limitations. Forested. Wetland construction technique size, medium density. recommended in wetlands. Wetlands (3). 40 453 +000km to 122m to Flat, slightly sloping. Sandy loam. Low erosion potential. Wetland Standard construction methods to be used. 463 + 750km 145m Trees medium height, medium density swamps. Wetland construction technique with heavy underbrush. Wetlands (3). recommended in wetlands. _ _ __ _ Swamps. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 DAMES & MOORE 0 DRAFTREPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCT7ON Table ml.2 continuation... |Segment : Segmdent Aliude EnviErtonmental Descrption Constraint I Constrction Metholgyand 41 463+750km to 106m to Flat and low. Heavy loam. Trees Low erosion potential. Wetland Standard construction methods to be used. 485 +000km 122m large, medium density with light swamp. High ground water table. Wetland construction technique undergrowth. Wetlands (1 large, 2 recommended in wetlands. __________small). Swamps. 42 485 +000km to 96m to 109 Flat. Heavy loam. Trees large and Low erosion potential. Wetland Standard construction methods to be used. 507 + 750km m dense, medium undergrowth. swamps. Wetland construction technique Wetlands (2). recommended in wetlands. 43 507+750km to 90m to 96m Terrain becomes choppy hills. Gravel High erosion potential on choppy Standard construction methods to be used in 523+600km on surface of hills. hills and side hill cuts. Small amount dry season. Silt fence required on hilly Heavy loam between hills. of rock excavation possible. No areas. Trees medium height, density wetlands. medium. No wetlands. 44 523 + 600km to 90m to 98m Flat. Very heavy loam, clay-like Low erosion potential. Dry season Standard construction methods to be used in 526+500km Trees are palm and hardwood mix, construction is recommended. dry season. Wetland construction technique density medium. Wetland. Upper recommended. reach of Baflados Taquaral; flows to Canion La Victoria. 45 526 +500km to 88m to 174m Choppy rolling hills. High erosion potential on choppy Standard construction methods to be used in 555 +926 Loam, gravel at tops of hills. hills and side hill cuts. Small amount dry season. Silt fence required on hilly Trees heavy and large, underbrush of rock excavation possible. No areas. heavy. wetlands. No wetlands, Quebrada Serrita, Quebrada San Cirilo. __ BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DURING CONsTRUC7ON Table I11.3 Wastewater Treatment Plant - Sewage Estimation Design Aid (Metric Units). Type of Facility Category Estinated Sewage Flow Rate (M3/Day) Apartments one bedroom .95 two bedroom 1.14 three bedroom 1.32 Assembly Halls n/a 0.076 per seat Churches small 0.11 per sanctuary seat Churches large with kitchen 0. 18per sanctuary seat Country Clubs n/a 0.19 per member Factories no showers 0.09 per employee Factories with showers 0.13 per employee Food Service Operations Ordinary Restaurant (not 24-hour) 0.13 per seat at 400 ppm* 24-hour restaurant 0.19 per seat at 400 ppm* Banquet Rooms 0.019 per seat at 400 ppm* Restaurant Along Freeway 0.38 per seat at 400 ppm* Curb Service (drive-in) 0.19 per seat at 400 ppm* Vending Machine Restaurants 0.38 per seat at 200 ppm* Homes in subdivisions n/a 1.51 per dwelling Hospital no resident personnel 1.14 per bed Institutions residents 0.38 per person Laundries coin operated 1.51 per std. size machine Mobile Home Parks n/a 1.14 per home space Motels n/a 0.38 per unit Office Buildings n/a 0.076 per employee Retail Store n/a 0.075 per employee Schools High and Junior High level 0.076 per pupil BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONmENTAL PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCI7oN Table 1.3 continuation... Type of Facility Category Estimated Sewage Flow Rate (M3/Day) Service Stations n/a 3.79 first bay, 500 each addtl. Youth and Recreation Camps n/a 0.19 per person Source: Tipton Environmental International, Inc., 1997 0 BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT EANVIRONMENTAL PROTECTiONDURING CONSTRUCTiON Table III.4 Commercial Sources of Package Wastewater Treatment Plants. Product Name | Vendor Contact Information Product Description Model Features Purestream Package Wastewater Purestream, Inc. This product is best described as an "extended It is a complete pre-fabricated package Treatment Plant P.O. Box 68 aeration" treatment system. It works by providing unit. Models PT-25 and PT-30 can (Various models to choose from. Florence, KY 41022-0068 ideal "living conditions" for aerobic bacteria and handle flow capacities of 25,000 gpd and Recommend Model PT-25 (3-units) Telephone: (606) 371-9898 other micro-organisms; These micro-organisms 30,000 gpd, respectively. The weight of or Model PT-30 (2-units) Facsimile: (606) 371-3577 then decompose the sewage. the units are approx. 23,500 lbs and Contact: Roger A. Beiting 30,500 lbs, respectively. Their lengths are 31 feet and 37 feet, respectively. The width of each unit is approx. 12 feet. TE-II Package Wastewater Tipton Environmental, Inc. This product is a biological treatment system for The TE-II system is compact and self- Treatment System (Various models 2002 Ford Circle - Suite G domestic wastes using the "extended aeration" contained. It can be installed both below to choose from. Recommend either Milford, OH 45150 concept. The basic design is an extended or above grade with a minimum of Model T-250 (3-units) or Model PT- Telephone: (513) 248-4067 aeration period that is approximately 24 hours, installation expense. The units are 300 (2-units) Facsimile: (513) 248-5922 coupled with a defined settling period of four portable and reusable and can be Contact: Fred D. Tipton hours. expanded for additional capacity. Models T-250 and T-300 can handle flow capacities of 25,000 gpd and 30,000 gpd, respectively. The length of the units are 30 feet and 36 feet, respectively. The width of each unit is approx. 8 feet. Other features of the TEII system include: 1) High degree of treatment (85-90% X BODs removal); 2) low maintenance cost; 3) Ease of installation. BOLIvIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 DAMES & MooRE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCTiON Table 11I.4 continuation... Product Name Vendor Contact Information | Product Description Model Features Flofilter Package Wastewater PURAC Engineering, Inc. This product combines flocculation, flotation and The fundamental advantage between a Treatment plant (Prototype unit) 4550 New Linden Hill Rd. filtration in an compact, pre-engineered unit. DAF unit and conventional Suite 500 The heart of the treatment process is flotation, a sedimentation units is the rate of Wilmington, DE 19808 phenomena in which suspended particles rise to separation. Flotation offers a separation Telephone: (302) 996-0545 the surface of a liquid as a result of density rate of 5 to 10 times faster than Facsimile: (302) 996-0544 differences. In Dissolved Air Flotation (DAF), sedimentation. A DAF pilot plant may Contact: Ronald H. Hartman the technique used by this system, microscopic be specifically designed and built for the bubbles are released into the liquid. The bubbles project. The prototype units have been attach themselves to particles, forming a solid designed for nominal flow rates of aggregate, which rises quickly to the top. 52,000 gpd. These have been designed as self-contained units with quick hook- up and disconnect in 28 feet by 8 feet trailers. DAVCO Field Erected Wastewater U.S. Filter/DAVCO This product is a field erected contact Although this type of unit may be field Treatment System 1828 Metcalf Avenue stabilization/extended aeration unit which erected, it may be too large for the Thomasville, GA 31792 includes clarifiers and a settling tank. It is project needs. That is, the smallest unit Telephone: (912) 226-5733 constructed in two concentric tanks. Influent built to date handles approximately Facsimile: (912) 228-0312 enters the aeration tank along with the return 100,000 gpd. The unit produces a 5 day Contact: Michael Bennett sludge from the clarifier. The combined matter BOD of approximately 170 lbs/day. The is aerated and mixed thoroughly by steel diameters of the external extended diffusers. After aeration, the mixed liquor flows aeration tank and of the internal clarifier into a settling tank influent pipe which transfers it tank are 40 feet and 16 feet, to the clarifier. In the clarifier, solids settle to respectively. the bottom of the tank allowing the clear water to pass over a weir and into the chlorination tank. Source: Dames & Moore, 1997 BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONDURING CONSTRUCrION Table 111.5 Proposed permissible discharge limits for treated wastewater effluent parameters as per Bolivian Regulations. Standard Parameter Proposed Maximum Threshold Values Daily | Monthly Copper 1.0 0.5 Zinc 3.0 1.5 Lead .6 0.3 Cadmium .3 0.15 Arsenic 1.0 0.5 Chromium+3 1.0 0.5 Chromium +6 0.1 0.05 Mercury 0.002 0.001 Iron 1.0 0.5 Antimony 1.0 N/A Tin 2.0 1.0 Cyanide 0.2 0.10 pH 6.9 6.9 Temperature* +50C :50C Phenolic Compounds 1.0 0.5 Total Suspended Solids 60.0 N/A Fecal Coliform (MPN/lOOml) 1000 N/A Oil and grease 10.0 N/A BOD5 80.0 N/A COD 250.0 N/A Animonium as N 4.0 2.0 Sulfur 2.0 1.0 *Allowable range based on Average Temperature of receiving water body. Source: Ministerio de Desarrollo Sostenible y Medio Ambiente, 1995 BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 DAMES & MOORE FILE NAME: 3-7C.DWG DWG.OALE: N.T.S. 0 DRAWN BY: TEM DWG. DATE: 6-97 CONSTRUCTION RIGHT-OF-WAY r"i NORTH SOUTH Z30 METER DITCH WATER TO BE PUMPED INTO HAY BALE ( PIPEUNE APRON OR VEGETATION. DO NOT ALLOW SILT Ou m L A D E N W A T LR TO RUN OFF Z r /0lV / RIGHT-OF-WAY TOPSOIL r u > ....-. :-: zo C> m J~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~~M 3M 6M 4M 1MI IM 1M 2M I12M TOP |1M| 5M 1M TRUCK TRUCK SIDEBOOM 583 SIDEBOOM PIPE WORK 1 M DITCH SUB-SOIL SPACE SPACE TO PASS ALLOWS WITH ON SPACE WIDTH SOLPL Z BY-PASS TO PASS TRUCKS TO PASS COUNTER S KID WELDING DITCHING < _o i INCLUDING INCLUDING WORKING TRACTORS WEIGHT ¢ AND MACHINE OI 2 m ,TRACTOR/ TRACTOR/ COUNTER WEIGHTS v COATING 3MDIDTC Ill _ b. ~~~~~~TRAILER TRAILER EXTENDED WIDT0 I W/PIPE W/PIPE BACK HOE EG fDTHT '-1 S TOE OF SLOPE I m 10.3M RO ER E .3M E NE E E L4 POST-CONSTRUCTION RIGHT-OF-WAY 0 t Dn UNMAINTAINED RIGHT-OF-WAY MAINTAINED RIGHT-OF-WAY IT' 8 13M 1 7M It I - l lo LDii 00 EXIST. VEGETATION OR STAKED HAY/STRAW BALES OR SILT FENCE SLOPE SKETCH NOTES: 1. INSTALL ON SLOPING TERRAIN AS REQUIRED 2. MAINTAIN THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR AT THE END OF EACH DAY. 3. OUTLET INTO AREAS STABILIZED BY EXISTING VEGETATION OR INSTALL STAKED HAY/STRAW BALES OR SILT FENCE. 4. CONTOUR TO ALLOW PASSAGE OF CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT. 5. MINIMUM 2% LATERAL SLOPE. 6. TERRACES SHOULD BE LOCATED AT INTEVALS NOT TO EXCEED 4.5m IN VERTICAL ELEVATION. c m z: __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ BOLMA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE FGRE 1112 (BOLMAN PORIION) ~~~PERMANENT WATER BARS (BXO(LMAN PORMON) OR TERRACES ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN CONSTRUCTIONRW 4 HIGHWAYOR /;_ . . . . . . RAILROA zn o = tD 1 METER MIN. FENCE POSTS. ARE DRIVEN PROFILE MIN. 40cm INTO GROUiND AS SITE CONDIlTONS ALLOW. HEIGHT OF FILTER EMBEDDED 10cm MIN. INTO GROUND V*IERE NECESSARY NOTE, FENCE SHOULD BE INSTALLED SO POSTS ARE ON THE DOWNSLOPE SIDE OF THE FABRIC 0 (2 tBOLMA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE RGURE 1.3 * (BOLMAN PORTION) FILTER FENCE (BOLMAN PORTiON) ~~~~CONSTRUCTION DESIGN ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN GOROUP STAKE TO THE SLOPE WITH WOOD PEGS OR STAPLE PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATION DIVERSION BERM STABsILIZED FILL JUTE OR EQUAL EROSION CONTROL -. . PERMANENT BANK STREAM BANK 2~~~~ Il ~~~~SLOPE SKETCH a o3 STRAW MULCH OR EQUAs OVER SEED & FERTILIZER 1.2m 1.2m EROSION CONTROL FABRIC '- -*- - ~~~~~PROVIDE MI1NIMUM OF 15cm OF SOIL COVER OVER FIRST 30cm OF EROSION CONTROL WATER FABRIC AS SHOWN. I wi SLOPE SECTIO r!) ..* CZ OVE BOLMA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE & LII4 |BOLMAN POR-nON) TYPICAL EROSION CONTROL (BOLMAN ORTiON) FABRIC CONFIGUIRATION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN GROUPIS 3c F RSINCNTO 0 PROFILE GRADED RIGHT-OF-WAY SANDBAGS BOTTOM OF TRENCH MIN. 3 SACKS WOE -(. 1StFULL EWS FULL EWS >rA I EAREA _ cn 30M ROW > Si- - -r--FT - PIPELINE z Z y 1St EWS I nd ADD st EWS I2nd ADD,1 m l l ~~~~~~FLOW DIRECTION IL1 51 I AREA I DEPENDING ON RIVER AREA I OPTIONAL IO 10u OPTIONAL mz m tWS I W RAI: IEWSARI m I -I FLOW DIR~~~~~~~~EXTRAIORKSAE(W)AENVRE:3x0 0 I I~~~~~~~~O 06 DEPENDING ON RIVER. AX C; NOT TO SCALE CONSTRUCTION ROW TOPSOIL MAINTAIN SPOIL ~ ~ ~ SUBOI F MATERIALATRLA <~~~~~~~~RS SECTION /~~~~~ HoAYBALES OR\ \ SILT FENCE AS .\ /CODUROY OR GRAVEL OR REQUIRED TO ,TIMBER MATS MAINTAIN SPOIL.- : WITHIN CLEARED AREA CROSS SECTION WETZ ~~ , ~~~SETBACK j't 4tsj L sL - / \SAL A on 0 Ak AL., ' X DC AL UPLAND MATERIALO 9 SUTBESROIL& B X /4 ON GEOTEXTILE O MATERIAL I ~A/ A' CORDUROY OR TIMBER MATS PLAN VIW m 0 - BOLMA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE F U 111.7 CONVENTIONAL WETLAND (BOLMAN PORlON) tCONSTRUCTION PROCEDURE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (METHOD ll) |:GRO.UP-ek A~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ CONSTRUCTION ROW A REDUCED ROW TOPSOIL CLEARING MATERIAL HAYBALES OR SUBSOIL MATERIAL SILT FENCE AS REQUIRED TO STUMPS REMAIN IN PLACE MAINTAIN SPOIL WITHIN CLEARED AREA CROSS SECTION o ~WEALDITIONA \ ,A SIFTBACK~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~OK PC t/) > ~~~ ~~FOR \// \Y _ tD ~~~~~REFUELING / \ //\ / .. SUBSOLPUSH/PULL - , \/ STAGING _ < ils. XX \ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~AREA , 'O' i A A / / \ \ \_L 9 TEMPORARY o 'a MA //ERXI\ADDITIONAL AL ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ LE AL/ AL UPLA PS WETLEND n > % \ -A'A AA 1< 1 I4ATMATERLA * l ~~~~~~~(BOLIVIAN PORTON) CONSTRUCTION PsROCEDURE 1 EN\/1RONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAND PLAN M D GRU CONSTRUCTION ROW EXISTING VEGETATION MAINTAINED TO MAX TRENCH POSSIBLE WIDTH TRENCH SPOIL PILE PLUGS FILTEREA FLOABRIC___ n ~~~FENCE 011 7l > < < > > t 4~~~~~~~~~~~~I TRENCHl ORIGINAL < VORIGINAL GROUND ^7 /GROUND COMPACTED SOLID WASTE A) TRENCH METHOD OF SANITARY LANDFILLING A I L 27m tii .. ~~~~~~~~~WASTE I- }27m 3:1 PLAN A' WASTE ]j~~~2.5m CROSS SECTION A-A B) AREA METHOD OF LANDFILLING I Li zEm ( Z SOURCE: McBEAN. 1995. LL U M BOLMA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE FGURE 111.10 * (3,' (BOLMAN PORTION) LANDFILLING METHODS ENViRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 1GRU LANDFILL 15DM 164' _-- - - ------- ------ ----- ------ ----_ E:3J EJ ~ I IHAZARDOUS WASTES B O J FUEL STORAGE ONSITE D B STORAGE r[f= 160M fE L... _J _L. 1160M IPARKING P p G IAREA L IiA I , A MECHANiC SHOP AJ' AND I WAREHOUSE vi > ! l STORAGE YARD SO . . W -50M _ | 55x40 | ji T AW1 AW2: CJ L…i do. A-SLEEPERS EXP. SINGLE ROOM W/BATH TOTAL=72 MEN B-SLEEPERS NAT. 4EA ROOM 128 MAN TOTAL=512 MEN C-DINING NAT. 50;X120' D-KITCHEN E-DINING EXPAT. F-COLD/DRY STORAGE G-MEDIC NAT. M-RECREAT NAT. N-RECREAT EXPAT. P-LAUNDRY EXPAT. J-PACKAGE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT K-WATER PLANT T-GENERATOR S-SITE OFFICE V-ON-SITE PERCOLATION POND FOR WASTEWATER PLANT TREATMENT EFFLUENT W-POTABLE WATER SUPPLY WELLS (No.1 & No.2) NOTE: WATER SUPPLY WELLS SHOULD BE LOCATED AS FAR FROM LANDFILL AND PERCOLATION POND AS LAND ACCESS ALLOWS. a I w CAMP SITE AREA: AREA=160X200=32,000M2 =3.2 HECTARES L; i (7.90 ACRES) LJ az BOLMA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE RGURE HI.1 * 1 (BOLMAN PORTION) LOCATION OF PROPOSED WASTE MANAGEMENT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FACILITIES AT CAMP SLTES FRENCH DRAIN TILE DRAIN \ / r ~~~REFUSE \/DRAINAGE LAYER (10cm) .. - GEOSYNTHETIC LINER *0- i . .; i .- W .> LOW PERMEABILITY LINER (THICKNESS MAY VARY ACCORDING -,----T O GEOSYNTHETIC SPECIFICATIONS MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 30cm) OSYNTHETIC LINER NATIVE MATERIAL A) SUB-BASE MATERIALS AND COLLECTION TILE DESIGN ELEMENTS L6i .. Ui TOP SOIL- NATIVE SOILS/SEEDING/TURF ..:.: 9 > -PROTECnIVE LAYER- (15cm) SAND/NAnVE SOILS 3 DRAINAGE LAYER- (5cm) COARSE SAND BARRIER LAYER- (60cm) CLAY OR GEOSYNTHETIC 0 0 -GRADING LAYER- (20cm) GRAVEL/COARSE SAND i 50~~~~~~~SLID WASTE - DETAIL 'A' SLOPING A SURFACE WASTE B) FINAL COVER DESIGN ELEMENTS g S *MINIMUM THICKNESSES ALLOWABLE ARE SHOWN < SOURCE: McBEAN. etol.. 1995. w < tJ D | MBOLMA-BRAZIL GAS PIPEUNE FIGUR 111.12 *I (BOLM\/1AN PORMN) SUB-BASE AND FINAL (BOLMAN PORliON) COVER DESIGN ELEMENTS ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN GRU I I~~~~~ ~ .1 A$ -.0 (A)(B A) EXAMPLES OF LEACHATE COLLECTION PIPE LAYOUTS _COLLECTION en '- O~~~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~RAINA . .X_ t , e - 9 - -~~~~~~L MOUND _~~~~ .' _._NATIVE MATERIAL 7 _ _ ._ ._ .- - . - 7 B) COMPONENTS OF LEACHATE COLLECTOR SYSTEM E ]SOURCE: 1ACH, 1994. z < ~~~BOLMA-BRAIL GAS PIPELINE RR 1. * : ~~~~~~~~~~(BOLMAN PORTION) LECAECOLLCTONENSYSE $;As$FNVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN GRpUP- ~~~~~ < ~~~~~~~~~RiSER VENTED VEGETATION GAS PERFORATED LATERAL . ~ :-:-:*:GRAVEL:-'' '''''''''''''''::-:*-'''::- .-. A) PASSIVE GAS COLLECTING AND VENTING SYSTEM OF LATERALS IN on N ~~GRAVEL TRENCHES ABOVE WASTE CELL., w... . .. . .. . 00 . | / / 10Ocm DIA =( 3 . , / PIPERTICAL...NT a 3m TO 4m / T)3 T 4m LENGTH T I i ~~~~~~~ ~ ~~ABOVE GRADE 50L DIRT CA NAIV SI T ------ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ - COARSE GRAVEL O LATRAL\I B. < 5 X ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ PERFORATiONS G T B) GRAVEL AND DIRT CAP TRENCH WITH VERTICAL VENT PIPES. i> zzSOURCE: Mc6EAN et.ol., 1995. SVSERTICoMPONENTS - 3< BOLI\/IA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE FIGUR~~~~~~~~~~~PIE Il1 ENViRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN GROUP FILE NAME: 111-15.DWG DWG. VLE: N.T.S. DRAWN BY: TEM DWG. DATE: 6-97 Weatlherplroof H-ypoclrlorinat ton Unit IlibLrolaIss constructioni) Airlift Shrid!c mletUrn Pl Electrical OloWer/Motor Unit S , < _ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~COlit[(l Pane.l if) wealtherproofz l°{iS;iliI O ( covers Ciitire p)lanit) S;Ullr1e{l z Zr __=Out}-;11_\IletLic Atiotle hi I ckagL e p\-=u'11 ;~~~~~~~~~~CI Frli \< A 1tr19 K z fmc >-u t11nesi AEIIATIOi USer AsseUt )IY IOIt jOIII A Pk Z M c FILE NAME: 3-6.DWG DWG.*LE: N.T.S. DRAWN BY: TEM DWC. DATE: 6-97 CONTROL. ,NLET PANEL CP-1 BARt SKIMMER PANELTLE r Q 1Xi liPA1N11 ^1m?UStr5^.ELIx 6 DIA. FLANGED INLEO 1/2 C PLAN VI 4x4 STRUCTINRAL r FLOW CDNTROL SI EFRNG BAFFLES z I _ _ _ tv2-- INLET END I OUTLET END T O TAWS m l l l l~~ SCli i .1i r w I A I I SLUDGE RETUJRN BLOWER MOTOR WEIR TROUGHi DISINFECTION UNIT z 6" FLANGED INLET A UNITS _lB FOUNDATION PAD ;i.-A (BY OTHERS) PLAN VIEW SECTION A-A BLOWER MOTOR > ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~BLOWER MOTOR UNITS INLET BAFFLE z~ COTOLPNLP1UNITS 6"DIA DISINFECTION UNIT I TROUGN 12TFI C CUTOUT > FLANGED INLET I V I I I I I I TROUGHITI M 1> H 2I SKIMME ASEI. 270H 70 SO 6 - 23 - OSI--I36 - l-l 1- -"14- m m 1 62S I RETURN r- 71\~F. .1 OUTLET \ A m ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~6 ANE LDERTJN SECTION BB SECTION VIE z MODEL DESIGN AERATION CLARIFIER C.C.T. SHT NUMBER FLOW GPD. VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME VOLUME A B C D F G H JK c I T-250 25.000 25.000 4.167 621 1,875 29'- 10C 81-d" 2'-C" 2'-3" 3'.-7" 5*- 11" i-l 10 -" 4'1 NT I T-260 26.000 26.000 4,340 542 - -- 31'-O" 8.-C" X-C" - -- 35-6" 8'-0" I P-Il 11. l-C 2'-O` 42'-C" > T-270 27.000 27,000 4.5000 563 -- 32'-3" 8'-C" X-C" --- 3-6"r 6'-O" 1 1*-l1 I' -0" 2-1I' 43'- 3 5; ~~~T-280 28.000 28,000 4.670 585 --- 35-5" 8'-Cr 3'-C"-- 36 *-" 1.l"I-0 -" 4 m T-290 29.000 29.000 4.850 604 - -- 34'-?7 8'-Cr 3Y-C - -- 35-6" 6'-07 l'-Il" 11I.-C` 2'-3" 45'-?7 - *T-300 30,000 30.000 5,000 625 - -- 35'- 10 8' -O' 3 Cr -- - 5-6 8'-C" I11'-11I' 11.-C 2'-4" 46'-10" 2 UNITS H ;O) A ; C ) I T-325 32S500 32.500 5.416 677 1-- 38 -9" 10,-C 3'-cr --- I-8 7-10C 11 1-11" 1 1-OC 2 -71 51V-9I 0) Z ffi RECOMMENDED MODELS FOR ESTIMATED VOLUMES __0 . BOLIVIA TO BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE FORM: GRIEVANCE ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTION Page 1 of 1 BOLMA TO BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTION GRIEVANCE FORM Person's Name/Afflliation: Contact Address: Date: Nature of Grievance: Immediate Action(s) Taken: Follow-up Action(s) Required: DISTRlBTION: Field Notebook: Office Notebook: Proj. Env. Supervisor: . FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL OPERATIONS PLAN CHAPTER IV PROGRAM No. 3: ENVIRONMENTAL OPERATIONS PLAN 1.0 OBJECTIVES AND ORGANIZATION The main objective of the Environmental Operations Plan is to establish measures to ensure that the project continues in compliance with all environmental regulations and requirements during its operation phase. While the main environmental impacts of the project are likely to occur during construction, secondary impacts may occur during operations. The main potential impacts during the operation phase include: * Potential for erosion on the right-of-way. * Potential undesirable uses of the right-of-way, including traffic and induced colonization. * . Potential emission of air contaminants at levels above permitted concentrations at the compressor station. The Environmental Operations Plan considers activities related to the right-of-way and the compressor station separately. The operator of the pipeline, Gas Transboliviano, S.A. is responsible for all environmental monitoring, maintenance and remediation activities that may be needed for the pipeline. BOUVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN. SEPTEMBER, 1997 IV-1 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT ENVIRONmENTAL OPERATIONS PLAN 2.0 RIGHT-OF-WAY MONITORING, CONSERVATION, AND CONTROL 2.1 Allowable Uses of the Right-of-Way The 17-m wide permanent right-of-way is intended to serve as an easement to allow access to the pipeline utility for maintenance, repairs, and other routine activities related to the operation of the pipeline. Outside the Gran Chaco National Park, the pipeline right-of-way is intended to be used only for activities directly related to the operation of the pipeline. In general, the right-of-way is not intended to be used as an access route for people not associated with the pipeline. However, in agricultural areas, normal activities related to crop production or farming may continue on the right-of-way. Within the Gran Chaco National Park, the right-of-way will also be used by park personnel to access areas within the park and the Integrated Management Areas. For security reasons, vehicular traffic on the right-of-way by park personnel will be limited to the portion of the permanent right-of-way outside the pipeline centerline. This right-of-way will be protected and controlled by locked steel gates located at regular intervals (see below). The two-track uImmproved road will be used for limited park access by park personnel only. 2.2 Access Restrictions and Control Access to the right-of-way by unauthorized persons will be discouraged and restricted mainly by means of signs and gates. Signs will serve a two-fold purpose: to alert the population of the potential danger of digging in the right-of-way and to inform them about access restrictions. Signs will be located at every road and railroad crossing, all rivers and streams, and every valve and fence crossing. Additionally, signs will be placed at a minimum of every 2.0 km along the alignment. There will be a total of 40 gates along the right-of-way, with the heaviest concentration in the Gran Chaco National Park area. Gates will be supplemented by a metal still-post fence, which will extend 50 m into the adjacent area on either side of the right-of-way (Figure IV. 1). Outside BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 IV-2 DAMES & MooRE . FINAL REPORT ENVIRONMENTAL OPERATIONSPLAN the Gran Chaco National Park, the same gate-fence system will be installed at the intersection of local roads and the right-of-way. Gates will be placed at the intersection of the right of way with all access roads. Additional access control will be provided by periodic operations inspections of the pipeline, metering stations and valves. 2.3 Monitoring Scope and Schedule 2.3.1 Right-of-Way Overflights The right-of-way will be visually inspected quarterly via helicopter overflight. The overflight will allow for identifying areas subject to erosion, scouring along river banks, or with evidence of unauthorized intrusion. The inspector will write a report describing the findings. The environmental inspection will be supplemented with information gathered during routine ground * inspections of the right-of-way, valves, and metering stations. 2.3.2 Satellite Image Analysis To determine whether the project is likely to influence colonization in the area, satellite images (SPOT) will be acquired and analyzed at years 0, 2, 5, and 10, with year 0 being at pre- construction. The analysis of the satellite images will assist in determining whether human settlement is occurring in the vicinity of the pipeline, as well as provide a regional perspective of changes in land use in the area of influence of the project. The results of the bi-annual satellite image analysis will be distributed to local government and CABI and CIDOB for their reference. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAs PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPrEMBER, 1997 IV-3 DAMEs & MooRE . FINAL REPORT ENviRONMEnTAL OPERATIONS PL4N 3.0 COMPRESSOR STATION Once the compressor station is in operation, the air contaminant emissions will be estimated annually based on actual operating conditions and manufacturer's pollutant emission rates to determiine whether emissions remain witiin the Bolivian and World Bank Standards. The results will be compared to the applicable emission standards. Exceedances will be reported to the Ministry of the Environment and a plan will be developed to bring the emission within acceptable limits. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 IV4 DAMEs & MOORE ' FILE NAME: 3-16.DWG DWG.@LE: N.T.S. DRAWN BY: TEM DWG. DATE: 6-97 m q RIGHT-OF-WAY O m 0 z0 m - g , STEE PTIPE > Y S TYP. POLE STEEL PIPE 8cm/ :>~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~fIA SPCN m 5 0cm OLAL COLLAR STEEL PIPE I/YIA SPAING > Ca 5 :I/ 6.5m DLk / | _ za _ 'U I m I w vv 0 vv v g ~~~v qv mv //@ *v qv/@ Q m|s v l|r m | mO fli POSTS SET IN | u ; |30cm DL. HOLE z 50~~- N~ mETERS 50 METERS 30 METERS ROW (FENCE CONTINUES) (FENCE CONTINUES) I) NOTES; 1.) ALL CONNECTIONS TO BE WELDED; 2. PIPELINE BARRIER GATE TO BE LOCATED ACROSS 30M RIGHT-OF-WAY AND EXTENDED 50M BEYOND BOTH EDGES; AND 3.) CENTRAL HORIZONTAL PIPES (6.5cm) RETRACT :9 r |S|INTO ADJACENT PIPES (8cm DIA.)' FOR GATE OPENING. mm m W FINAL REPORT COMPENSATION PLAN CHAPTER V PROGRAM No. 4: COMPENSATION PLAN 1.0 OBJECTIVES AND ORGANIZATION OF THE PROGRAM The Compensation Program is intended to provide due compensation and assistance to non- indigenous comnunities in the area of influence of the project. The structure of the compensation measures was designed as a response to concerns and requests gathered during the public consultation process carried out for the EIS (Dames & Moore, 1996, Chapter 8). The main objective of the program is to implement a package of improvements to the communities as a contribution of the project to their development. These measures mainly include specific infrastructure support to assist the communities with current deficiencies, such as water and electric energy shortage. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAs PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 v - I DAMES & MOoRE FINAL REPORT COMPENSATION PLAN 2.0 SUB-PROGRAM 4.1 - INDEMNIFICATION TO AFFECTED POPULATIONS AND ECONOMIC UNITS 2.1 Objectives and Organization The objective of this sub-program is to provide indemnification to all populations, economic units and property owners directly or indirectly or directly affected by the project. This sub-program describes the process for the legal expropriation or purchase of land for pipeline right-of-way and facilities easements. Compensation measures for indigenous peoples are described in the Indigenous Peoples Development Plan attached. For the purchase of land easements, the plan establishes procedures for the assessment, negotiation and payment to individual land owners. In case of expropriation, the plan complies with Bolivian law for oil transportation, namely the Hydrocarbon Law Provisions For Expropriation and Rights-of-Way Purposes, Title II and Title VIII. These -, procedures are described below. 2.2 Right-of-Way Acquisition The right-of-way acquisition for the pipeline project is following a specific methodology set forth by the sponsors in Bolivia. This methodology complies with Bolivian law and satisfies the intent and concerns of the World Bank and International Lending Institutions. The initial stages of this acquisition procedure are currently underway. The procedure includes the following steps: 1. Identify all property owners along the pipeline route. This activity was accomplished by contracting with the Instituto Geographico Militar (IGM) of Bolivia. A centerline survey of the pipeline route was completed and the property lines of individual ownerships were identified. This work has confirmed 81 different owners along the pipeline. Summary information about these owners is included in the table attached to the end of this chapter. BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 V-2 DAMEs & MooRE . FiNAL REPORT COMPENSATION PLAN 2. Contact the Ministerio de Asuntos Campesinos y Agropecuarios (MACA) which is the govermnental department responsible for land valuation. This process was conducted to establish a fair and equitable price for the land parcels over the length of the pipeline. 3. Contact the CAmara Agropecuaria del Oriente (CAO) to establish construction damage values on the land parcels. These damages consider the disruption of lands in crop production such as soybeans, rice or corn. The value of individual items and known Bolivian products has been established in consultation with CAO. In addition, the commercial value of forestry products and their disposition has been defined. Related to this activity was the consultation with the Bolivian Cattle Ranchers Association. This private group assisted in establishing the price of grazing land. They also provided guidance on the time periods required for full revegetation of the grass types used in grazing areas crossed by the pipeline. * 4. Negotiate the price of the land for the easement and the price on any damages based on the above investigations with individual land owners. Following successful negotiations, agreements will be signed by all parties recording that the right-of-way has been purchased. Payments to landowners will be made based on any schedules required by Bolivian law or the purchase agreement. If negotiations are not successful then the procedures for expropriation of rights-of-way will be followed as set forth by Bolivian law. This process is clearly described by the Hydrocarbon Law Provisions For Expropriation and Rights of Way Purposes, Titles II and VIII, of Bolivia. 5. Filing of the signed and duly notarized easement with the proper governmental agency thereby establishing a legally binding instrument. Copies of this instrument will be filed with the sponsors and the land owner for all future reference. 0 BOLIVIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 V - 3 DAMES & MOORE FINAL REPORT COMPENSATIONPLAN 2.3 Other Affected Parties The project sponsors have acknowledged the rights and claims of the affected parties regarding the effects of construction and operation of the pipeline. These parties are primarily the indigenous peoples communities that are settled in the area of influence of the project. These groups have a common interest, primarily in the consolidation of their rights over their territories, but also in the natural resourses which support their way of life. Compensation measures for indigenous peoples are described in the Indigenous Peoples Development Plan. 2.4 Compensation for Non-Indigenous Communities Based on the results of the Public Consultation Program carried out during the environmental impact study, the following compensatory measures will be provided: 1. For the town of Pail6n: * . A contribution of US$30,000 for the construction of the headquarters for the teachers association. 2. For each of the towns of San Jose de Chiquitos, Robore, and El Carmen: * A water well, equipped with a pump, as well as training for maintenance personnel. A generator, including training for maintenance personnel. * A health post, including an allowance for medicine and an itinerant doctor for two years. BOLMA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPrEMBER, 1997 V.-4 DAMES & MooRE . FINAL REPORT COMPENSATION PLAN 2.5 Organization These contributions to the towns of Pail6n, San Jose de Chiquitos, Robore and El Carmen will be provided under agreements with the local authority, who will have administrative authority over the contribution. Water wells and generators will be used to support project activities. They will be donated to the community after the construction of the pipeline or the use of the facility has finalized. Training will be provided by the operator of the pipeline, Gas TransBoliviano. BOLMIA-BRAZIL GAS PIPELINE PROJECr (BOLIVIAN PORTION) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN SEPTEMBER, 1997 V-5 DAMES & MOORE IGAS TRANSBOLIVANO S.A. & BOLINTER LTDA. - CATASTRO FECHA: j 20108197 J___ FILE: EXCELM.NICO 4 - UNICO 11971 LiST OF THE DAMAGES OWNERS BY THE R.O.W. BOLIVIA - BRASIL I___ __ ______ N'NAME OF PROPERTY SIOE USICARION ETCS AREA VEGETATION % OWNER IADDRESS r FONOS NOTE LAND , J(-a) _____ __________ OBSERVATION ASSIGNED I BAN. RIO GRANDE RIO GRANDE 57Km.AL SUPRDE IR 642- 0015 12,00 MONTE BAJO 100% PLANTA 0ERIO GRANJDE -Y.P.F.B.___ U---~NA SEMANA PAPA LA NO - - ~~~~~E-RIO GRANDE ____I- -(NIAB)ENTPEGAL)OUMENTOL METrPRNO STATION (ooo00 __600RJCARDOBSAUA9 SC 20011 A NOMBREDE ANDINA S.A. tc. _________ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~TRANFERUDA POP Y.PF B. 2 SAN JOAqUIN BAJO IZOZOG N-C CECS F041,16' MONTE ALTO 100% 'DALID CABRERA GONZALES ORURO 62814 MANDAR AL NOTARIO '"K1 _____S-SA JOQNH- ______- 72661 -Dom. PAPA FIRMADE_G T B E-CAPP. PAILON -IZOZOG 62720- FAX 0-PIO GRANDE __(MAMA) SANAT CRUZ 461087 __________ 3 SAN JOAQ3UIN 8 BAJO IZOZOG N-SAN JOAQUIN jF004-FO03 8,67 MONTE ALTO 100% PLACIDO SANC-HES MONTENEGRO SANTA CRUZ 62876? MANDAR AL NOTARIO O S-EPECHA 11___AAFIMDE0T - - _________ _____ BE-CARP IZOZG - ______ R -PoO PRANDE ___ 4 POZO ABEJAS BAJO IZOZOG N4-BRECHA 10 F003-D014 28,68 MONTE ALTO 100% PEDRO ROMERO DIAZ SANTA CRAUZ ___ MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK 5- ENR. TERCEROS 8 HERMANOS PAPA FIRMA DE G T B ________ B~~~~~-GIL MELGAR RAUL ROMERO DIAZ _ _ _ _ _ O-CARP IZOZOG__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 6 MERCEDES BAJO IZOZOG 70.4 Km SUP DE F10012 0*1 MONTE ALTO 100% AMERICO SILES ROJAS }MNA LNTROO _____ ____ I '~~~~~~~~~~~~~NGELICA SILES ROJAS(HNA.) SANTA CRUZ 632240 PAPA FIRMA DE GT.B 6 DON CIFILO BAJOVZOZOG "RBECHACOL.EjD011.D012 1,76 MONTE ALTO 100% CIRILO BELTRAN MAMANI AILON MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK ____ B~~~~- GUILLERMO PINTO- - _ _ _- -_ _ - _ _ _____ -SEGUNDO SILES I 7 LA ESPERANZA BAJO IZOZOG N-BPBH CL 01-01 0,81 MONTE ALTO 1 00%, G~UILLERMO-RODRIGUEZ SERNA -COL. ESPERANZA IMANDAR AL NOTARIO __ - OK S-BPBH 10R______ __ AA FIRMA DE G TB - - B~~~~~~ ~~~-PA L P S 3 _ _ _ _ _ -. 0-~~~~~~~~OCIPILO BELTRAN _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 8 PABLO BAJO LZOZOG N4-COL ESPERAN 0)010-1)008 4,06 MONTE ALTO 100% PABLO ROSV1LLALBA- SANTA CRUZ IMANDAR AL NOTARIO OK COLONIA S___ -BRECH-A 10 PAPA FIRMAD0EGT LA ESPERANZA _____E-ABELEO 0-GUILLERMO RODPIGUEZ__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 9 ABEL BAJO IZOZOG N-BRECHA COLON 0007-0008 0,93 MONTE ALTO 100% JULIANPRIOS VLLALBA BAJaIOO __ ADPA OAI OK COLONIA -SPBECHA 10 COL. LA SPERANZA PAPA FIRMA DE GT.B LAE-SPERANZAL ___ E-NESTOR RIOS 0-PABLO PIOS ____ 10 NESTOR SAJO LZOZOG N-HITLER D 003-D007 OP0T8 MONTE ALTO 100% NESTOR RIOS VILLALBA ____ MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK< --COLONIA __ -BREC-HA 1 0 Y GIL MELGAR______PAFIMDE-B - LA ESPERANZA E-BERTH-Y ALMENDRAS PAR_FRMADET_ 0-ABEL CERON _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 11 ERTY BAJO IZOZOG N-HrILER 0003-004 3,74 MONTE ALTO 100% JUAN RODRIGUEZ _ _., .SANTA CRUZ MANDAR AL NOTAPIO OK-- -- -______ 5~~~~~~-BREC-HA 10 -__ -___ 466000 PAPA FIRMA DE GT, B E- EL POPRVENIR - . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _46488 0-NESTORRPbS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 12 EL POVENIR BAJO IZOZOG N - *0004-D002 2,6 MONTE ALTO 100% SIMON COLQUE SANTA CRUZ 470169 NO EXISTE___- S___ __ _ -EECHA 10 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____ E_ -EL CARMEN I __________ 0-BICL EPTHYi'MELENDRES _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0 0 0r I_ EL CARJ4EN BAJOIZOZOG N-SARAVIH(rLER [0002-D001 2AS MONTE ALTO 100% JUAN RODRIGUEZ SCZ __ MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK S-BRECHA 10 ______________466000 PARA FIRMA DE G.TB ____ E-HUGO ENCINAS ______________ _____464688 ____ ____ ____ ___ ___ ____ __ -EL PORVENIR _ _ _ _ iLOS REYES BAJO ZZG NMGOLLP 01FO 23,08 MONTE ALTO 100% HUGO ENCINAS LANDIVAR SANTA CRUZ 346161 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK LOS REYES ______5BRCA1 ARLCOS E. FUCHNTER SORUCO - 342806 PAPA FIRMA DE G.T B____ ______ ~~~~E-CONCILIA COLANZZZI ____ ____621366 - DOM. __________________ ~ ~0-BERNARDINO TOMICHA I__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ EL SICARE_______ AJO IZOZOG IN-ENR. ROMULO 0IFO0l-RO01 7,68 MONTE ALTO 100% HUGO ENCINAS LANOIVAR SAN4TA CRUZ 1346161 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK .LOS R8YES IS-BRECH-Ai 10__ CECILIA COLANmZ RUIZ ZUJRrTA 1_____34280 PARA FIRMA DE G TB ___ ________ _______ E-FORTALEZA ______ _____ ______ 8~~~~~~~~~~~~21366 -DOM. FORTALEZA EAJO IZOZOG N-JUSTO OYOLA ~R002-FOO2 9,26 MONTE ALTO 100% HUGO ENCINAS LANDIVAR _____ SANTA CRUZ 346161 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK LOS REB __ -BRECHAI 10 I_ ___ ANA MARIA PEREYRA SORUCO ____ 342808 PAPA FIRMA DE G.T B____ E-JUAN PEREZ ________621366. .DOM. 0-CECILIA COLANZZI SAN JORGE BAJO IZOZOG N-PROP. SIN 10020- F002 14,38 MONTE ALTO 100% JUAN PEREZ PEINADO SANTA CRUZ 422238 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK< 5-BECHA 10 I __ ____MARIO BRAVO HURTADO (APODERA) 472238 PAPA FIRMA DE GT.B ___- ~~~E-EL TREBOL1 ___ ___.-__ _ -GLADIS TOLEDO (ESPp~q____-________ __ __ _ __ OANA MRIA PEREIRA _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ CARL.OS SAVIO_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -L TRESOL II BAJO IZOZOG N-SONOMLURA 0029-0028 21,08 MONTE ALTO 90% RICARDOOKIYOSHISONOMURA SANTA CRUZ 641984 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK S-M SONOMURA ___I____PASTO 1% ______PAPA FIRMA DE G.TBE _____ _________ ________E-SAN JOAQUIN IREPRESENTANTE: MOTOHARO SONOMURA _______ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0-T FISCALES _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ EL TREBOL III BAJO IZOZO, -N-RIC.s6N-OMURA 1,8MONTE ALTO 90% MASSANORI SONOMURA ______ SANtrA CRUZ 641964 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK 5-T. FSCALEES PASTO 10% ___ ________PAPA FIRMA DE G TB8 ___________ B~~~-ELENA - PrYoS _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0-T FISCALES__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ BANDURRIA BAJO IZOZOG N-RA VARIA D028-D026 33,62 MONTE ALTO 100% Dr. JAIME ZAGAL SANTA CRUZ 42621:3 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK__ CtAGRO ___ ___ -!CIRCUTLOH PEPE FIGLIOSSI ____ ____PARA FIRMA DE G TB __ _ _ _ _E-2 HNOS. - EL ENCANTO __ _JACK _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0-EL TREBOL - ___ 12 HERNMAOS CAMPO TITA N-EL ENCANTO 0020-C0025 10,63 MONTE BAJO 100% ROBERTO HURTADO CUELLAR SANTA CRUZ 463773 OK--_01 ____________ 5~~~-CIRCULO H AROLDO HURTADO CUELLAR 426406 MANDAR AL NOTARIO E-EL JOHICHI ____ORLANDO HURTADO CULLAR ___ ______PAPA FIRMA DE G T B '2-BRECHA A TITA -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ CIRCULO H CAMPO TITA N-2 HERMANOS D025-D023 13,82 MONTE BAJO 100% RAFAEL HERRAN SAAVEDRA SANTA CRUZ 42096 MANDAR AL NOTARIO 0OK ___________ ~~~~S-EL PINTAO _______426859 PAPA FIRMA DE G TB ______ ______ _____ E-EL JOHICHI _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __________ ______ 0-AREERY SIARONI _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ EL JOHICHI CAMPO TrTA N-EL ENCANTO TD023-D024 1,28 MONTE BAJO 100% JUAN CRESPO LUERON _____SANTA CRUZ 429436 MANDAR AL NOTARIO 0OK ____S-EL PIrNTADO __________PAPA FIRMA DE GTB ________ B~~~~~-EL ENCANTO _________________ 0O-CIRCULO H EL PINTADO CAMPO TrrA N-EL JOHICHI {D024-FOI 1 23,30 MONTE BAJO 84% BALDEMAR OL1IVEIRA ARIAS SANTA CRUZ 368072 MANDAR AL NOTARIO 0OK S-NUE VA ESPERANZA PASTO 14% JULIA SANDOVAL DEOLIVEIRA ___ PAPA FIRMA DE G.T B ____ E-JAVIER R CA M N E _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ NUEVA ESPERtANZA CAMPO TWrA N-_____ FQ1 1-G025 8,45 MONTE BAJO 100% FERNANDO ASUDINE SANTA CRUZ 482971 MANDAR AL NOTARIO 0OK S-BRECHA ATITA ____ _____PAPA FIRMA DE G.T,B ___ E____ -EL ALAMO ____ __________________ 0-EL PINTA DOO j _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ EL ALAMO ___ AP TWrA N-____ G025-G024 22,61 MONTE BAJO 1100% IROSA ISABEL ARCE 08ESAUCEDO _ SANTACRUZ 62696 MADA L NOTARIO OK _______ _______ __ ____ _____ S-CAMINO A CAMPO TWTA __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ A A FR A DE C'TB _ _ _ _ E-BRECHA JABALI ________ _______ O-NUEVA ESPERANZA ALBERTO SAUCEDO 26 ISLAVERDE _AMPO TITA N- 1 G024G026 27,93 MONTE BAJO JORGE ANTELO URDINEA SANTA CRUZ 322339 DOM NEGOCIACION PEIDIENTE NO___ ___________ . . SRS-PARCUE NACINAL__ PASTO Y ARROZ LILIAN DE ANTELO (ESPOSA) 466040 OF. CON G.T.B. E-PAROUE NACIONAL _4______ ______ 460710 __ 0_ _ _| 0-CAMINO BRECHA JABALI _______ __________ _ - _ _N e 260,00 MONTE BAJO 100% ___ NEGOCIACION CON 0 T B = '*g.% PARQUE NACIONAL E INTEGRAL DEL GRAN CHACO COMPRESSOR STATION (126+000) __ _ _= =___._I__ 26000 MONTE BAJO 100% ____ NO ET DUENO = |4 TIflERRAS FISCALES _c=o=_ COMPRESSOR STATION (242+000) 26 LAPONDEROSA CAMPO-TTA _NGLORIAMONtEF D020D021 P18,67 ASTO NATURAL 40% GLADIS INSUA RODRIGUEZ SANTA CRUZ MANDARAL NOTARIO OK I___________ I-STERRENO FISCAL MONTE BAJO 60% Ing.EDISONMMONTERO (HAM.)____ ROB(RE 2128 PARA FIRMA E GT B _____________ I BE-EDISON MONTERO 2____ _____ 2276 _____ |________ _ |.0-TERRENO FISCAL 27 EL RETIRO 1130 Km SUD N-WILLIAMS MONj0021-R014 17,87 PASTO NATURAL 90% EDISON MONTERO VASQUEZ ROBORE 2128 |MANDAR AL NOTARIO _K OESTE DE S-FANNWMONTER0 VASOUEZ MONTE BAJO 10% _ 2276 IPARA FIRMA DE G.T. __ I_______________ _|ROBORE E-ILSON PARARGA C1GLADIS INSUA RODRIGUEZ I 28 CECILIA - GRAVETAL 7 _Kms.A NIV014 30.66 __ 100% JUANMANUEL ASORNO SCZ 2048 - DEVIAJEENUSA NO I _2 ~~~~~~OESTE DE _ - ; _ _ wLSON PARRAGAf BEPREq.) i [ANDAk; PODE_ PARA LA_ _ _ __ ROBORE _ OE- __|_._ ___ __R____ Ing. MONTANO 013-97317 FRMA DEL CONTRATO I_I10- D Or. SANTIESTEVAN 368349 1 29 SANCRISTOBAL 97 Kms AL N IERRAS FISCAL R 0o13 16,32 MONTE BAJO 100% GERMAN VACA DIEZ MORENO _ ROBORE 2024 MANDARAL NOTAR9O OK SUR DE -LRETIROYT. FISCALES ____ ___G___ _ LPARAFIRMACE GTE ROEORE E-TIERRAS FISCALES ____ _ _____ I ______________ _ C |O-TERRAS FISCALES I 30_ BELLOHORIZONTE 100 Kms. AL N- _LV013 12,12 MONTE BAJO 100%_ LUISAMORENODEVACADIEZZ ROBORE _ 2024 _ MANDAR AL NOTARIO. OK _ _ OESTE DE S-TIERRAS FISCALES I _ MIGUEL VACADIEZ (ESPOSO) CALLEBRASIL PARA FIRMA DE G0B. I________________ _RPEORE E-T.FISCALES Y SAN CRIST. SIN ___ I_________ O T01ERRAS FISCALES _ _ _ 31 LAS LOMAS 86.7 Kms. AL |NCARLOS PACHEI1R003 R006 I 1,86 MONTE BAJO DAVID PACHECO ROMAN ___ SANTA CRUZ 360342 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK_ SUD OESTE DE S-T. FISCALES I_ _ PASTO CULTIVADO NICAELA Vda DE PACHECO (MAMA) __ ROBOR_E 2276 PARA FIRMA DE G.T.B ROBORE E-RUMUALDO ARAOZ I 1633013 I I I~~~~~~~~~ ~ ~~O-TFISCAL I . 32 EL PORVENIR 85.7 Kms. AL N-TFISCAL R08-R009 19,69 MONTE BAJO _ MARY LUZ PACHECO GROTERHORST 4733D0 --_ OK SUD OSTESDE S-DAVID PACHECO I PASTOCULVADO_ ____ _ _ SCZ _ 526264 MANDARALNOTARIO_ __ I___________ _ . |ROBORE E-ALMEIDO CASTEDO VARGAS |H__r- _ORST OROTERH0RST _______ IFPARA FIRMA DE GTB.8 O-T_FISCAL 33 LAASUNTA 654 Kms: AL N.FIL TR009R01 21,00 MONTE BAJO 100% ALMEIDOCASTEDOVARGAS ROBORE _ 2323 MANDARAL NOTARI___ OK SUD OESTE DE S-JUAN DAVALOS Y J. DIAZ I_______ ___ PARA FIRMA DE GTB I IROBORE IE-CANION VERDEJ 1 _ - - ___I__I __IO -CARLOS PACHECO | ______ _ __|- __. 34 ELCARON VERDE A65 Kms AL N-BEC8AFLORIDI R010F005 17,27 MONTE BAJO JOSER SORIAGALVARROARZABE SANTA CRUZ 342173 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK SUR DE ISBECHA SANTA CRUZ PASTO CULTIVADO ___1_1364112 PARA FIRMA DE G.T.B ROBORE E-BECHA SANTA CRUZ 3443656=_ I _______________ |BAJO VOZOG 0-LA ASUNTA(CASTEDO) I I I_I_I 36 LASANTACRUZ A7 Kms. AL NSORIAGALVARF|F SF009| 33,39 MONTE BAJO 100% JOSE DIAZCABRERA ROBORE 2086 MANDAR ALNOTARIO OK_ SUR DE S-CAMINO -AMILCAR BARBA I__-- L _.____ ___ SANTA CRUZ 469769 PARA FIRMA DE GT.B ___ I _ | _ IROBORE IE-L0IDA L_-____ ____I 2185 10-T. BALDIAS I I_I_I_I_I 38 CjOOPERATIA _ _384 Kms AL N-ORLANDO JUSTI R011-D018- -49,41 MONTE BAJO 1 00%- ROLANDO TE-RRAZAS CASTRO SANTA CRUZ 40018 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK CHOfVORECA SUR DE S-T-FISCAL ____466828 PARA FIRMA DE G.T B ____ ROBORE E-T.FISCAL - ~~~~~~~O.T.FISCAL -- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 31 POTRERON 43 Kms. AL -N-SAN JOAQUIN 0019- 11,74 MONTE BAJO 100% ALICLA LANDIVAR MENACHO ROBORE 2148 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK S- AN IVSR U SE STFSA __ _ GERMAN LANDIVAR MENACHO CALLE LIBERTAI __ PARA FIRMA DE G.T B ____ ~~~ ~~~~DE E-LOS TAJIBOS ____________N 133 J ROBORE O-TFISCAL _________SNA CRZ 648 38 ILOS TAJIBOS 30 Kms. AL N-SAN JOAQUIN D019-SIN 10,80 MONTE BAJO 100% ALICIA LANDIVAR MENACHO ___ROBORtS 12146 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK< ~~~~~~~SUD ESTE S-T FISCAL ____ ___GERMAN LANDIVAR MENACH-O CALLE LIBERTAD ____ PARA FIRMA DE G.T.B _________________DE E-TIERRAS FISCALES ____ N'133 _____ ROBORE OPOTRERON ______SANTA CRUZ 634684 -____ ~~~~~*' ________ ~~~~~~~~~~~280,00 MONTE BAJO 100% ______ ____ jNO EXISTE DUEIFJO ____ ESRSFIC..J __ COMPRESSOR STATION (364+000) - ___ -_________ 39 SANTA FE _____ 1SKmsAL N-RIO YAGUAS CA GO21 7,63 MONTE BAJO 100% IRME MENACHO RIVERO ROBORE tMANDAR AL NOTARIO OK ________________SUD OESTE DE S-T FISCALES ________ CALLE INGAVI 3 ___ PARA FIRMA DE G T B_____ LA ESTACION E-CELSO CASTEDO N13 ____ __________ ________________NARANJOS 0-ELPORVENIR 40 LA CRUZ ___ 13.5 Kms AL N-RIO AGUAS CALIG0021-GO1O __16,30 MONT-EBAJO 100% CELSOCASTEDO SUAREZ QUIJARRO 0978 2074 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK SUP DE LA S-T.FISCALES -.- -PARA FIRMA DE G T.B ______ ~~LOCAUIDAD E-LAGUNA NEGRA ______ ______ _____ DE NARANJOS 0-SANTA FE__ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ 41 LAGUNA NEGRA____A lOKms AL N-AGUAS CALIEN G0320-GO1O 19,35 MONTE BAJO 100% CARLOSL0PEZCABEZAS SANTA CRUZ 332008 MANDAR AL NOTARO OK SUR DE S-T. FISCALES ____PANFILO ROJO GUZMAN 623279 PARA FIRMA DE G TB6 NARANJOS E-GUMERCINDO GUnlERRES ______CASILLA 1263 9221067 0-CELSO CASTEDO SUAREZ_ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ 42 LA EsCoBrrA ____SANTA ANA DE N-__ --__ O_ Ivo s-v 10,63 MONTE BAJO 100% ANA VIRREIRA PESSOA SANTA ANA DE _____MANDAR AL NOTARIC _ OK CH-IIUITOS S-PROF.CELSO GRINALDI _____ ________________CHIQUITOS PARA FIRMA DE G TB6 ______ ________ ~~~E-HECHADERO Dr. HERNAN SALA$ ViREIRA QULJARRO 2318 DOM. _____ ___ 0-EL RECREO __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2211 OF. 43 CONCEPCION l5KnS.AL N-RIO AGUAS CALl G020-VO1I1 2__3,41 MNTE BIAJO 100% GUMERCINDO GUTIERRSS SALAS SANTA CRUZ 624704 MANDAR AL NOTARIO__ OK _____________SUD ESTE DE S-T BALDIOS ____PAOLA GUTnERRES (H-EA) Ci VASQUEZ M. PARA FIRMA DE GT B NARANJOS E-MOTOHOE ____ Fi-LAGUINA NEGRA ____ ___ 44 MOTOYOE 1lSKms.AL N-SANTA MARIA VO11-V012 0,16 MONTE BAJO 100% JORGE CUELLAR FALLECIDO __+ MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK__ SUD ESTE DE S-.FISCALES _______ ________ LIMA ESCOBAR LINO (VIUDA) SCZ 627644 PARA FIRMA DE G T B NARANJOS E- _________________________0- CONCECION _____ 48 EL REMANZO 1 0 Kms. AL N-RIO TUCAVACA V012-V002 - -9,90 MONTE BAJO- 100%- AURELIO PINTO VIRRr;IRA- CORUMBA MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK SUD ESTE DE S-T. FISCALES ____PARA FIRMA DE G.T.B NARANJOS E- L PINTO 0- T. FISCALES 48 SAN MIGUEL 5 Kms AL N- V002-V004 10,91 MONTE BAJO 100% ASELARDO GONZALES M. FALLECIDO MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK ______ ~~~SUD ESTEDE_ 5- ___ __ ELSA JUSTINIANO VDA. DE GONZALES SCZ 623197 PARA FIRMA DE G T B ________ ~~~CALENDARIA E-__ __ ____ __ _____________ _______ 0- 47 SANTA MARIA N- V004-VO06 16,12 MONTE BAJO ___LAURO PINTO ELIAS SANTA CRUZ 481398 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK ________ ~~SUD ESTE DE S- F____ ____________________ ARiA FIRMA DO G TB~ CALENDARIA E- _________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0- _ _ _ 48 SAN CRISPIN __A 3 KmsD00 N-CERRANIA VOCo-VOOS 14,09 MONTE BAJO __ LUIS ALBERTO ORTIZ SALDAAA ___ AT RZ 41093 MANDAR AL NOTARIO 0OK ___ ___ ___ __ ___ __ ___ __ _ _ ___ ___ __ ___ ___ __ __ __ ___ ___ __ __ ___ __ ___ ___ ___ __ ___ ___ ___ __ ___ 4APA8PA A RF R M A DEE .TBG_ _T_ __ * 0 49 LAS LAJTAS_ SANTA ANA DE S-RIO TACUARA TuQuls 20,83 MONTEBAJO LUIS ALBERTO ORTIZ SALDANA SANTA CRUZ 461093 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK ________________ 40204S PARA FIRMA DE GT B 60 EL RECREO CHQ___ cUrTOS E-LA ESCOMNAT 4,02 MONTE BAJO LUIS ALBERTO ORTIZ SALDA NA SANTA CRUZ 461093 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK _ _____ 0-SAN ANTONIO ____________ _ 462048 PARA FIRMA DE GTB 61 EL HECHADERO AL SUR DE NVIA FERREA SC VO0O-VO08 11 ,72 MONTE BAJO MEDARDO ALEGRE ZURA PUERTO SUAREZ MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK _____ ________.____ SANAT ANA >-CELSO GRIMALDI _______.___ PLAZA PRINCIPAL PARA FIRMA DE G TB CH__ IORlTOS E-GILEERTO BANEGAS _ _ ___ ____ N ___ _____ __ _ _ _ _ _ ___ __ _ _ _ _ 0LA ESCOBITA .___ _ .__ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ 62 TODOS SANTOS EL CARMEN N- G004-V008 6,04 MONTE BAJO Y GILBERTO BANEGAS PTO. QUIJARRO 9762194 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK ~~~~-F C _ __ _ __ ___ _ _____ ._ _______ ____ _ __ __ _ __ _ _______ _ ____ _ _____________ RIVERO TORREZ S-GUAYACAN | PASTO CULTIVADO,_ __ PARA FIRMA DE GT.B ~~0-___ -__ _ _ ____ _ ._____ _ __ .___ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ 63 EL ORIENTE - A 4 5 Kms AL N-FF.CC 6003-G004 11,96 ONTE EAJO CELSO GRIMALDOS DURAN SANTA CRUZ 460790 MANDAR ALNOTARIO OK _SA ANTONIO NOROESTE OE S-GUAYACANES __ __.______ __ 46490 PARA FIRMA DE G.T.8 CARMEN RIVER E-GUAYACANES-TABORGA _ _-_.__ _ _ _ __ ____ _ _ 0-GILBERTO BANEGAS 64 LAS PIEDR¢TAS 11 Ims. AL N-T.TISCALES [G003-G005 2,4 MONT BAJO FEDERICO TABORGA VACA CARMEN RIVERC 91 1904 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK NOROESTE DE S-FF.CC. L ____ TORREZ _ _ARA FIRMA DE G.TS CRMEN RIVERO E-EL PUQUIO BARRIO FATIMA _____ __________BARRO_____ O-ANEGAS-GRIMALDOS_ 66 GUAYACANES A 5 Kms. DE N-FFCC. [G005E003 24,87 MONTE BAJO = RANDYBROOCKS SANTA CRUZ 641249 MANDARAL NOTARIO OK _ _ _______ -NOROESTE DE S-VIL DOMINGUEZ SIRARI 637439 IPARA FIRMA DE G.T.E _ ____ _ _ ~~~~CARMENRIVER( E-ROGELIO COSTAS _ ___.HUGO MONllERO WI1 I2S63 = _ ____.__.__ 0-FEDERICO TABORGA CASILLA2111 1397160 60 SAN SILVFSTRE 2.6 Kms E C GUAYACAN E003-E004 _ ,T MONTE BAJO _ SABINO BUSTILLOS PEREZ CARMEN RIVER 9119064 MANDAR AL NOTARiO OK _____ ____ CARMEN RIVER S-ISIDRO ROJAS ___ _ __,____ C/ RENE MORENO PARA FIRMA DE GTB __ _ _ _ _ E-FF.CC . __ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ __ _ = ._ __ R R =__ _ ___ ____WA _DL_VE__ _O __ ______ 67 PALMARITO ELCARMEN N-ESLLOSAFF G002-E004 _ 1,61 MONTE BAJO ISIDRO ROJAS SUAREZ _ _ CARMENRIVER 9119064 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK __ __ ___ __ RIVEROTORREZ S-VIL CMQE _ ___ ._ CIRTORREZESQ. PARA FIRMA DEG _G _T _____ ___ ____ E-CARLOS RIVERO F__ _ __ _ FERROVIARIA O-VIL DOMiNGUEZ I 60 AGUA LINDA 1.5 Kms. AL AL F 1,00 MONTE SAJO _ CARLOS RIVERO COSTAS CARMEN RIVERO 9119064 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK OSUD ESTE DE S-COM LOS TAIBOS _____. _ _____ KFAMMA _ _ PARA FIRMA DE G.T.B _ __ __:_.__ C. RIVERO E-CONSTANTINA MEDEZ ENTEL _ __ __ _. __ | _________________ _________ 0-OSWALDO RIVERO 69 OSWALDOL _L. 2.3 Kms AL N-PEDRO EGUEZ IE002-EO01 0,28 MONTE BAJO OSWALDO L. RIVERO TOMICHA CARMEN RIVERO 9119i64 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK RiVERO ORTEDE S-CONST. MENDEZi_______ == ATIMA _ARA FIRMA DE GTB _ TOMICHA CARMEN RIVER( E-PEFRO EGUEi _ __ __ _-CARLOS RIVERO _ . 60 EL RECREO 2.2 Kms AL N-LEANMO RVEF4E0O1-Go1 0,60 MONTE BAJO CONSTATINA MENDEZ VDA. PESOA CARMEN RIVERC 9119064 MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK NOR OESTE DE S-AQUNO MENDEZ _P._ _ __ARA FIRMA DE G T.B _ CARMEN RIVER E-FF CC A O-AOLIN0 MENDEZ _ _ _ _ ___________ 61 JALISCO __________ A 1 Km. CE N-C_NSTANZA MEIN 2 1,76 _F_ _ _ RUTALES_ AQUINO MENDEZ SAUCSUEDO CARMEN RrVERO - MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK CARMEN RIVER( S-ROGER MERCADO PESOA _______ FERROVARJA I __ PARA FIRMA DE G.T.E _ _ ____________ E-CARLOS RIVERO _ _ ._____ENTEL 9t1906-4_ __ __ O-CARLOS RIVERO ._. 62 EL POTRERO __ A 1 Km. DE N-JALISCO 1N°002.N°003 0_39 PASTO CULTIVAD 50% ROQUEMERCADO PESOA CARMEN RIVERO MANOAR AL NOTARIO OK CARMEN RIVER S-GERARDO VARGAS . __ MTEAJO 50% __ _. CRNEMOREIO _ARARRMA DE GT.E __ _ ____ E_UNO SOCORE ____ __ _ ._ __._E ___IOOC ESQ. ROSENHAM_ O-JALISCO ENTEL 19119064 63 LA FINCA A 1 .5 Km. DE N-AV AYACUCHO N-003-NW0O4 0 73 PATO CULi1VAC 50% ROLANDO PEREIRA CARMEN RIVERO MNAR AL OTARIO OK _ ______ CARMEN RIVER S-EL POTRERO MONTE BAJO 50-% A. AYACUCHO PARA FIRMA DE G.T.E I E-CRUZDEL SUR E_N_T_ __ NEL 9119064 . ___ O-LINO SOCORI 7641 CRUZELSUR 'A I 5 Km. DE N-__ELENO_CONC N°004-N005 0`14 MONTEBAJO 100% HERMEMERNEEOAQCA CARMEN RIVERO MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK CARMEN RIVER S-T BALDIO C__ R_ _ __ _ NE MORENO PARA FIRMA DE GTE8 _ _ O ~~~~~~~~~iROLANDO PEREPA _ ___ _ENTEL 911t9t0S4 _ 62 JANDUIR A 1.5 Km DE N-T BALDIOA N°0086-N007 1,2 MONTE BAJO 1V 0% JANDUIRESLIGARRIBiA MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK _ ____=_ ~~~~~~CARMEN RIVER( P.__ _ -- _O--- = SUAREZ 0 76-223 OFICII PARA FIRMA DE G T 8 _ _ ~~~~~~~E-LA VICTORIA09S26DO _ _ _ __ _ O-CRUZ DEL SUR ___ = NICOL~~~~~~~~~~~~~~AS JUSTINIANO (CUAADO) SCZ 498 SS LAVMCTORIA V. FERROVIARIA N~AREA FEROVIAF N°007-N008 _ 0169 FRUTALES_ iGAICHRYBOIRNEIVO __MDRLNTIOK _ _ _______ CARMEN RIVER S.WMLFREDO COSTAS IGA H ME FRENVRIVE 5% MARA FIRMA DE GTE O E-ANGELA AGULLERA ENTEL 9119064 7 AEMENTERIO M 67 SANJORGE_ Al 9 Km, DE N-T. BALDIOS |N00&N'009 _ 2,20 MONTE BAJ9_ 1C0%_ JUANCOSTASSAUCEDOO CARMENRIVERC 9119064_ MANDA AL NOTARIO _ OK _ _ ____ CARMENi~NRIVER( S-T8ALDIOS __PARA FIRMA DE GT8: = ._ __ ___ _ E 8_HA_ROMER_ __ __ __.___ _= ~~~~~~~~~ELENO CONCEPCIO_N_ 3611441 _ ~~~~~~~~~~~O-LA VICTORIA I . 63 ANGEL AGUILERA A 2.3 Km DE N-ADEIT DA Sl D0N2 1,19 MONTE 8AJO 1OO% ANGEL AGUILERAB. CARiUEN RNERO MANDAR AL NOTARIO OK _ _ .__= ~~~CARMEN RIVER( E-CLEMETEBALRUBI ._PAR = - - -- ~ - ~ -19104 FA FIRMA DE G T.B _ O-AQERiTO DA SILVA 69 EL CURICHE A 3 Km DE N-ABRAHAM ROMNW`12-NA04 13MNEBAO 10 RSaALETNROiRHN$ 0366 MANOAR AL NOTARtO _OK _ _ ___ ~~~~CARMEN RIVER( SLEMENTES URUI 1 _ ..___ t1630691 _ PIARA IRMA DE G.T.B _ _ E-OSCAR VACA VACA _ ___ _ .__ . O~~~-Tt BALDIAS I _ _ ______ _ _ _ _ 70 OSCAR VACA A 2 5 Km DE N- N04N15 2,20 MONTE 8AJO 1OO% OSCARVACAVACA SANTA CRUZ 9119064 MANDAR AL NOTARIO _ OK = ._.__ __ __ CARMEN RIVER( S_ ___________=. PARA FIRMA_ DEG T B _ E-ANGEL AGUILERA COSTAS 71 5A_U tTOI __ _A4I Km_ DE _ N°01 N°1 11_ AJO_ 100%_ A _GELAGLERA BlRAKAU t_C_ARMEN RIVER0 91 19064__ |MANDAR AL NOTARIO ____K_ _____ _ ~~CARMEN RIVER -IAARMD T _3___ __ _ =_ ~~~~~~E- _AN_UtSITO RARM_ GTB _ = - -- _ __ _ l ~~~~~~~~O OSCAR VACA VA CAI 72 ISAtN LUIStTO II A 7.5 Km DE N ERNARDO MAdWlO6-N°017 _ 6,07 PASTO CULTIVAD 50% ANGEL AGUILERA BIRAKAUE CARtMEN RtvERO IMANOAR AL NOTARIO OK _4 = ___ O~~~~~ARMEN RNER( S-FLORINDA COSTA_ _ MONtE BAJ 50% _ -~-T PARA FIRMA DE GT B __ _ _ _ _ ____ ~~~~O-ANGEL AGUtLERA ___ _ ___ _ __ _ _ _ _ _- _ _ 7g GU U LRCtTO{ (1 ' 9.5 Km. DE _N _ |N017-N°.018 _ 19,60P_ASTOCULTVACD40% ODARCILOALVEZDEQUEIROZ _ 3 CRUSES M ANDA RAL NOTARIO __ OK_ SMARENRIVER 5 1- -OTBAJO _60% ___BRASIL 106T721 1942 [PARAFIRMADE GTB_ l ~~~~~~~~~~~E-COM.PLMtTO -- __ 067-621-2724 74 ,:g:m,§,r,.>,2, VOM PLMITO NJOAOUIN AGUIRF "9 N°20 21,67 MONtIE 8AJO 10 RADO BEJAI EE PUERTO SAE1MANODAR AL NOTARtO OK E= L GE$TIc __CO=_ MPRESSOR STATION 48580)= -751LA E-PERANZA _|A8K . *t2 vnozzr / <13 1 5 4 ______ ____-D_ ______ ____,__LA- LO (\a Jt S T( £ o1 4 /-J-F C6 Jl6EL.5>J) (?IOL1S"-LXTN~~ .S1 r,o g {c_j - ) -O3(, 42 35- S41L 5 L hiuvf C Thb,¢-t -1 z-Lg 4 ID /c _ 6 PT h- 3 -52-o4O 7 /V/A,A-t- AX/U- j,4A-c9P/t/(2O - if /-Y - D6 ° Yo/Y// 8 42e tL' Q)ToA) F >2 57- -,2 - V 4O 9 ff,'z,#8tvo ?k'9 . C:onsLRw . °e rAe o 9/- 4t ^ 4}J'J°, 10 L\E\6 -Ttko CxxcaV0C Cj,AOj-Ws\ 9e ks 35\- S\-3 /t ;4A/Oe) 67vJe 62Y3Ls{Q ~2);UfC)dO/ I)A7a,'tŽ- -4 ¢'0M4- _jW - .4 0-0/ S 3 3 * / >'- ' YŽ- 3 9 3 ;2- 14 15 ___ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ ____ _ _ 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 0 APENDICE C POBLACION DE LAS COMUNIDADES INDIGENAS DEL AREA DE -* INFLUENCIA DEL PDPI O APENDICE C Poblaci6n regional v de las comunidades indigenas izocefias/Guarani dentro del area de influencia del PDPI Provincia Habitantes Secci6n Habitantes Comunidad Habitantes Cant6n Cordillera 88.628 Segunda 18.769 Charagua 5.761 Saipuri 2.501 P a r a p e t i 2.379 Grande Izozog 8.128 Isiporenda 261 Carapari 160 Copere 1.046 Capeatindi 217 Yapiroa 587 Ibasiriri 420 La Brecha 508 Tamachindi 394 Rancho Nuevo 736 Rancho Viejo 228 Aguaraigua 378 Yobi 563 Koropo 317 San Silvestre 98 Aguarati 301 Cuarirenda 435 TOTALES 88.628 37.538 _ _6.649 Nota: Los datos de Copere. incluyen a Copere Brecha, Montenearo. Guazu y Loma. No se disponen de datos de las comunidades Paraboca- Puesto Yuqui. Mini v Yande Yari. Fuente: Elaboraci6n propia en base a datos del Plan de Desarrollo Municipal de Chara_ua. Ministerio de Desarrollo Humano. Secretaria Nacional de Desarrollo Rural, Santa Cruz. 1995. C - I .~~~~~~~~~- Poblacion regional y de las comunidades indigenas Chiquitanas dentro del area de influencia del PDPI Provincia Habitantes Cant6n Habitantes Comunidad Habitantes Chiquitos 42.519 El Cerro 561 El Cerro 157 Concep. El Tinto 240 San Juan 1.884 Entre Rios 146 Ramada San Jose 12.206 Dolores 80 Los Siros 54 Poror6 75 Pozo del Cura 38 Natividad 157 Piococa 37 Quimome 364 Taperita 14 Taperas 525 Candelaria 59 .____ _ San Juan del Norte 40 Robore 12.895 El Port6n 70 Chochis 100 Limoncito 230 Los Sotos 297 San Pedro 108 Cupesi 100 Gavetita 62 San Rafael 100 Santiasoma 50 Yororoba 57 Quitunuquifia 101 Aguas Calientes 80 San Lorenzo 45 Nuevo San Lorenzo Viejo 30 Potrero 60 Moracusito 77 German 25.426 Santa Ana, 17.494 Santa Ana 210 Busch Puerto Suarez; El Carmen C-2 Provincia Habitantes Cant6n Habitantes Comunidad Habitantes El Carmen Viejo 45 El Salao 150 San Salvador 143 San Pedrito 20 El Carmen de la 150 Front. Colonia Wames 70 San Juan del 111 Mutiin Candelaria 150 El Carmen Riv. 300 Torres Totales 67.945 45.040 4.902 Fuente: Elaboracion propia en base a Zarzycki, 1993 * C3 Poblaci6n regional y de las comunidades indigenas Ayoreas dentro del §rea de influencia del PDPI Provincia Habitantes Cant6n Habitantes Comunidad Habitantes Chiquitos 42.519 San Jose 12.206 Santa Teresita 250 Robore 12.895 Villa Bethel 18 Santiago Tobite 230 Urucd 108 Pail6n Poza Verde 144 Guidai Ichai 120 German 25.426 Puerto 12.691 Motacusito 54 Busch Suarez El Carmen El Carmen 27 Totales 67.945 34.964 951 Fuente: Elaboraci6n Propia en base a Zarzycki, 1993 * C-4 APENDICE D ESTADO DE TITULACION DE TIERRAS EN LAS COMUNIDADES = INDIGENAS DEL AREA DEL PDPI . APENDICE D Estado de titulaci6n de tierras en las comunidades indigenas Izocenas/Guarani Comunidades Habitantes Con titulo En tramite Hectareas Observaciones Isiporenda 261 Si 1.820 Titulo intercomunal Carapari 160 Si Copere Brecha - Copere Guazui 1.046 Copere Loma Si 13.026 Titulo intercomunal Copere Montenegro Capeatindi 217 Yapiroa 587 Ibasiriri 420 Si Guirayoasa La Brecha 508 Si 11.159 Titulo intercomunal Tamachindi 394 Si Rancho Nuevo 736 Si Rancho Viejo 228 Si 5.000 Titulo intercomunal Mini N.D. Si Puesto Yuqui N.D. Si Aguaraigua 378 Si Yobi 563 Si 6.775 Titulo intercomunal Koropo 317 Si . San Silvestre 98 Si 7.725 Aguarati 301 Sf si 6.260 Paraboca N.D. f 4.059 Cuarirenda 435 Si 8.936 Yande Yari(*) N.D. N.D. | TOTAL (parcial) 6.649 | _ 64.760 Nota: El total de ha tituladas es de 46.716, en tramite 18.044. N.D.= Datos No Disponibles (*) En proceso de conformaci6n como Comunidad Fuente: Elaboraci6n Propia en base a datos de la Subsecretaria de Asuntos Etrnicos, 1996: y Plan de Desarrollo Municipal de Charagua, Ministerio Desarrollo Humano, Secretaria Nal. Des. Rural. Santa Cruz, 1995. * D-1 Estado de titulaci6n de tierras en las comunidades indigenas Chiquitanas (Cant6n San Jose) Comunidades Habitantes Con titulo/D.S. En tramite Hectareas Observaciones El Cerro 157 Si 2.832 Candelaria 59 Si 3.393 Pozo del Cura 38 24/10/91 1.146 Poror6 75 24/10/91 4.063 Dolores 80 . Si 2.348 Ramada 'Entre Rios" 146 Si 2.871 Titulo con Entre Rios El Tinto 240 N. D. 4.110______ Quimome 364 18/12/91 8.122 Piococa 37 N.D. 501 Natividad 157 23/07/91 6.824 Los Siros 54 N.D. 950 Taperita 14 Si 505 Taperas "Agua 525 N.D. Brava" Taperas 'Los Bibosi" N.D. N.D. _ San Juan del Norte 40 N. D. Motacusito N.D. N.D. Cruz Blanca N.D. N.D. TOTAL (parcial) 1.986 37.665 Nota: D.S. = Decreto Supremo. fecha. N.D.= Datos No Disponibles Fuente: Elaboraci6n Propia en base a Zarzycki, 1993. * D -2 Estado de titulaci6n de tierras en las comunidades indigenas Chiquitanas (Cant6n Robore) Comunidades Habitantes Con titulo En tramite Hectareas E1 Port6n 70 N.D. N.D. 128 Chochis 100 N.D N.D 24.294 Limoncito 230 N.D. N.D. 1.580 Los Sotos 297 N.D. N.D. 1.917 San Pedro 108 N.D. N.D. 967 Cupesi 100 N.D. N.D. 208 Gavetita 62 N.D N.D 1.033 San Rafael 100 N.D. N.D. 444 Santiagoma 50 N.D. N.D. 4.211 Yororoba 57 N.D. N.D. 330 Quitunuquifia 101 N.D. N.D. 1.409 Aguas Calientes. 80 N.D. N.D. 213 San Lorenzo Nuevo 45 N.D. N.D. 280 San Lorenzo Viejo 30 N.D. N.D. 417 Potrero 60 N.D. N.D. N.D. Motacusito 77 N.D. N. D. N.D. TOTAL (parcial) 1.5671 37.431 Nota: N.D.= Datos No Disponibles Fuente: Elaboraci6n Propia en base a Zarzvcki, 1993. * D-3 Estado de titulaci6n de tierras en las comunidades indigenas Chiquitanas (provincia German Busch) Comunidades Habitantes Con titulo En tramite Hectareas Observaciones Santa Ana 210 N.D. N.D. 1.267 El Carmen Viejo 45 N.D. N.D. 1.277 El Salao 150 N.D. N.D. 111 San Salvador 143 N.D. N.D. 933 San Pedrito 20 N.D. N.D. 536 El Carmen de la 150 N.D. N.D. 33 Frontera Colonia Warnes 70 N.D. N.D. 1.966 San Juan del Mutin 111 N.D. N.D. 475 Candelaria 150 N.D. N.D. 2.150 Ocupaci6n El Carmen Rivero 300 N.D. N.D. 69.330 Torres TOTAL (parcial) 1.3491______ 78.078 _______ Nota:N.D.= Datos No Disponibles Fuente: Elaboraci6n Propia en base a Zarzycki, 1993. * D -4 Estado de titulaci6n de tierras enlas comunidades indigenas Ayoreas Comunidades Habitantes Con tftulo En tramite Hectareas Observaciones Poza Verde 144 Si 2.500 Motacusito 54 Si 400 Santa Teresita 250 Si 8.254 Demanda territorial TCO 48.736 ha Tobite 230 Si 8.478 Demanda territorial TCO 20.374 ha Guidai Ichai 120 __ Si 600 El Carmen 27 Si 5 __ Uruci 108 Si 50 _ Villa 18 N.D. N.D. BethellSantiago TOTAL (parcial) 951 __ 20.287 69.110 Nota: N.D. = Datos No Disponibles Fuente: Elaboraci6n Propia en base a Zarzycki, 1993. * D-5